1、高考资源网（） 您身边的高考专家Period OneWarming Up & Readingks5u课 文 预 读.课文理解1According to Anne，a true friend is a person _Athat would laugh at youBwho makes you happyCwhom you can trustDwho could save your life2Anne said that she had grown crazy about nature because _Ashe had always been soBher interest in nature
2、 had grownCshe had been outdoors for too longDshe had been indoors for too long3Anne didnt dare open the window when the moon was bright because _Athey might be discoveredBthe family might be disturbed(打扰)Cit was very coldDa thief might get into the room4What kind of life did Anne live in Amsterdam
3、during World War ？AExciting and interesting.BFrightening but safe.CFrightening and unsafe.DFrightening and exciting.5According to the diary，we can know that Anne _Aalways stayed awake in order to look at the moonBwanted to experience nature very much by herselfChated to go outdoors in the daytimeDdi
4、sliked looking outside their window答案1.C2.D3.A4.C5.B.课文概要写作根据下列提示，用60个左右单词概括课文大意。用第一人称 由于我们是犹太人，所以为了不被抓住不得不躲藏了两年多，由于长时间不能出去，所以我对大自然的一切感到痴迷。见不到老朋友所以感到孤独，遇事我就把笔记作为我的新朋友，这样就能把一切都告诉它。【参考范文】Because we were Jewish，we had to hide away for over two years in order not to be caught.I wasnt able to go outdoors
5、 for so long that I had grown so crazy about everything to do with nature.I felt very lonely without seeing my old friends.So I had to make my diary my new friend，whom I could tell everything to.课文语法填空Anne Frank is a Jewish girl _1_ lived in Netherlands during _2_ World War .Her family had to hide _
6、3_ they would _4_ (catch) by the German Nazis.During the time in the _5_ (hide) place，Anne set down a series _6_ facts in a diary.Anne _7_ her diary her best friend whom she could tell everything _8_ and in the diary she showed us _9_ she _10_ (experience)during the war.答案1.who2.the3.or4.be caught5.
7、hiding6.of7.made8.to9.what10.experienced【话题语篇导读】Anne Franks friendSix people risked their lives to help Anne Frank and her family hide from the Nazis during World War .The last survivor among those helpers，Miep Gies passed away in January 2010 at the age of 100.Gies was the best known of the six.She
8、 collected and hid the teenagers diary after the Nazi secret police discovered their hiding place in an Amsterdam office building.Anne Frank died，but her father Otto returned from Auschwitz and Gies gave him his daughters diary.The teenagers diary，first published as Anne Frank：The Diary of a Young G
9、irl in 1947，became one of the most famous accounts of Jews hiding from Nazi persecution and has been translated into 70 languages.Born in Vienna in 1909，Miep Gies moved to the Netherlands at age 11.In 1933，she began working for Otto Frank at his trading company.At great risk to her own safety，she he
10、lped bring food to the Franks and the four others with whom they were hiding from 1942 until their discovery and arrest in 1944.“Im not a hero，”Gies said in a statement upon her 100th birthday.“It wasnt something I planned in advance，I simply did what I could to help，”said the statement published by
11、 the Anne Frank Museum.Gies received many honours for her role，including from the Netherlands，Germany and Israel.ks5u知 识 梳 理.核心单词一、单词拼写1He was _ (entire) wrong in this matter the other day.2I am only able to look at nature through dirty curtains _ (hang) before very dusty windows.3We must be _ (镇定)
12、before danger.4Feeling _ (忐忑不安)，he walked to the teachers office.5_ (别理) him and hell be OK soon.答案1.entirely2.hanging3.calm4.upset5.Ignore二、单句语法填空1You had to pay to get it _ (repair)2You will ignore the bell and go somewhere quiet _ (calm) your friend down.3You should tell your friend that you _ (c
13、oncern) about him.4While _ (walk) the dog，you were so careless and it got loose.5I will tell him not to look at someone _ (else) paper.6It is because of this _ Ive grown so crazy about it.7I stayed _ (wake) on purpose until half past eleven.8There was a time _ a deep blue sky，the song of birds.could
14、 never have kept me spellbound.9It was the first time that I _ (see) the night face to face.答案1.repaired2.to calm3.are concerned4.walking5.elses6.that7awake8.when9.had seen.重点短语一、补全短语1add_ 合计2calm(.)_ (使)平静下来；(使)镇定下来3be concerned _ 关心；挂念4go_ 经历；经受5set_ 记下；放下；登记6_purpose 故意7_dusk 在黄昏时刻8face _face 面对面
15、地答案1.up2.down3.about4.through5.down6.on7.at8.to 二、用所给短语的适当形式填空add to；be concerned with；go through；add up 1Yesterdays meeting _ reforms and everyone present _their own interests.2_ all the numbers and tell me the result.3Wed better try to _ with the experiment，I think. Now lets go on with it.4That is
16、 the very coin I need to _ my collection.答案1.was concerned with；was concerned about2.Add up3.go through4.add to.写作句式句式运用(完成句子)1I wonder if _(是不是因为我来晚了) he got angry.2_ (曾几何时)my younger brother was tired of study.3_(我正巧在那里)when the accident happened.4It was not until a few months later _(他才知道这件事)5I t
17、old the guide that _(我旅游)in Taiwan.答案1.it was because I came late that2.There was a time when3.I happened to be there4.that he knew it5.I had travelled.用课文中的词语替换画线部分1Or are you afraid that your friend would laugh at you，or would not understand what you are experiencing？_2She and her family hid away
18、for nearly twentyfive months until they were found_3I dont want to write_down a series of facts in a diary as most people do._4I wonder if its because I havent been able to be in_the_open_air for so long that Ive become so crazy about everything to do with nature._5Another time five months ago，I was
19、_upstairs_by_accident at dusk when the window was open._6I didnt go downstairs until the window had to be closed_7The dark，rainy evening，the wind，the thundering clouds held me completely in their power._8Its no fun looking through dirty curtains hanging before very dusty windows._答案1.going through2.
20、before；discovered3.set down4.outdoors；grown5happened to be upstairs6.shut7.entirely8.pleasure【知识链接】1Add up your score and see how many points you get.把你的分加起来，看你能得多少。add up合计；相加add to增添；增加add.to.把加到add up to总数为，总计为The bad weather only added to our trouble.恶劣的天气只是增加了我们的困难。His entire school education a
21、dded up to no more than a year.他受的全部教育加起来不过一年。用add短语填空_ all the money I borrowed from you. Shall I _ your name _ the list?Fireworks _ the attraction of the festival night.The figures _ 137.答案Addadd；toadded to add up to2Or are you afraid that your friend would laugh at you，or would not understand wha
22、t you are going through？或者你是担心你的朋友会嘲笑你，或者是不理解你目前经历的困境呢？go through经历，经受；通过，穿过；仔细检查；用完，耗尽get through穿过(马路等)；接通(电话)look through浏览break through突破I went through the same thing last year.我去年也经历了同样的事情。The railway policeman went through his luggage.那位乘警仔细检查了他的行李。写出下列句子中go through的汉语意思The country has gone th
23、rough too many wars. _Have you gone through all your money already? _You must go through your papers before you hand them in. _答案经历，经受花完，用完仔细检查Period TwoLearning about Languageks5u知 识 梳 理.核心单词一、根据提示写出单词1v._安家；定居；_遭受；经历；_恢复；痊愈；_捆扎；包装2n._手提箱；衣箱 答案1.settle；suffer；recover；pack2.suitcase二、单词拼写1There is o
24、nly one way to _ (解决) the dispute.2Do you think he can _ (康复) from his illness?3He filled his _ (箱子) with clothes he needed for the holiday and then put it under the bed.4Do you _ (遭受)headaches?5Lets _ (打行李)and spend a week in the countryside.答案1.settle2.recover 3.suitcase4.suffer5.pack.重点短语一、补全短语1s
25、uffer _遭受；患病2be tired _对厌烦3pack _将(东西)装箱打包4take notice _ 注意答案1.from2.of3.up4.of二、用所给短语的适当形式填空be tired of；take notice of；suffer from；pack up1The villagers there _ heavy floods last year.2He _ his long speech and went asleep soon while listening.3_ quickly，and be ready for our journey.4Im sorry that I
26、 didnt _ what had happened just now.答案1.suffered from2.was tired of3.Pack up4.take notice of .写作句式句式运用(完成句子)1We _ (发现很有必要)to learn a foreign language.2I find_ (很难相处)this pack of people.I hate _(他们说话) loudly in public.3The house caught a big fire last night，with _(啥也没剩) in it.4With Mr Smith _(教他们英语)
27、next term，they will be greatly improved in spoken English.5With_(冬天即将来临)，the weather is becoming colder and colder.答案1.find it necessary2.it very difficult to get along with；them speaking3.nothing left4.to teach them English5.winter coming.单句语法填空1_ is the weather like tomorrow in Beijing?2Mother ask
28、ed whether she was very hot _ so many clothes on.3The writer asks us _ a friend always has to be a person.4Good friends offer help when it _ (need)5He knew that it was too _(danger)6_ he really missed was going outdoors to the nature.答案1.What2.with3.if/whether4.is needed5.dangerous6.What 【知识链接】1She
29、found it difficult to settle.她发现难以安定下来句式提取：find宾语补足语“find宾语补足语”其宾语补足语可用形容词、名词、介词短语、现在分词及过去分词。其后跟复合宾语的动词还有：see，hear，watch，notice，have等。Youll find taxis waiting at the bus station which you can hire to reach your host family. 你将发现出租车在车站等着，你可以乘坐并且它会把你带到你的主人家。单句语法填空When he looked up，he suddenly found hi
30、mself _ (surround) by a group of teenagers，who looked at him anxiously.A cook will be immediately fired if he is found _ (smoke) in the kitchen.答案surroundedsmoking2Mother asked if she was very hot with so many clothes on.妈妈问我穿那么多衣服热不热。本句为“with宾语宾语补足语”，即with复合结构，此结构在句中可作定语，也可作状语，表伴随、方式、条件或原因等。With al
31、l the things she needed bought，she went home happily.买了所需要的所有东西后，她高兴地回家了。With so many essays to write，he wont have time to go shopping this morning.他有那么多文章要写，今天早上将没有时间去买东西了。单句语法填空Across the stream，a man is trying to reach out on the edge of the bank for the fruit with a net _ (attach)to a pole.With
32、so many eyes _ (stare) at me，I felt nervous and upset.With a lot of difficult problems _ (settle)，the newlyelected Prime Minister will have a hard time.答案attachedstaring to settlePeriod ThreeUsing Languageks5u课 文 预 读.课文语法填空Lisa is having some trouble _1_ her classmates，she is getting _2_ well with a
33、 boy in her class，_3_ other students have started gossiping and says _4_ have fallen in love，_5_ has made Lisa _6_ (angrily)，she doesnt know _7_ to do and asked Miss Wang _8_ advice.答案1.with2.on/along3.but4.they5.which6.angry7.what8for.正误判断(根据课文内容判断正“T”误“F”)1Lisa was getting along well with her clas
34、smates.()2Her classmates took their friendship for granted.()3Lisa wanted to end the friendship with the boy.()4Lisa needed Miss Wangs help.()5Xiao Dong has a problem in communicating with people，so he doesnt talk to his classmates at all.()答案1.F2.F3.F4.T5.F【背景阅读】Mind reader读书也“读心”Another study publ
35、ished last year in a magazine showed that reading novels helps people understand others mental states and beliefs，a crucial skill in building relationships.Yet technology has made us less attentive readers.Screens have changed our reading patterns from the linear，lefttoright sequence to a wild skimm
36、ing and skipping pattern as we hunt for important words and information.Reading text punctuated with links leads to weaker comprehension than reading plain text.ks5u知 识 梳 理.核心单词一、根据提示写出单词1_ n. 十几岁的青少年2_ adj.感激的；表示谢意的3_ n. 提示；技巧；尖；尖端；小费；vt.倾斜；翻倒4_ vt. 交换5_ n. 项目；条款6_ adv.确实如此；正是；确切地_adj.7_vi. 不同意_n_(
37、反义词)8_n& vt.不喜欢；厌恶_(反义词)答案1.teenager2.grateful3.tip4.swap5.item6.exactly；exact7disagree；disagreement；agree8.dislike；like二、单词拼写1At first I d_ with his suggestion，but later I changed my mind and agreed.2Im really g_ for everything youve done for me.3Belinda knows Japan really well.Perhaps she could gi
38、ve us a few t_ .4I think_ (十几岁的青少年)have similar tastes in dress.5To tell the truth，thats _ (确切地) what I wanted.6I _(不喜欢)being away from my family.7Can I pay for each _(项目) separately?8_(十几岁的青少年)are interested in computer games and spend much time playing them.答案1.disagreed2.grateful3.tips4.teenagers
39、5.exactly6.dislike7.item8.Teenagers.重点短语一、补全短语1get _with 与相处；进展2fall _love 相爱；爱上3disagree _sb不同意某人的看法4be grateful _sb 感激某人5join_ 参加；加入6have trouble _ sth/in doing sth做某事有困难答案1.along/on2.in3.with4.to5.in6. with二、用所给短语的适当形式填空join in；fall in love；get along with；have trouble with1The young man and the p
40、retty girl _ each other at first sight.2He is said _ his oral ability.3Im sure youll _ me _ taking todays speaker.4Mr Smith is a pleasant person who is easy _答案1.fell in love with2.to have some trouble with3.join；in4.to get along with .写作句式句式运用(完成句子)1Although I try to talk to my classmates，I still _
41、make good friends with them.虽然我十分努力地去跟班上的同学交谈，但我还是发现很难跟他们成为好朋友。2I am _my classmates at the moment.现在我与班上的同学有了些麻烦。3Im _a boy in my class.我和我们班里的一位男生一直相处得很好。4I _change this situation，but I dont know how.我的确想改变这种状况，但我不知道该怎么办。5_you could give me some advice.如果您能给我提一些建议，我会非常感激。答案1.find it hard to2.having
42、 some trouble with3.getting along well with4do want to5.I would be grateful if.单句语法填空1We are not going to agree on everything；we will clearly find areas where there will still be _(disagree)2My neighbor was having some trouble _ her heart，so she had to see her doctor now and then.3The little boy fel
43、t grateful _ the coach for his letting him join in the game.4The two girls are so alike that strangers find _ difficult to tell one from the other.5When did you last hear _ Jay?He phoned me this morning，and we agreed _ a time and place to meet.答案1.disagreement2.with3. to4.it5.from；on【知识链接】1They say
44、that this boy and I have fallen in love.他们说我和这位男同学在谈恋爱。fall in love (with sb)爱上(某人)，表示动作，不能与表示一段时间的状语连用。be in love (with sb)(与某人)相爱，属于状态性动词短语。It is much clear that they were very in love.很明显他们在热恋之中。The first time he saw Mary，he fell in love with her.他第一次见到玛丽就爱上了她。They have been in love with each oth
45、er for five years.他们彼此相爱五年了。句型转换We fell in love with each other years ago.We _ _ _ _ with each other for years.Its years since we _ _ _ with each other.答案have been in love；fell in love2Im sorry you are having trouble in making friends.很遗憾你在交友方面出现了问题。have trouble/difficulty (in) doing sth 做某事有困难have
46、trouble/difficulty with sth 在某方面有困难get into trouble陷入困境in trouble处于困境中make trouble惹麻烦；闯祸take the trouble to do sth 不辞劳苦地做某事I have some trouble with my oral English.我的英语口语有些困难。They had little trouble with new school life.他们在新的学校生活上没有多大困难。She had much difficulty in passing the driving test.她费了好大的劲才通过驾
47、照考试。单句语法填空You cant imagine the trouble I have _ my housework.We should lend a hand to those _ trouble.Dont copy my work or well both get _ trouble.Youd better not ask _ trouble at this time.You cant imagine what difficulty we had _ (walk)home in the snowstorm.答案withininto forwalking Period FourGramm
48、ar & Writingks5u知 识 梳 理.观察感悟1Her father asked her why she chose her diary and old letters.(注意直接引语变为间接引语时的引导词)2Father asked Anne why she had gone to bed so late the night before.(注意直接引语变为间接引语时的时间状语变化)3Father asked Anne why she had talked so much to that boy.(注意直接引语变为间接引语时的时态变化).将下列句子变为间接引语1Mr.Wang sa
49、id，“I will leave for Shanghai on business next month，children.”_2“I havent heard from my parents these days，”said Mary._3She said，“Light travels much faster than sound.”_4Zhang Hong said to me，“Doctor Wang passed away in 1948.”_5“Whats wrong with you，Granny？”the doctor asked._6“Have you got anything
50、 interesting I can read，George？”she asked._7“Shes here to ask for help，isnt she？”he asked._8“Where are you going？”the father asked his son._答案1.Mr.Wang told the children that he would leave for Shanghai on business the next month.2Mary said that she hadnt heard from her parents those days.3She said
51、that light travels much faster than sound.4Zhang Hong told me that Doctor Wang passed away in 1948.5The doctor asked Granny what was wrong with her.6She asked George if he had got anything interesting she could read.7He asked whether she was there to ask for help or not.8The father asked his son whe
52、re he was going.把下列句子变为直接引语 1I told him that I had lost my money and that I would find it._2She asked whether I would be free the next day or not._3I asked her where she was going and what she was going to do the next day._4His father told him not to climb that high tree in his new coat._5The strang
53、er asked me what my name was._6She said that she would finish her work the next day._7The teacher asked if we could do it._8The commander ordered his men not to cross the river before dawn._9My teacher asked whether he was coming._10The scientist asked me what I was doing._答案1.I said to him，“I have
54、lost my money.I will find it.”2She asked，“You will be free tomorrow，wont you？”3I asked her，“Where are you going and what are you going to do tomorrow？”4His father said，“Dont climb this high tree in your new coat.”5The stranger asked，“Whats your name？”6“Ill finish my work tomorrow，” she said.7The tea
55、cher asked，“Can you do it？”8The commander ordered his men，“Dont cross the river before dawn.”9My teacher asked，“Is he coming？”10The scientist asked me，“What are you doing？”.完成句子1The man asked_he should wait for them_go on.那个人问他是应该等着他们还是应该继续走。2Our physics teacher told us that light_ than sound.物理老师告诉
56、过我们说光比声音传得快。3The woman asked me_ get to the station.那个妇女问我她怎么去车站。4The headmaster asked _校长问我叫什么名字？5He _ I knew how to get to the library.他问我是否知道怎样去图书馆。答案1.whether；or2.travels faster3.how she could4.what my name was5asked me if/whether【知识链接】直接引语和间接引语()直接引语变间接引语的规则1人称变化的三原则(1)“第一人称随主”原则：如果从句中的主语是第一人称或
57、被第一人称修饰，从句中的人称要按照主句中主语的人称变化。Mary said，“I want to have a computer of my own.”玛丽说：“我想有一台我自己的电脑。”(直接引语内为第一人称)Mary said that she wanted to have a computer of her own.玛丽说，她想拥有一台自己的电脑。(间接引语中随主语改为第三人称)(2)“第二人称随宾”原则：如果从句中的主语及宾语是第二人称或被第二人称修饰，从句中的人称要跟引号外的主句的宾语一致。如果引号外的主句没有宾语，也可以用第一人称。Her colleague said to her
58、，“Who did you ask for a leave？”她的同事对她说：“你向谁请了假？”(直接引语中为第二人称)Her colleague asked her who she had asked for a leave.她的同事问她向谁请了假。(间接引语中随宾语改为第三人称)(3)“第三人称不更新”原则：如果从句中的主语及宾语是第三人称或被第三人称修饰，从句中的人称一般不需要变化。注意：直接引语变为间接引语时，时态不发生变化的情况：(1)直接引语是客观真理、谚语和格言时(2)直接引语中有具体的过去的某年、某月、某日作状语，变为间接引语时，时态不变My teacher said to u
59、s yesterday，“Early birds catch worms”昨天老师对我们说：“早起的鸟儿有虫吃。”(直接引语是谚语)My teacher told us yesterday that early birds catch worms.昨天老师告诉我们早起的鸟儿有虫吃。(变为间接引语时态不变)(3)指示代词、时间状语、地点状语及方向性动词的变化She asked，“Is this book his？”她问：“这本书是他的吗？”(直接引语中用this)She asked whether that book was his.她问这本书是不是他的。(间接引语中改为that)2直接引语是一
60、般疑问句、选择疑问句或反意疑问句时，间接引语中用whether(.or.或.or not)或if引导。Mother said to her daughter，“Are you satisfied with your new room？”(直接引语为一般疑问句)Mother asked her daughter whether/if she was satisfied with her new room.(间接引语为whether/if引导的宾语从句)3直接引语为特殊疑问句时，间接引语仍用原句中的特殊疑问词来引导，其余的变化遵照直接引语和间接引语之间的转换规则来进行。“When will the
61、 sports meet be held？” he said.He asked when the sports meet would be held.注意：(1)直接引语为陈述句，变为间接引语时，主句谓语动词为said to sb 常改为told sb (2)直接引语为疑问句，主句中谓语动词said，变为间接引语时将其改为asked(3)直接引语为疑问句，变为间接引语时，要把疑问语序变成陈述语序ks5u写 作 点 拨.满分作文赏析假如你是你校英语报社的英语编辑Miss Wang，现在小冬因不善交流在交友过程中遇到了困难，请你用英语给他写一封回信，给他提出一些建议和意见。注意：1.词数80左右；
62、2可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。Dear Xiaodong，Im sorry you are having trouble in making friends.Here are some tips to help you.Yours，Miss Wang【范文“悦”读】Dear Xiaodong，Im sorry you are having trouble in making friends.Here are some tips to help you.Firstly，try to learn about your classmates likes and dislikes，which ca
63、n help you get along with them.Secondly，take an active part in the activities.Meanwhile，you can get to know more people around.Thirdly，it would be a good idea to help others when they are in trouble and show them you are just helpful and kindhearted to them.With time going on，surely people will like
64、 you and you will make friends with more people.Yours，Miss Wang.作文仿写假如你是李华，你原来的同学王林就“如何交友”来信咨询你，请你根据以下提示给他回一封信，谈谈你的观点。1交友的目的：构建和谐关系的关键；2交友对象：学习生活上能相互帮助，情感上能分享喜悦与忧愁的人。注意：1.词数80左右；2可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。Dear Wang Lin，Im very glad to share with you my opinions about how to make friends.Yours，Li Hua【参考范文】Dear
65、 Wang Lin，Im very glad to share with you my opinions about how to make friends.As we all know，good friendship is the key to building harmonious society.Personally，we should make friends with those who can be of help to our study and our daily life.Thus，we can overcome difficulties and make progress
66、together.Additionally，we should also have friends who can share our bitterness and joy.To make true friends，we must remember not to judge people just by appearances.Briefly speaking，making true friends can really enable us to improve ourselves.Yours，Li Hua写作方法指导应用文写作(情景作文)1书信、邮件、便条、演讲稿、新闻报道、说明书等。2提供
67、情景的方式：提纲、图画、图表等。高水平写作秘诀(1)掌握简单句五大句型。(2)巧用并列句和复合句。(3)灵活运用固定结构。(4)熟练进行复合句与非谓语结构之间的转换。(5)妙用承接、过度词语。高分策略书面表达写作步骤1审题立意审文体、审人称、审时态、审要求。2列要点3遣词造句(1)开门见山，揭示主题；(2)自然过渡，行文流畅；(3)确定要点，准确表达；(4)句式多变，增加亮点；(5)首尾呼应，画龙点睛。4仔细检查(1)格式、人称是否正确。(2)内容要点是否齐全。(3)语法点是否出现错误。5规范誊写Period OneWarming Up & Reading.阅读理解Friends play a
68、 very important part in everyones life.Friendship usually develops during childhood.New friends are made when you progress through school.Those friends that you make as a student can usually last long.Friends influence your development，maturity(成熟)and sense of responsibility(责任)A familiar expression
69、 is“You can tell a lot about a person by knowing who his friends are.”Friendship is based on common interests.If you like sports，most of your friends are likely to be athletic(竞技的)If you enjoy reading and shopping，most of your friends do the same.Some people call you their friends for the wrong reas
70、ons.These people are not really friends.They are superficial(表面的)only“friends”on the outside，not the inside where it counts.Superficial friends only want to be your friends if it is to their advantage.True friends are there if you are rich or poor.It is easy to have many socalled“friends”if you are
71、rich.By this time you should be able to separate your friends into the real or the“phoney”True friends are most special.They are also difficult to find.You can consider yourself very lucky if you have one true friend.This friend is eager to help you whenever necessary.He or she knows you would do th
72、e same for them.A true friend is someone you can talk to about any subject or problem.You and your true friend have good understanding of each other.True friends support you，take your side，and build up your confidence.1The first paragraph tells us_Ahow to make a true friendBwe should make friends in
73、 our childhoodCwhat is friendship based onDfriends play a very important part in our life答案Dks5u由第一段第一句话“Friends play a very important part in everyones life.”开始，本段后面部分均在谈朋友在人生中的重要作用，可以影响我们的成长、成熟及责任感。2Which of the following is TRUE?AWhat you value above anything is the friendship developing during c
74、hildhood.BThe friendship developing during your school days will be with you for a long time.COnly through your friends influence will you take the responsibility for your task.DIf you have no music in you，none of your friends will be a music lover.答案Bks5u由第一段第四句“Those friends that you make as a stu
75、dent can usually last long.”可知，在学生时期交的朋友会持续很长时间，因此B项正确。3“Socalled”friends refer to_Afairweather friendsBthose who want to benefit from youCthe friends who are on the surface onlyDall of the above答案Dks5u本文第二段即是对“所谓的朋友”的介绍。这些所谓的朋友只是外在的、表面的朋友，他们和你交朋友只是为了他们的利益，所以应选D。4Which of the following is TRUE?AYour
76、 can tell true friends from phones easily.BTrue friendship is too difficult to find.CYou can share your joys and sorrows with a true friend.DA true friend will stand by you whatever happens.答案Cks5u并非所有的人都能区分真正的朋友和表面的朋友。.完形填空There are many kinds of friends.Some are always_1_ you，but dont understand y
77、ou.Some say only a few words to you，but understand you.Many people will step in your life，but only_2_friends leave footprints(脚印)I shall always recall(回忆)the autumn and the girl with the_3_She will always bring back the friendship between us.I know she will always be my best friend.It was the golden
78、 season.I could see the yellow leaves_4_on the cool_5_In such a season，I liked walking alone in the leaves，_6_to the sound of them.Autumn is a_7_season and life is uninteresting.The free days always get me_8_But one day，the sound of a violin_9_into my ears like a stream(小溪)flowing in the mountains.I
79、 was so surprised that I jumped to see what it was.A young girl，standing in the wind，was_10_ in playing her violin.I had_11_seen her before.The music was so nice that I listened quietly.Lost in the music，I didnt know that I had been_12_there for so long but my existence(存在)did not seem to disturb he
80、r.Leaves were still falling.Every day she played the violin in the corner of the building_13_I went downstairs to watch her performance.I was the only listener.The autumn seemed no longer lonely and life became_14_15_we didnt know each other，I thought we were already good friends.I believe she also
81、loved me.Autumn was nearly over.One day，when I was listening carefully，the sound suddenly_16_To my astonishment(惊讶)，the girl came over to me.“You must like violin.” she said.“Yes.And you play very well.Why did you stop？”I asked.Suddenly，a_17_expression appeared on her face and I could feel something
82、 unusual.“I came here to see my grandmother，but now I must leave.I once played very badly.It was your listening every day that_18_me.”she said.“In fact，it was your playing_19_gave me a meaningful autumn，” I answered，“Lets be friends.”The girl smiled，and so did.I never heard her play again in my life
83、.I no longer went downstairs to listen like before.Only thick leaves were left behind.But I will always remember the fine figure(身影)of the girl.She is like a _20_so short，so bright，like a shooting star giving off so much light that it makes the autumn beautiful.1A.with Bfor Cagainst Dto答案Aks5u结合后面一句
84、可知，“许多人与你在一起(with you)，却不能理解你”。2A.good BtrueCnew Dold答案Bks5u只有真正的朋友，才能留在心中。3A.sound BsongCplay Dviolin答案Dks5u结合后面第9空前的内容可知，“我”每天去听小姑娘拉小提琴。4A.shaking Bhanging Cfalling Dfloating答案Dks5u金黄的树叶在秋风中随风飘动。5A.wind BsnowCair Drain答案Aks5u叶子是在风中飘动。6A.watching Blistening Cseeing Dhearing答案Bks5u现在分词作伴随状语。listen t
85、o“听”。7A.lively Blovely Charvest Dlonely答案Cks5u秋天本是收获的季节，但是此处“我”却独自一人漫步在落叶之上，与下文的生活的无趣相对应。8A.up BoffCdown Dover答案Cks5u短语get sb down意为“使人泄气；使人疲倦”。9A.flowed BgrewCentered Dran答案Aks5u琴声像山涧溪流一样，流进(flow into)“我”的耳畔。10A.lost Bactive Cbusy Dinterested答案Aks5ube lost in(doing) sth“陷入之中”。此处指小姑娘正在聚精会神地拉小提琴。11A.
86、once Bnever Coften Dusually答案Bks5u结合上下文可知，“我”以前与小姑娘素不相识。12A.waiting Bstopping Cstanding Dhearing答案Cks5u“我”沉浸在优美的琴声中，不自觉地在风中伫立了很久。13A.because BsoCwhen Dbut答案Cks5u从下文可知，“我”并不是听到琴声才下楼，而是因为两人心有灵犀，每次几乎都是在小姑娘拉琴的同时，“我”也到了楼下。因此这里应用when。14A.interesting Bmoving Cencouraging Dexciting答案Aks5u与上文第7空后的“生活无趣”相对，琴声
87、让“我”觉得“生活有趣”。15A.But BHowever CEven DThough答案Dks5u从整个句意来看，这里是一个让步状语从句。though表“尽管”，合乎文意。16A.stopped Bbegan Cgone Dchanged答案Aks5u与平日不同，琴声突然停止，小姑娘朝“我”走来，让“我”惊讶。17A.happy BsadCstrange Dsurprised答案Bks5u由下文可知，小姑娘即将离开，故脸上闪现出悲伤的神色。18A.surprised Bexcited Cencouraged Dinterested答案Cks5u在小姑娘眼中，“我”每天来听琴声对她是一种无声的
88、激励。19A.that Bwhich Cit Dwho答案Aks5u此处是一个强调句型。20A.song Bdream Cfire Dsister答案Bks5u结合全文的意思可知，在“我”看来，小姑娘就像一个梦，让“我”久久难忘。.阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。(When Sara came home from work，she found her mother in an anxious state.)Sara：Whats wrong，Mum? You seem upset?Mum：Its your _1_ (young) sister Jill，s
89、he should have been here _2_ hour ago.Sara：Dont worry，Mum! Its not all that late and she has _3_ (probable) not realized how late it is.I think shell be here soon.(Just then Saras brother Peter came into the chicken.)Peter：Whats up? Mums on the phone and she seems as though shes going to cry.Sara：It
90、s Jill.She should _4_ (reach) home by now and Mums getting anxious.Peter：You neednt feel so anxious，Mum! You know _5_ teenage girls are like.Im sure shes all right.Mum：I cant help but be concerned.Ive just rung Lucy and she said Jill left her outside the cinema ages ago to get the bus home.Peter：Wel
91、l，the bus service isnt very frequent _6_ the evenings.Perhaps she missed one and is waiting for another.Have you tried _7_ (phone) her on her mobile?Mum：Yes，but theres no reply.That made me even more worried.I think _8_ must have happened to Jill.Do you think we should call the police?Sara：Calm down
92、，Mum! Youll make yourself ill.Perhaps she switched her mobile _9_ in the cinema and forgot to switch it back on again.Or it may need to be _10_ (charge)答案1.younger/youngest2.an/one3.probably 4have reached5.what6.in7.phoning8.something9.off10.to be charged/charging Period TwoLearning about Language.阅
93、读理解AWhen asked to point out one or two things that are most important to themselves，many put friends ahead of homes，jobs，clothes and cars.A true friendship carries a long history of experience that determines(确定)who we are and keeps us connected.It is a treasure we should protect.Unfortunately，the b
94、etter friends you are，the more probably youll have disagreements.And the result can be what you dont wantan end to the relationship.The good news is that most troubled friendships can be mended.First，dont let your pride get in your way.Most of us can forgive each other when differences are brought o
95、ut in the open.Second，apologize when youre wrongeven if youve been wronged.Over the course of a friendship，even the best people make mistakes.Sometimes，it may be best if the wronged person takes the lead and apologizes.When you apologize，give your friend a chance to admit that he has been wrong.Thir
96、d，see things from your friends point of view(观点)And finally，accept that friendships change as our needs and lifestyles change.Making friends can sometimes seem easy.The hard part is keeping the connections strong during the natural ups and downs that have an effect on all relationships.My suggestion
97、：Consider the friendship an honor and a gift，and worth the effort to treasure and nurture(培养)1What would be the best title for the text?AEasy Ways to Make FriendsBUps and Downs in FriendshipCHow to Mend a Troubled FriendshipDHow to Take the Lead in Making Friends答案Cks5u由文章大意可知C项正确。2“Wronged person”u
98、nderlined in the text refers to a person_Awho has been mistaken for anotherBwho has been blamed unfairlyCwho has treated friends badlyDwho has admitted his mistakes答案Bks5u由最后一段第七句“When you apologize，give your friend a chance to admit that he has been wrong.”可知，当你道歉的时候，将给对方一个机会去承认他自己的错误。由此可见，先道歉的这个人并
99、不是犯错的人，应该是被冤枉的人。3What should we do if we follow the authors second suggestion?AStick to our own point of view.BAvoid making mistakes.CMake an apology first.DChange our lifestyles.答案Cks5u由第三段第四句及第六句可知答案。B You are busy filling out the application form for a position you really need；lets assume you onc
100、e actually completed a couple of years of college work or even that you completed your degree.Isnt it tempting to lie just a little，to claim on the form that your diploma(毕业文凭) represents a Harvard degree or that you finished an extra couple of years back at State University?More and more people are
101、 turning to an utter deception(欺骗) like this to land their first jobs or to move ahead in their careers.For personnel officers，like most Americans，value degrees from famous schools.A job applicant may have a good education anyway，but he or she assumes that chances of being hired are better with a di
102、ploma from a wellknown university.Registrars(注册主任) at most wellknown colleges say that they deal with dishonest claims like these at the rate of about one per week.Personnel officers do check up on degrees listed on application forms.If it turns out that an applicant is lying，most colleges are unwil
103、ling to accuse the applicant directly.One Ivy League school refers to them as “special cases”One wellknown West Coast school，in perhaps the most delicate phrase of all，says these claims are made by “no such people”To avoid complete lies，some job seekers claim that they “attended” or “were associated
104、 with” a college or university.After careful checking，a personnel officer may discover that “attending” means being dismissed after one semester.It may be that “being associated with” a college means that the job seeker visited his younger brother for a football weekend.One school that keeps records
105、 of false claims says that the practice dates back at least to the turn of the centurythats when they began keeping records，anyhow.If you dont want to lie or even stretch the truth，there are companies that will sell you a fake diploma.One company，with offices in New York and on the West Coast，will p
106、ut your name on a diploma from any number of nonexistent colleges.The price begins at around twenty dollars for a diploma from “Smoot State University”The prices increase rapidly for a degree from the “University of Purdue”As there is no Smoot State and the real school in Indiana is properly called
107、Purdue University，the prices seem rather high for one sheet of paper.【语篇解读】现在随着就业的难度越来越大，很多大学毕业生会隐瞒或虚构自己的毕业学校，有些甚至会编造些虚无缥缈的信息来获得一份工作。4The writer mainly wants to tell us that _Acollege degrees can now be purchased easilyBnowadays it is very hard for people to find jobsClying about college degrees is
108、becoming a widespread problemDemployers are no longer interested in applicants actual performances答案Cks5u主旨大意题。从全文内容可知，作者主要向我们介绍了现在有越来越多的大学生对自己的毕业文凭等信息进行造假，故答案选C项。5The underlined word “utter” in the second paragraph means _Athorough Bcareful Cincomplete Dspoken答案Aks5u词义猜测题。从文章第二段内容可知求职者认为拥有名牌大学的文凭，其
109、被雇用的机会大，而且著名大学平均每周都会接到“造假文凭”这种案件，由此可推断，画线词所在句表示现在有越来越多的人开始了彻头彻尾的欺骗。由此可知utter在此处表示“彻底的，十足的”，同thorough，故选A项。6We can learn from the passage that _AUS employers value their job applicants with a degree from top universitiesBUniversity of Purdue and Purdue University are the same schoolCpeople with fake
110、diplomas can get their first jobs in the US easilyDpeople pay the same price for a fake diploma from different universities答案Aks5u推理判断题。从第二段第二句可知在美国，雇主重视求职者的大学文凭，青睐那些有名牌大学文凭的人，故A项正确。CKenyon Scudder once told me a story about his friend，Michael.Michael happened to be on a train sitting next to a youn
111、g man who seemed worried.Finally the young man told Michael that he was a convict (罪犯) returning home from a distant prison.His behavior had brought shame(羞耻)on his family，and they had neither visited him nor written.He hoped，however，that this was only because they were too poor to travel and too bu
112、sy to write.When he was set free，he had written to tell them he wanted to go home.To make matters easy for them，however，he had asked them to put up a signal (信号) for him when the train passed their little farm.If the family had forgiven him，they were to put up a white ribbon (丝带) in the big apple tr
113、ee near the railway.If they didnt want him back，they were to do nothing，and he would stay on the train，and go far away.As the train neared his hometown his suspense became so great that he was afraid to look out of the window.He asked Michael to watch for the big apple tree.They changed seats.In a m
114、inute，Michael put his hand on the young convicts shoulder.“There it is，”he said，his eyes filled with sudden tears.“Its all right.The whole tree is white with ribbons.”7For which of the following reasons might the young man be worried?AHe might not be allowed to go home.BHe was afraid his family woul
115、d not remember him.CHis family hadnt written to him often.DHis family hadnt visited him for a long time.答案Aks5u细节理解题。根据文章第二段可知，此人并不知道他的家人是否能原谅他，因此他很忧虑。8According to the passage，the white ribbon in the big apple tree means_Apleasure Bforgiveness Chappiness Deducation答案Bks5u推理判断题。根据第二段中的“If the family
116、 had forgiven him，they were to put up a white ribbon in the big apple tree near the railway.”可知，a white ribbon代表着原谅。9The word“suspense”underlined in the last paragraph can best be replaced by_Apain Binterest Cworry Dhappiness答案Cks5u词义猜测题。第一段第二句提到“Michael happened to be on a train sitting next to a y
117、oung man who seemed worried.”，由此可知，此时他的worry增加了。10Why was Michael asked to watch for the apple tree?AThe young man was afraid that he was refused by his family.BThe young mans seat was far from the window.CThe young man was afraid of seeing the white ribbons in the tree.DThe young man was sure that
118、his family would accept him.答案Aks5u细节理解题。根据最后一段第一句“As the train neared his hometown his suspense became so great that he was afraid to look out of the window.”可知，他承受不住向窗外看到的事实，因此让Michael代替他看。.根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。Family ValuesTo understand a nation，you should first get to know it
119、s minimum unitfamily._1_In the US，upon reaching an appropriate age (usually between 18 and 21 years)，children are encouraged，but not forced，to “leave the nest” and begin an independent life._2_ Parents do not arrange marriages for their children，nor do children usually ask permission of their parent
120、s to get married.Young adults meet their future spouses (配偶) through other friends，at jobs，and in organizations and religious institutions.Although children choose their own spouses，they still hope their parents will approve of their choices.Parents feel that children should make major life decision
121、s by themselves in many families.A parent may try to influence a child to follow a particular profession but the child is free to choose another job._3_ A son may deliberately decide not to go into his fathers business because of a fear that he will lose his independence in his fathers workplace.Thi
122、s independence from parents is not an indication that parents and children do not love each other.Strong love between parents and children is universal and this is no exception in the American family._4_ It is not like we Chinese.Parents are rulers and masters.We Chinese love our parents with fear a
123、nd total respect.In America，children always have their own opinions and even can talk about some sensitive problems with their parents，like family financial situation，the relationship between mother and father，and even sex._5_ Therefore，it is contrary that，on one hand，Americans admire independence a
124、nd equality that they dont want to make sacrifice to make up a family，but on the other hand，Americans think highly of family in their value system.AIn the American family，children and parents are equal.BIt can reflect the traditional values and customs of a nation.CWhen it comes to big problems，chil
125、dren do not have to always follow their parents ways.DAfter children leave home，they often find social relationship and financial support outside the family.EAlthough Americans pay much attention to independence and equality，they dont believe in making sacrifice.FSometimes children do precisely the
126、opposite of what their parents wish in order to declare their independence.GMany of them are expected to leave what could be lifes most important decisionmarriagealmost entirely up to luck.答案1.B2.D3.F4.A5.EPeriod ThreeUsing Language.阅读理解My friend Karen and I were always together.Karen was only a few
127、 months older than II always thought she was so beautiful，with long hair and blue eyes.I loved Karen so much because she liked me for being the way I was.I could be myself and share my secrets with her and I never felt like I was being judged.We had so much fun and were really quite silly.One time I
128、 asked my mom to make us the same dresses so we could pretend we were twins.We continued as best friends throughout grade school.One day，Karen was going to another friends place and asked me to come along，but I couldnt go because I had a babysitting job that afternoon.We walked together to the Becke
129、rs home where I was to babysit and then she continued on her way without me.We had agreed that I would meet her at the corner when she returned and I finished my job.At four oclock I rushed to the corner so I wouldnt be late for meeting Karen.Just as I arrived at the corner，I saw Karen crossing the
130、street.In a second it happened.I saw Karens body fly up in the sky.A car had hit her!Karen was on life support for a week before it was decided that they would allow her to go in peace.Karens parents wanted to donate her organs(器官)to the hospital，but there was nothing left healthy enough to be used
131、because she was hit so hard.I have never got so close to another person since Karen died.I do miss her！Do you cherish(珍惜)your friends？If you dont，please do，as you may lose them one day.1Whats the best title for the passage?AA horrible car accidentBAn unforgettable experienceCMy dearest friendKarenDA
132、n unforgettable girl答案Cks5u标题归纳题。通读全文可知作者主要回忆了她最好的朋友Karen，故C项作文章的标题最好。2The writer likes Karen mainly because _AKaren was beautifulBKaren looked like herCKaren was kindDKaren loved her for who she was答案Dks5u细节理解题。根据第一段中的I loved Karen so much because she liked me for being the way I was.可知应选D。3When Ka
133、ren was hit by a car，she was _Aon her way to a friends placeBon her way to the Beckers homeCshouting to the writer who was so far from herDheading to the corner where she and the writer would meet答案Dks5u细节理解题。根据第三段中的We had agreed that I would meet her at the corner when she returned and I finished m
134、y job.以及第四段中的Just as I arrived at the corner，I saw Karen crossing the street.可知Karen当时正赶往她们约好见面的街角。4Why were Karens organs unable to be donated?ABecause her parents refused to do that.BBecause all of her organs were seriously damaged.CBecause the doctors thought it was too cruel.DBecause no patients
135、 needed organs in the hospital then.答案Bks5u推理判断题。根据倒数第二段中的.but there was nothing left healthy enough to be used because she was hit so hard.可推断之所以没有捐器官，是因为器官已经被撞坏了。.完形填空There are thousands of people across the United States without any food or shelter(住所)Every Saturday or Sunday night，my family and
136、I go out and _1_the homeless people in the city.There is one _2_thing I like to mention here.Before we begin our _3_，my family and I do not eat.We do this _4_we know how it feels to be hungry.We all get together in the kitchen and_5_the food.We then _6_ the food for 30 or more people.I like to write
137、 a special _7_on the bags like “God loves you”A lot of people_8_homeless people.Not all homeless people are bad people.Some are really _9_Many people hate them_10_no good reason.In the beginning，when my family and I went out on the street，we had to _11_their trust.Later，as they _12_us every week，the
138、y started to trust us.We_13_know some of their names.We all have to keep in mind that they also have_14_Some of them shake our hands for giving them food，and_15_ us.Some of them do really funny dances because they are_16_We have become_17_close to a man named Tony and his wife.After meeting with the
139、m several times，he has told us a lot about his_18_He graduated from college and has a PHD.He used to teach French and Spanish.After we get done feeding the homeless，it makes me_19_what I have at home.Sometimes it makes me sad，and makes my mom cry.I love feeding the homeless，and _20_in someones life.
140、1A.visit Bintroduce Csave Dfeed答案Dks5u根据后面作者一家准备食物的语境，可知他们是去给那些无家可归的人送吃的，故选D。2A.common Bexciting Cspecial Dembarrassing答案Cks5u每次去给那些无家可归的人送吃的之前，作者他们一家都不吃饭，这在作者看来是件特殊的事，故选C。3A.show Bjourney Cvacation Dmeal答案Bks5u这里是指作者他们出发前，故选B，表示“行程”。作者在这里用这个词，是为了形容给那些无家可归的人送东西是个很长的过程。4A.so BwhenqCif Dbecause答案Aks5u
141、这里表示结果，故选A，即作者他们这样做，可以知道饥饿的感觉。5A.design BprepareCbuy Dgive答案Bks5u根据We all get together in the kitchen的语境，可知作者一家在准备食物。6A.bag BcookCfetch Dfind答案Aks5u准备好食物后，应该把食物放进包里，再带出去。bag在这里作动词用。7A.passage BsayingCnote Dmessage答案Cks5u因为后面只有一句话，故可知作者是在每个包上写了一张小纸条。8A.please Bhelp Clove Dmisunderstand答案Dks5u根据Not al
142、l homeless people are bad people的语境，可知作者是说很多人都误解了那些无家可归的人。9A.helpful BniceCfunny Dbeautiful答案Bks5u在作者看来，有些无家可归的人还是很好的，与前面的bad相对应。10A.for BatCof Don答案Aks5u根据no good reason的语境，可知应选A，表示很多人讨厌无家可归的人并没有什么好的原因。11A.bring BearnCcreate Dshare答案Bks5u这里是指赢得那些无家可归者的信任，故选B。12A.served BtoldCsaw Dneeded答案Cks5u作者他们经
143、常去给那些无家可归的人送吃的，所以他们每周都看见作者他们。13A.hardly Bnever Csometimes Deven答案Dks5u这里表示递进，表示作者他们甚至还知道一些无家可归者的名字。14A.words BlooksCdesires Dfeelings答案Dks5u作者希望我们记住，无家可归者也是有感情的。15A.change BthankCimpress Ddisappoint答案Bks5u无家可归者也是有感情的人，所以他们得到作者他们给的食物后，也会感谢他们。16A.happy BgreatCsurprised Dbored答案Aks5u无家可归者之所以跳舞，是因为他们开心。
144、17A.only BtooCalso Dreally答案Dks5u这里是指作者他们和那个叫Tony的男人以及他的妻子变得很亲近，故选D，表强调。18A.dream BfutureClife Dfriend答案Cks5u根据后文的具体内容，可知那个男人告诉了作者他们他的一些人生故事，故选C。19A.want Bappreciate Ckeep Dthink答案Bks5u通过和这些无家可归者打交道，作者学会了感激自己在家里拥有的东西。20A.taking care Bwatching outCshowing up Dmaking a difference答案Dks5u作者应该是希望能让那些无家可归
145、者的人生有些改变，故选D。.阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。In the United States，there were 222 people _1_ (report)to be billionaires(亿万富翁)in 2003.The _2_ of these is Bill Gates，worth at least $ 41 billion，who made his money_3_ starting the company Microsoft.Mr.Gates was only 21 years old _4_ he first helped
146、to set up the company in 1976.He was a billionaire _5_ the time he was 31._6_ ，there are still some other people who have made lots of money at even _7_ (young)ages.Other young people who have struck it rich include Jackie Coogan and Shirley Temple._8_ of these child actors made over a million dolla
147、rs _9_ (act)in movies before they were 14.But _10_ youngest billionaire is Albert von Thurn und Taxis of Germany，who，in 2001，inherited (继承)a billion dollars when he turned 18!答案1.reported2.richest/wealthiest3.by4.when 5by6.However7.younger8.Both9.acting 10thePeriod FourGrammar & Writing.阅读理解ATom arr
148、ived at the bus station quite early for the London bus.The bus for London would not leave until five to twelve.He saw a lot of people waiting in the station.Some were standing in lines，others were walking about.There was a group of schoolgirls.Their teacher was trying to keep them in order.Tom looke
149、d around but there was nowhere for him to sit.He walked into the station cafe.He looked up at the clock there.It was only twenty to twelve.He found a seat and sat down，facing a large mirror(镜子) on the wall.Just then，John，one of Toms friends，came in and sat with Tom.“What time is your bus？”asked John
150、.“Oh，there is plenty of time yet，” answered Tom.“Oh，Ill get you some more tea then，” said John.They talked while drinking.Then Tom looked at the clock again.“Good heavens！Its going backward！” he cried.“A few minutes ago it was twenty to twelve and now its half past eleven.”“You are looking at the cl
151、ock in the mirror，”said John.Tom wanted to kick (踢) himself for being so foolish.The next bus was not to leave for another hour.He has never liked mirror since then.1The London bus left_Aat 11：55 Bat 5：12Cbefore 11：55 Dafter 11：55答案Aks5u细节理解题。从第一段第二句“The bus for London would not leave until five to
152、twelve.”可知。2Tom went into the station cafe because_AJohn asked him to have a cup of teaBhe wanted a drink thereChe would meet a friend of hisDit was early yet and he wanted to find a place to sit答案Dks5u细节理解题。从第一段最后一句话“Tom looked around but there was nowhere for him to sit.”可知。3What time was it in fa
153、ct when he looked at the clock in the mirror?AHalf past twelve. BHalf past eleven.CTwenty to twelve. DHalf past one.答案Aks5u推理判断题。十一点半在镜子中看是十二点半。4Which of the following is TRUE?ATom missed his bus.BHe has liked mirror since then.CThe next bus would leave soon.DTom arrived in London on time.答案Aks5u细节理
154、解题。从最后一段“The next bus was not to leave for another hour.He has never liked mirror since then.”可知。BGoing to the beach is many Americans favorite activity.They went swimming in the ocean without giving a thought to what was underwater.But those days are long gone.In the summer of 1988，many of the beac
155、hes had to be closed because garbage(废料) from hospitals was found in the water.The garbage included glass bottles with samples of blood，and people were afraid they might get AIDS from the blood.At some beaches，sewage(下水道) was found in the water.Americans were shocked by this state of affairs.People
156、didnt think of the underwater garbage because it was out of sight.Some of the most polluted waters still look beautiful.San Francisco Bay is a good example of a beautiful bay thats full of chemicals.Scientists discovered pollution in some lakes and rivers when they found fish with rotting skin.Peopl
157、e are told not to eat too much fish because of pollution.Most American cities put their garbage in the ground.But New York and a few other cities put their garbage in the ocean.Boston Harbor is so polluted that scientists say it wont recover until the next century.The government has ordered the city
158、 to build a sewage treatment plant.Cleaning up oceans wont be easy，but people can no longer ignore(忽视) this challenge.5The main idea of the article is that_Aocean waters around America have become pollutedBAmericans are bringing too much garbage to the beachCbeaches were closed because Americans wer
159、e shockedDgoing to the beach is many Americans favorite activity答案Aks5u全文讲述了美国海域遭受污染的情况。6The oceans are polluted by_Aswimmers，AIDS patients and fishBBoston，San Francisco and New York onlyCgarbage，sewage and medical waste and so onDswimmers and fishes答案Cks5u通读全文可知C项所提及的正是文中所指出的受污染的渠道。7Many polluted w
160、aters are still beautiful because_Achemicals can be beautifulBthey have been cleaned upCpollution is underwater or hard to seeDthere are still many fish in them答案Cks5u从最后一段的开始两句可知。8More people can go to the beaches near Boston if_Athe city puts its garbage in the groundBa sewage plant is builtCthey
161、dont eat too much fishDthey stop polluting the water答案Bks5u从最后一段的最后两句可知。.根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。Why have you been so successful in reaching some of your goals，but not others? If you arent sure，you are far from alone in your confusion.It turns out that even brilliant，highly accompli
162、shed people are pretty lousy when it comes to understanding why they succeed or fail.The intuitive answerthat you are born predisposed to certain talents and lacking in othersis really just one small piece of the puzzle.In fact，decades of research on achievement suggests that successful people reach
163、 their goals not simply because of who they are，but more often because of what they do._1_Get specific.When you set yourself a goal，try to be as specific as possible.“Lose 5 pounds” is a better goal than “lose some weight，” because it gives you a clear idea of what success looks like._2_ Also，think
164、about the specific actions that need to be taken to reach your goal._3_ Given how busy most of us are，and how many goals we are juggling at once，its not surprising that we routinely miss opportunities to act on a goal because we simply fail to notice them.Did you really have no time to work out toda
165、y? No chance at any point to return that phone call? Achieving your goal means grabbing hold of these opportunities before they slip through your fingers.Know exactly how far you have left to go.Achieving any goal also requires honest and regular monitoring of your progressif not by others，then by y
166、ou yourself.If you dont know how well you are doing，you cant adjust your behavior or your strategies accordingly._4_It is my hope that，after reading about the nine things s阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
167、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
168、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
169、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
170、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
171、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
172、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
173、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕JEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJE阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
174、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
175、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕JEJEJEJE
176、JEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJ阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
177、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
178、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
179、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
180、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
181、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
182、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
183、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
184、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
185、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
186、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
187、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
188、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
189、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
190、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
191、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
192、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
193、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
194、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
195、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
196、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
197、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
198、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
199、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
200、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
201、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕JEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJ阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
202、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕
203、阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕阕s
204、and dogs dont need hibernation(冬眠)_5Languages change with_time_going_by_ 6Her interest in this subject increases little_by_little_答案1.came up to2.at present3.The latter4.such as5.over time6gradually.课文缩写1_ you know，English has changed over time.Why？Actually all languages change and develop when cult
205、ures meet and communicate 2._ each other.At first，English 3._(base) more on German than the English we speak at 4._Then 5._(gradual) new settlers came and enriched the English language and especially 6._vocabulary.So by the 1600s Shakespeare was able to make use of a 7._ (wide) vocabulary than ever
206、before.In 1620 some British settlers moved to America.Later in the 18th century some British people 8._ (take) to Australia too.English began to be spoken in 9._ countries.Finally by the 19th century the language was settled.At that time two big changes in English spelling happened：first Samuel John
207、son wrote his dictionary and later Noah Webster wrote The American Dictionary of the English Language.The latter gave 10._ separate identity to American English spelling.答案1.As2.with3.was based4.present5.gradually6.its7.wider8were taken9.both10.a【知识链接】1Do you know that there is more than one kind of
208、 English？你知道有不止一种英语吗？(1)more than one单数名词，意为“不止一个”，在语意上虽为复数，但作主语时，谓语动词用单数。(2)more than/more.than.比更，与其说倒不如说More than one student was late for class this morning.今天早晨不止一个学生迟到了。He is more than a friend to me.He is also my teacher.他不仅是我的朋友。他还是我的老师。We are more than glad to help you.我们非常乐意帮助你。He is more
209、lucky than clever.与其说他聪明，不如说他幸运。单句语法填空More than one question _ (raise) at yesterdays meeting.Do you need any help，Lucy?Yes.The job is more _ I could do myself.答案was raisedthan2Yes.Id like to come up to your apartment.好的，我乐意去你的公寓。come up走近；上来；发芽；发生；被提及，被提出，被讨论；出现come up with 提出come about发生come across
210、偶然遇到come along跟随，进展come out出版；开花；罢工come to合计，共计come true实现The problem came up at the meeting.这个问题在会议上被提出来了。 I do believe that our dream will come true.我坚信我们的梦想一定会实现。用come短语的适当形式填空He has just finished writing his book and it will _ next month.I cant _ any more ideas right now.The total cost that they
211、 had spent on their clothes this month _ nearly 2，000 yuan.I _ her just now.答案come outcome up withcame tocame acrossPeriod TwoLearning about Languageks5u知 识 梳 理.核心单词一、根据提示写出单词1v._ 命令；掌握；_ 请求；要求2n._使用；用法；_方言答案mand；request2.usage；dialect二、单词拼写1Languages develop continually through_ (使用)2General White
212、was in _ (统率) of the army.3The_ (要求) didnt seem unreasonable.4The question is bound to _ (被提出) at the meeting.答案1.usagemand3.requeste up.重点短语一、根据提示写出短语1_不假思索2_利用3_替代4_与不同答案1.without a second2.make use of 3.instead of4.be different from二、用所给短语的适当形式填空1Will you make sure when he _ Beijing tomorrow?2_，p
213、lease! He is coming.3Youd better go and _ who did it on earth.4Make sure all the lights should _ before you leave.答案1.is leaving2.Hold on 3.find out4.be turned off.写作句式句式运用(完成句子)1Believe it or not，there is _ (没有比如之类的)standard English.2However，on TV and the radio you will hear differences _ (人们用不同的方式
214、说)3So people from the mountains in the southeastern USA speak with almost _ (和一样)people in the northwestern USA.4Although many Americans move a lot，they still _ (辨别并且听懂) each others dialects.答案1.no such thing as2.in the way people speak3.the same as4.recognize and understand.单句语法填空1The army officer
215、commanded his men _(fire) as soon as the enemies came up.2What _good command of English he_！3The Smiths were among the first to live in_is now a wellknown university.4The old pianist wouldnt listen to our repeated request that he_(play) in public again.5He didnt bring his pen with him；he can use a p
216、encil_6As is known to all language learners，the newly learnt words will soon be forgotten unless _ (frequent) used in everyday communication.7Andrew has travelled to a great many countries so far._as, he toured Holland，Brazil and Mexico in 2005.8Its not rare in_90s that people in their_ (fifty) are
217、going to university for further education.9The officer commanded that the wounded_ (send) to hospital right now.10Every minute should be made use of_ (prepare) for the coming exam.答案1.(to) fire2.a3.what4.play5.instead6.frequently7.Such8.the；fifties9.be sent10.to prepare【知识链接】1Can you hold on for a m
218、oment？请不要挂电话好吗？hold on (to) 抓住；保持，不要放弃；(打电话时用语)请等一下，不要挂上hold back阻止，阻挡，抑制，控制(情绪、情感等)，隐瞒；犹豫hold up举起；支持住；使停顿，耽误；抢劫hold out伸出Hold on! Ill see if he is in.别挂电话！我看看他是否在。The traffic was held up for two hours.交通堵了两个小时。用hold短语填空The villagers built banks of earth to_ the flood water.Can you _ for one more h
219、our?_ your hands if you have any questions.答案hold backhold onHold up2The mother said to her child：“Turn off the radio！”妈妈对孩子说：“把收音机关了！”turn off 关掉(电源、水源、煤气等)；turn on打开turn up出现，到场；调高(音量)turn down拒绝；调小turn over 翻转；移交turn out生产，制造；证明是；结果是as it turned out结局是turn to求助于；翻到；转向Never forget to turn off the
220、tap after using.用后别忘了关水龙头。Another huge wall of water turned over the boat in a minute.另一面巨大的水墙立刻打翻了小船。用turn短语填空She asked me if I had _ the gas.What are you reading，Tom?Im not really reading，just _ the pages.I heard that the invitation _ already.Would you please _ the radio a little？I cant hear clear
221、ly.答案turned offturning overhad been turned downturn upPeriod ThreeUsing Languageks5u课 文 预 读.课文理解1In the writers opinion，_Astandard English is spoken in BritainBstandard English is spoken in the USACstandard English exists in CanadaDthere is no standard English at all2Why do many people believe the E
222、nglish spoken on TV and the radio is standard English?ABecause the English spoken on TV and the radio is the same.BBecause the English spoken on TV and the radio is expected excellent.CBecause the government tells them what standard English is.DBecause they cant speak English well by themselves.3Whi
223、ch of the statements about dialects is TRUE?ANo words and expressions spoken on TV are dialects.BIn Britain there are more dialects than in the USA.CDialects are widely used in the USA.DDialects are better than standard English.4Whats the main idea of the third paragraph?AGeography plays a part in m
224、aking dialects.BSome people live in the mountains.CThe people who live in different areas can understand each other.DAmericans like moving from one place to another.5As many Americans move all over the country，they _Achange their dialectsBtake their dialects with themCdont speak their dialectsDcant
225、understand each others dialects答案1.D2.B3.C4.A5.B.段落大意阅读课文找出与下面A、B、C相配的段落大意1Para.one()AGeography also plays a part in making dialects.2Para.two() BBelieve it or not，there is no such thing as standard English.3Para.three() CWhen people use words and expressions different from the “standard language”，i
226、t is called a dialect.答案1.B2.C3.A.阅读课文回答下列问题1Whats the purpose of this passage?_2Whats called a dialect?_3Why does American English has so many dialects?_4What did Americans took with them when they moved from one place to another?_答案1.The purpose is to show the students there is no such thing as “s
227、tandard English”2When people use words and expressions different from the “standard language”，it is called a dialect.3Because people have come from all over the world.4They took their dialects with them.【美丽学习】Comical Quotes About the Confusing English Language英语令人费解？来看看这些搞笑语录Our language is funnya “
228、fat chance” and a “slim chance” are the same thing.J.Gustav White我们的语言很搞笑“胖胖的机会”和“瘦瘦的机会”意思一样(都指机会渺茫)J.古斯塔夫怀特(美国心理学家)English is a funny language；that explains why we park our car on the driveway and drive our car on the parkway.英语是一种有趣的语言；它解释了我们为什么要把车停在行车道上，而在林荫道上开车。The word “good” has many meanings.
229、For example，if a man were to shoot his grandmother at a range of five hundred yards，I should call him a good shot，but not necessarily a good man.G.K.Chesterton“好”这个字有很多意思。打个比方，假设一个人在500码开外的地方射中了他的奶奶，我应该叫他“好射手”，但他未必是一个“好人”。G.K.切斯特顿(英国作家、文学评论家)I like the word “indolence”It makes my laziness seem class
230、y.Bernard Williams我喜欢“慵懒”这个词。它让我犯懒犯得很上档次。伯纳德威廉斯English grammar is so complex and confusing for the one very simple reason that its rules and terminology are based on Latin，a language with which it has precious little in common.Making English grammar conform to Latin rules is like asking people to pl
231、ay baseball using the rules of football.Bill Bryson英语的语法非常复杂，常常让人困惑不已，原因很简单，英语的规则和用语基于拉丁语，而这两种语言之间的相似点非常少。让英语语法遵循拉丁语规则就像要求人们按照足球规则打棒球一样。比尔布莱森(美国作家)/ks5u知 识 梳 理.核心单词单词拼写1He speaks with a strong southern _(口音)2The officials often visited the _(东部的)parts of the country.3He made repeated _(请求)for help b
232、ut nobody noticed that.4She took the dog for a walk around the _ (街区)5From the teachers _(表情)，we all knew that she was out of control.6Can you _ (辨认出)her from this picture?7He drew a _(直的)line on the paper.8The place we live in is hot，_(尤其)in summer.答案1.accent2.eastern3.requests4.block5.expression6.
233、recognize7straight8.especially.重点短语用所给短语的适当形式填空recognize his voice；play a leading part；no such；make an urgent request1There is _word within my memory.2All the people present have _ that the fresh water should be supplied at once.(request)3I didnt _ on the phone last night.4Chow YunFat _ in the film
234、Let the Bullets Fly.答案1.no such2.made an urgent request3.recognize his voice4.played a leading part.写作句式句式运用(完成句子)1_ (信不信由你)，our English teacher knows everything.2_ (沿着这条路一直走)and then turn right.(straight)3_ (这是因为) in the early days of radio，_(那些的人) reported the news were expected to speak excellent
235、 English.答案1.Believe it or not2.Go straight down the road3.This is because；those who .单句语法填空1Sorry，I cant read the _(express) on her face.I dont know how to please her.2Though they hadnt met for many years，they _ (recognize) each other at first sight.3Mrs.Black took her children to the same place _
236、she visited two years ago.4The role that our army _ (play) in flood control is very important.5Visitors are requested not_ the exhibits in Beijing Museum.6The officer commanded that all the soldiers _(start) at dawn.7A straight road goes _(straight) from the school to our village.8Tom，you are late a
237、gain.Yes，thats _ my car broke down on the way.9It is so nice to hear from her.Believe it_ not, we last met more than ten years ago.10He usually speaks _dialect，so it is hard for everyone here to understand him.答案1.expression2.recognized3.that4.played5.to touch6.(should) start7.straight8.because9.or1
238、0.in【知识链接】This is because in the early days of radio，those who reported the news were expected to speak excellent English.这是因为在早期的收音机时代，对新闻播音员的要求是讲一口极好的英语。This is because.这是因为，because引导的句子作表语，表示原因。This is why.这就是的原因，why引导的从句表示结果。The reason why.is that.中that引导的表语从句表示原因，不可换成because。Thats because you a
239、re drinking too much.那是因为你喝的太多了。He missed the first bus and that was because he got up late this morning.他没能赶上早班车，那是因为他今天早上起晚了。She got up late this morning and that was why she missed the first bus.她今天早上起晚了，那就是她没赶上早班车的原因。完成句子The traffic is heavy.This is _ (我为什么迟到了)He didnt come to the meeting yester
240、day.That was _ (因为他不得不把他妈妈带到医院去)答案why I arrived latebecause he had to take his mother to hospitalPeriod FourGrammar & Writingks5u知 识 梳 理.观察感悟1The children asked their teacher if he would sing a song for them.(一般疑问句变为间接引语时用if引导从句)2The mother told her child to turn off the radio.(祈使句变为间接引语时应变成不定式做宾补)3
241、The secretary asked the woman on the phone if she could hold on for a moment.4John asked his classmate if he could borrow her pen.5The teacher asked his student to come up to his office.(直接引语变间接引语时注意人称代词的变化).把下列直接引语变成间接引语1“Dont play games in the classroom，” the monitor said to us.The monitor _ us _
242、_ play games in the classroom.2“Come at five oclock，”she said to him.She_ him _ come at five oclock.3“Give me another piece of cake，please.”he said to her.He _ her _ give him another piece of cake.4“Let me stay up a little longer tonight，mother.” he begged.He _ his mother _ let him stay up a little
243、longer that night.答案1.told；not to2.told；to3.asked；to4.begged；to .将下列句子由间接引语变为直接引语1The hostess asked us to sit down._2He told the boys not to make so much noise._3Mother told me to go back before 10：00._4She told me not to wait for her._答案1.The hostess said to us，“Please sit down.”2He said，“Dont make
244、 so much noise，boys.”3Mother said to me，“Come back before 10：00.”4She said to me，“Dont wait for me.”【知识链接】祈使句变间接引语的用法1肯定祈使句变为间接引语时须将祈使句的谓语动词变成不定式作宾语补足语，主句的引述词say 必须改为ask，tell，order，command，warn 或advise 等含有祈使意义的及物动词。“Please sit down and have a rest，” she said to us.She asked us to sit down and have a
245、 rest.2否定的祈使句变为间接引语时，须在不定式前加not。“Dont make so much noise，children！” she said.She told the children not to make so much noise.3有些表建议、要求或劝告的祈使句变为间接引语时，可以用suggest，insist，offer等动词加以转述，此时要注意这些词的固定搭配。He said，“Lets go to the museum.” He suggested that we (should) go to the museum.4直接引语是感叹句时，间接引语可以用what或how
246、 引导，也可以用that引导。She said，“What a lovely day it is！” She said what a lovely day it was.(或：She said that it was a lovely day.)ks5u写 作 点 拨.满分作文赏析假如你是李华，你们学校和美国某一所中学签署了教师交流协议。在过去一年里，你们的英文老师Sue Wood 一直在教你们英语。不久前她返回美国任教。请根据写作要点和要求给Sue写封电子邮件。写作要点：1对她表示感谢之意；2介绍她离开后你自己及班里发生的事情；3希望了解她的近况。注意：1.词数80左右；2可以适当增加细节，
247、以使行文连贯。Dear Sue，Im Li Hua，one of your students in China.Best wishes.Yours，Li Hua 【范文“悦”读】Dear Sue，Im Li Hua，one of your students in China.It has been a month since you left us.We all miss you and are grateful for what you did for us.We are busy as usual.We had an English speech contest the other day
248、，and I won the first prize，which reminds me of all your kind help.Yesterday we went to the hill to plant the tree that we planted together，which is growing very well now.How is everything with you recently? We all hope to know more about you and your American students.Hope to keep in touch.Best wish
249、es.Yours，Li Hua .作文仿写假如你是李华，你的美国朋友Mike想学习汉语，向你咨询学习的方法，根据下列内容，写一封电子邮件，介绍一下你的学习方法。1兴趣是最好的老师，要培养对汉语的兴趣；2制定合适的学习计划并严格执行；3充分利用各种资源学习。注意：1.词数80左右；2可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。Dear Mike，Im very glad that youd like to learn Chinese，and the approaches to learn it are as follows：I do hope what I say can be of some help t
250、o you.Best wishes.Li Hua 【参考范文】Dear Mike，Im very glad that youd like to learn Chinese，and the approaches to learn it are as follows：Firstly，as we all know，interest is the best teacher.Once you have developed your interest in Chinese，you definitely learn it well no matter how hard it is.Secondly，make
251、 a good plan for your study and practise it strictly.Just as a famous saying goes：Practice makes perfect.Finally，make good use of all materials and opportunities you can get，which can really broaden our knowledge.In short，Chinese learning is not a short and easy journey that needs continuous and har
252、d work.I do hope what I say can be of some help to you.Best wishes.Li Hua,写作方法指导高考书信作文主要考查的是考生的书信内容，即考查考生对于语言的综合运用能力。在通常情况下，信头、称呼和信未签名都已经给出，电子邮件也是书信的一种形式。篇章结构：1手段：开门见山，表明意图；2主体段落：逐一陈述；3结尾段：礼貌地提出自己的愿望或希望。书信的常用开头语：Im glad that.Im very pleased to inform you that.How I wish to apply for the position you
253、 are offering.How is everything with you lately?With great delight I learn from your letter of this Sunday that.In reply to your letter dated 4th July，I want to say.Thank you for your congratulations!With the best regards to your family.Please let us know if you are interestd in it.If you want furth
254、er information，please contact me at 8234567.书信常用结束语：Awaiting your good news.Looking forward to your early reply.We look forward to your reply at your earliest convenience.高分策略1词性的多样性尽量使用构词法进行词性转换，用不同的词性或不同的表达方式，会给阅卷老师耳目一新的感觉：increase steadilyexperience a steady increase；firstfirstlyfirst of allto be
255、gin (start) withIts very helpful.It helps a lot.Its of great help.2高级词汇的使用“高级词汇”指的是大纲中有，但是没有列入识记要求，然而使用频率比较高的词汇。例如：make sense，cope with，make a difference，additionally，traditionally 等。Your efforts will be very important.Your efforts will make a great difference.More and more people begin to realize i
256、ts importance.An increasing number of people begin to realize its importance.Period OneWarming Up & Reading.阅读理解Dear Editor，Im a Senior 1 student in a middle school.This term，my favorite teacher，Miss Gao，no longer teaches us.I want to see her，but Im afraid that she no longer likes me and I dont want
257、 to trouble her.I really miss her.What should I do?Yours，Li MingDear Li Ming，Im sorry to hear that you have lost your favorite teacher.However，if she is still in your school，nothing can stop you going to see her.When she isnt busy，ask her if she minds having a quick chat.You can then tell her she wa
258、s your favorite teacher.Everyone is happy to know they are liked!If she has left the school，it will be more difficult to meet her.It will be hard，but remember people always come and go in our lives.We cant depend on them being with us all the time.You may be sad to say goodbye to her，but we can reme
259、mber and learn from her.Think of her best qualities(品质)You could also try looking for the same qualities in your other teachers.Study hard and give your new teacher a chance.In time，you might start to see that he or she has different qualities to learn from.Finally，you can not entirely depend on oth
260、er people getting you through your studies，or even your life.Editor1Why does Li Ming write to the editor?ABecause he has entered a new school.BBecause he cant get on well with others.CBecause he wants to get some advice.DBecause he wants to make friends with Miss Gao.答案Cks5u通过信的内容及最后一句“What should I
261、 do？”可知，Li Ming是想寻求建议。2The underlined phrase “in time” in the passage means_Aon time Ba long time agoCafter a period of time Dlong before答案Cks5u联系上下文，由努力寻找，好好学习，给老师机会，到下文你想法的开始变化，可知此处的time为“一段时间后”。3According to the passage，students can make progress in their studies_Aentirely by their favorite teach
262、ersBentirely by their classmatesCmainly by their parents and teachersDmainly by themselves答案Dks5u由最后一段，不能完全靠别人，可知应“主要靠自己”。4From the passage，we can learn that the editor is_Acool BhelpfulCpolite Dfoolish答案Cks5u从信中所使用的语气、情态动词以及所给建议等，都能看出the editor是有礼貌的(polite)。.完形填空Where do you go when you want to lea
263、rn something？School？A friend？A tutor？These are all_1_places of learning.But it may well be that the learning you really want_2_ somewhere else instead.I had the_3_of seeing this first hand on a_4_My daughter plays on a recreational soccer team.They did very well this season and so_5_a tournament，whi
264、ch normally was only for more skilled club teams.This led to some_6_experiences on Saturday as they played against teams_7_trained.Through the first two games，her_8_did not get one serious shot on goal.As a parent，I_9_seeing my daughter playing her best，_10_ still defeated.It seemed that something c
265、licked with the_11_between Saturday and Sunday.When they _12_ for their Sunday game，they were _13_ different.They had begun to integrate (融合)the kinds of play and teamwork they had _14_ the day before into their _15_They played aggressively and _16_ scored a goal.It _17_ me that playing against the
266、other team was a great _18_ moment for all the girls on the team.I think it is a general principle._19_ is the best teacher.The lessons they learned may not be_20_what they would have gotten in school，but are certainly more personal and meaningful，because they had to work them out on their own.【语篇解读
267、】这是一篇夹叙夹议文。作者女儿所在的球队因为这个赛季表现突出而入围锦标赛。虽然与强手角逐的前两场比赛中失利，但是善于吸取教训的孩子们在周日的比赛中进球了。通过这次经历，作者得出结论：学习的途径有许多，通过亲身实践得来的经验更加富有意义。1A.public Btraditional Cofficial Dspecial答案Bks5u考查语境中形容词的辨析。根据首句的意思及“School? A friend? A tutor？”，再结合生活常识，不难看出，这些都是传统意义上的(traditional)学习途径。public公共的；official官方的，正式的；special特别的。均不符合题意。
268、2A.passes Bworks Clies Dends答案Cks5u考查语境中动词的辨析。既然你想要的学习方式不是传统的：在学校里跟朋友交流或向导师求教，那么它很可能会存在于其它地方。lie (位于，存在于)符合语境。3A.dream Bidea Chabit Dchance答案Dks5u考查语境中名词的辨析。联系下文可知，“我”有机会亲自观看了女儿的一场足球赛并领悟到了这一点。dream梦想；idea主意；habit习惯。均与句意不符。4A.trip Bholiday Cweekend Dsquare答案Cks5u考查语境中名词的辨析。作者下面叙述的几场比赛都是发生在周六和周日的，因此答案
269、选C。5A.won Bentered Corganized Dwatched答案Bks5u考查语境中动词的辨析。这个赛季女儿所在的球队表现出色而有资格参加锦标赛。win赢；enter进入；organize组织；watch观看。6A.painful Bstrange Ccommon Dpractical答案Aks5u考查语境中形容词的辨析。由于参加锦标赛的多是技术更加娴熟的俱乐部球队，他们的球员训练有素(well trained)，技术过硬。女儿的球队艰难鏖战，还是没有一次真正意义上的射门(did not get one serious shot on goal)。painful困难的，艰难的；
270、strange奇怪的；common普通的；practical实用的。由句意可知A项为正确答案。7A.less Bpoorly Cnewly Dbetter答案Dks5u考查语境中副词的辨析。见上一小题解析。8A.fans Btutors Cclass Dteam答案Dks5u考查语境中名词的辨析。联系上下文可知，女儿所在的球队在前两场比赛中未能进球得分。故答案选D。9. Aimagined BhatedCavoided Dmissed答案Bks5u考查语境中动词的辨析。作为父母，谁也不愿意看到竭尽全力踢球的孩子遭受失败的结局。imagine想像；hate憎恨；avoid避免；miss错过。由语
271、境可知B项最能表达此意。10A.if Bor Cbut Das答案Cks5u考查语境中连词的辨析。由空格前的played her best 和still defeated的语意逻辑，不难看出前后为转折关系。因此C项为正确答案。11A.girls Bparents Ccoaches Dviewers答案Aks5u考查语境中名词的辨析。女儿所在的球队在接下来的比赛中有了很大的改变。由此可以推断该句意思是：“周日比赛之前，这群女孩子似乎突然间明白了什么。”故A项正确。12A.dressed Bshowed upCmade up Dplanned答案Bks5u考查语境中短语动词的辨析。由语境可知，周六
272、比赛失利，女孩子们又出现在周日的赛场上。show up(出现，露面)与语境相吻合。13A.slightly BhardlyCbasically Dcompletely答案Dks5u考查语境中副词的辨析。根据下文所述，女孩子们的表现与上一场比赛迥然不同。slightly稍微；hardly几乎不；basically基本上；completely完全地。14A.seen Bknown Cheard Dread答案Aks5u考查语境中动词的辨析。她们的表现之所以有很大改观是因为善于总结经验教训，将周六比赛中看到的对方团队协作的技术运用到自己的比赛中。由语境可知A项正确。15A.styles Btrain
273、ing Cgame Drules答案Cks5u考查语境中名词的辨析。见上一小题解析。16A.even Bstill Cseldom Dagain答案Aks5u考查语境中副词的辨析。在强手面前，孩子们努力拼搏，志在必得，甚至还进了一个球。even甚至；still仍然；seldom很少；again又，再。17A.confused BstruckCreminded Dwarned答案Bks5u考查语境中动词的辨析。由作者接下来阐发的感想可知这是他从这场比赛中突然想到的。It strikes sb that.意为“使某人突然想到”。18. Atouching BthinkingCencouraging
274、 Dlearning答案Dks5u考查语境中动词的辨析。由前文对比赛的描述可知，对于球队的每个孩子来说，这场比赛是一个学习的好机会。因此答案为D。19. AExperience BIndependenceCCuriosity DInterest答案Aks5u考查语境中名词的辨析。通过这场比赛，孩子们学到了以前没有接触到的东西，经历促使她们成长得更快，经历是最好的老师。experience经历，经验；independence独立；curiosity好奇心；interest兴趣。其余三项均与短文主旨无关。20A.harmful to Bmixed withCdifferent from Dappl
275、ied to答案Cks5u考查语境中形容词的辨析。由后面but一词的转折意义可以推断本句的意思：孩子们通过比赛总结的经验或许与课堂上学到的经验不同，但从赛场上获取的经验肯定会更有个性化，更加有意义。因为那是靠亲自实践得来的。因此，答案非C莫属。.阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。Its never easy to admit you are in the wrong.We all need to know the art of apology.Think how often youve done wrong.Then count how many time
276、s you _1_ (express) clearly you were sorry.You cant go to bed with an easy mind if you do nothing _2_it.A doctor friend，Mr.Lied，told me about a man who came to him with different kinds of signs：headaches，heart trouble and insomnia.After a careful _3_(examine)，Mr.Lied found nothing wrong _4_ him and
277、said，“_5_ you dont tell me whats worrying you，I cant help you.” The man admitted he was cheating his brother of his inheritance(遗产)Then and there the doctor advised the man _6_ (write) to his brother and return his money.As soon as the letter was put into the post box，the man suddenly cried.“Thank y
278、ou，” he called the doctor，“I think Ive got well.”_7_apology can not only save a broken relationship but also make it _8_ (strong)If you can think of someone _9_ should be given an apology from you，do _10_ right now.答案1.have expressed2.about3.examination 4with5.If6.to write7.An8.stronger9.who10.itPer
279、iod TwoLearning about Language.阅读理解AAs a professor at a large American university，I often hear a phrase from students：“Im only a 1050.” The unlucky students are speaking of the score on the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT)，which is used to determine whether they will be admitted to the college or univ
280、ersity of their choice，or even have a chance to get a higher education at all.The SAT score，whether it is 800，1100 or 1550，has become the focus at this time of their life.It is obvious that if students value highly their test scores，then a great amount of their selfrespect is put in the number.Stude
281、nts who perform poorly on the exam are left feeling that it is all over.The low test score，they think，will make it impossible for them to get into a good college.And without a degree from a_prestigious_university，they fear that many of lifes doors will remain forever closed.According to a study done
282、 in the 1990s，the SAT is only a reliable indicator of a students future performance in most cases.Interestingly，it becomes much more accurate when it is set together with other indicatorslike a students high school grades.Even if standardized tests like the SAT could show a students academic profici
283、ency(学业水平)，they will never be able to test things like confidence，efforts and will power，and are unable to give us the full picture of a students potentialities(潜力)This is not to suggest that we should stop using SAT scores in our college admission process.The SAT is an excellent test in many ways，a
284、nd the score is still a useful means of testing students.However，it should be only one of many methods used.1The purpose of the SAT is to test students_Astrong willBacademic abilityCfull potentialitiesDconfidence in school work答案Bks5u事实细节题。根据第一段可判断出SAT测试的目的是测试学生的学习能力。2The underlined phrase “a presti
285、gious university” probably means “_”Aa famous universityBa technical universityCa traditional universityDan expensive university答案Aks5u推理判断题。根据第二段可推断出a prestigious university是指一所著名的大学，因为如果在著名的大学毕业，就会找到好的工作，否则将会使一些生活的大门永远关闭。3This passage is mainly about_Ahow to prepare for the SATBstress caused by th
286、e SATCAmerican higher educationDthe SAT and its effects答案Dks5u主旨大意题。这篇短文讲述了SAT考试，而这种考试对学生的一生造成了极大的影响，所以这篇短文主要是关于SAT和它的影响。B Sport not only is physically challenging，but it can also be mentally challenging.Criticism(批评) from coaches，parents，and other teammates，as well as pressure to win can create an
287、excessive(过度的) amount of anxiety or stress for young athletes.Stress can be physical，emotional(情感的)，or psychological(心理的)，and research has indicated that it can lead to burnout.Burnout has been described as dropping or quitting of an activity that was at one time enjoyable.The early years of develop
288、ment are critical years for learning about oneself.The sport setting is one where valuable experiences can take place.Young athletes can，for example，learn how to work together with others，make friends，and gain other social skills that will be used throughout their lives.Coaches and parents should be
289、 aware，at all times，that their feedback to youngsters can greatly affect their children.Youngsters may take their parents and coaches criticisms to heart and find a flaw(缺陷) in themselves.Coaches and parents，should also be careful that youth sport participation(参与) doesnt become the work for childre
290、n.The outcome of the game should not be more important than the process of learning the sport and other life lessons.In todays youth sport setting，young athletes may be worried more about who will win instead of enjoying themselves and the sport.Following a game，many parents and coaches direct their
291、 attention on the outcome and find fault with young peoples performances.Research indicates that positive(主动的) reinforcement(加强) motivates and has a greater effect on learning than criticism.Again，criticism can create high levels of stress，which can lead to burnout.4According to the passage，sport is
292、 positive for young people in that_Ait can create high levels of stressBit enables them to find flaws in themselvesCit can provide them with valuable experiencesDit teaches them how to set realistic goals for themselves答案Cks5u本文第二段中说“年轻运动员可以学会与人共事、交友，获得在一生都需要的其他社会技能”，故选C。5According to the passage pa
293、rents and coaches should_Apay more attention to letting children enjoy sportsBhelp children to win every gameCtrain children to deal with stressDenable children to understand the positive aspect of sports答案Dks5u由第三段第二句“比赛的结果不比了解这种体育运动及了解人生的过程重要”可知，选D。A项意为“更注重让孩子享受运动的乐趣”，与文章意思不符。6The authors purpose
294、in writing the passage is to_Ateach young athletes how to avoid burnoutBpersuade young children not to worry about criticismCstress the importance of positive reinforcement to childrenDdiscuss the skill of mixing criticism with encouragement答案Cks5u本文最后一段说，研究表明主动加强对孩子学习的影响比批评更大，而批评会引起压力，因此选C。 CWhat i
295、s language for？Some people seem to think its for practising grammar rules and learning lists of wordsthe longer the lists，the better.Thats wrong.Language is for the exchange of ideas and information.Its meaningless knowing all about a language if you cant use it freely.Many students I have met know
296、hundreds of grammar rules，but they cant speak correctly or fluently.They are afraid of making mistakes.One shouldnt be afraid of making mistakes when speaking a foreign language.Native speakers make mistakes and break rules，too.Bernard Shaw once wrote，“Foreigners_often_speak_English_too_correctly.”
297、But the mistakes that native speakers make are different from those that Chinese students make.Theyre English mistakes in the English language.And if enough native speakers break a rule，it is no longer a rule.What used to be wrong becomes right.People not only make history，they make language.But a p
298、eople can only make its own language.It cant make another peoples language.So Chinese students of English should pay attention to grammar，but they shouldnt overdo(做过头) it.They should put communication first.7According to the passage，language is used to _Aexpress oneselfBpractise grammar rulesCtalk w
299、ith foreigners onlyDlearn lists of words答案Aks5u细节理解题。由第四句“Language is for the exchange of ideas and information.”可知语言是用来交流的，因此应选择express oneself，其含义是“表达自己的想法，让别人明白自己”。8The underlined sentence “Foreigners often speak English too correctly.” means that _Aforeigners speak correct EnglishBforeigners spe
300、ak incorrect EnglishCforeigners speak English according to the grammar rulesDforeigners never make mistakes when they speak English答案Cks5u句意猜测题。根据上下文可知，母语不是英语的人在学英语时，首先要学许多的语法规则，所以他们说话时总是套规则。9If too many native speakers break a rule，_Awhat they use will become rightBthey are against the lawCthey sho
301、uld say sorry to othersDthey will become heroes答案Aks5u细节理解题。在文中直接提到“And if enough native speakers break a rule，it is no longer a rule.What used to be wrong becomes right.”。10When we speak a foreign language，we should _Aspeak in Chinese wayBspeak by the rulesCspeak to native speakersDnot be afraid of
302、 making mistakes答案Dks5u推理判断题。通过文章我们知道语言的作用是交流，而且更明确的是，在学习外语时，我们不仅要学语法，更重要的是学会使用这种语言与他人进行交流，不怕犯错误。 .根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。Students will need to use all of their skills in order to understand the reading selections in Readers Choice._1_These selections provide practice on employing
303、different reading skills to get the message of the writer.They also give students practice in four basic reading skills：skimming，scanning，reading for thorough comprehension，and critical reading.Skimming involves reading quickly through a text to get an overall idea of its contents._2_ or when you ar
304、e trying to decide if careful reading is desirable，this kind of rapid reading is suitable.Like skimming，scanning is also quick reading.However，in this case the search is more concentrated._3_When you read to find a particular date，or number you are scanning.Reading for thorough comprehension is care
305、fully reading in order to understand the total meaning of the passage.At this level of comprehension the reader is able to summarize the authors ideas._4_Critical reading demands that a reader make judgments about what he or she reads.This kind of reading requires posting and answering questions suc
306、h as “ _5_？” “Do I share the authors point of view？” and “Am I convinced by the authors arguments and evidence？”ABut he has not yet made a critical evaluation of those ideasBDoes my own experience support that of the authorCWhen there is no time to read something carefullyDThe book contains many typ
307、es of selections on a wide variety of topicsEReaders Choice is one of the most popular magazines in the worldFTo scan is to read quickly in order to find out specific informationGDo I know about the author答案1.D2.C3.F4.A5.BPeriod ThreeUsing Language.阅读理解American office workers spend an average of 52
308、hours a week at their desks，according to a statistic survey.Some might argue that not all that time is spent working，but still all those hours in windowless offices with artificial light can have an influence.A few green additions could have a large effect on worker happiness，according to the survey
309、 led by Tina Cade from Texas State University.“We pretty much found out that if you had windows and plants or even if you just had plants in your office，you were more satisfied with your job，” Cade told LiveScience.“We thought it was important for offices because a lot of times people are looking fo
310、r ways to keep employees happy and do all these expensive things like building a gym.Maybe for less investment they could put in a few plants in important places.”The team surveyed 450 office workers in Texas and the Midwest，asking questions about job satisfaction and the work environments.When aske
311、d about their overall life quality，82 said they felt “content” or “very happy”Only 69 percent of those who work with plants but without windows，and 60 percent of those who have windows but no plants，said they felt this way.The group of people who work without plants or windows were the most dissatis
312、fied，with only 58 percent of them saying that overall they were “content” or “very happy”While no one who works with plants，windows，or both reported they felt “miserable”，0.8 percent of those who work in offices without either said they were “miserable”“I was really surprised that having a plant in
313、your office appeared to be more beneficial than having a window in your office，”Cade said.“Everybody says，I need a window！but actually it seemed like a plant could be a suitable alternative.”1What does the passage mainly tell us?AGreen plants can increase job satisfaction.BAn easier way to increase
314、job satisfaction.CWhat the best working environment is.DWho are happy with their job environment.答案Aks5u主旨大意题。通篇是围绕在办公室里摆放绿色植物可增加工作快乐指数而展开的。2Among the 450 people surveyed，_A69 percent have plants in their officesB60 percent have windows in their wallsC0.8 percent of them feel dissatisfiedDabout 18 p
315、ercent of them are satisfied答案Dks5u细节理解题。第四段前两句说：接受调查的有450人，其中82人满意。其他的数据都不是根据450这个数字计算出来的。3Which of the following statements is True?AThe employers want to do little to keep employees happy.BSometimes it doesnt need much to increase job happiness.CA gym contributes less to job happiness than green
316、plants.DEmployers have tried every means to increase job happiness.答案Bks5u细节理解题。根据第三段后半部分的“好多次人们想方设法让雇员满意，不惜花费巨资修建健身房。或者，少投点资，在重要位置摆放点植物就可以。” 以及文章的最后一句“事实上，一株植物就是合适的替代。” 可归纳出：要增加文员工作的幸福指数，有时不必花费巨资。4Where should the passage be read?AIn a science fiction.BIn an essay.COn a pop science website.DIn an o
317、fficial document.答案Cks5u体裁判断题。从通篇所使用的语言来看，里面既没有深奥的科技术语，也没有官方的规定等，因此该文属于一般科普文章。.完形填空Since finishing my studies at Harvard and Oxford，Ive watched one friend after another land highranking，highpaying Wall Street jobs.As executives (高级管理人员) with banks，consulting firms，established law firms，and major cor
318、porations，many are now _1_ on their way to impressive careers.By societys _2_，they seem to have it made.On the surface，these people seem to be very lucky in life.As they left student life behind，many had a _3_ drink at their cheap but friendly local bar，shook hands with longtime roommates，and _4_ ou
319、t of small apartments into high buildings.They made reservations at restaurants where the cost of a bottle of wine _5_ a college years monthly rent.They replaced their beloved old cars with expensive new sports cars.The thing is，a number of them have _6_ that despite their success，they arent happy.S
320、ome _7_ of unfriendly coworkers and feel sad for eighthour workweeks devoted to tasks they _8_Some do not respect the companies they work for and talk of feeling tired and _9_However，instead of devoting themselves to their work，they find themselves working to support the _10_ to which they have so q
321、uickly become _11_People often speak of trying a more satisfying path，and _12_ in the end the idea of leaving their jobs to work for something they _13_ or finding a position that would give them more time with their families almost always leads them to the same conclusion：its _14_They have loans，bi
322、lls，a mortgage (抵押贷款) to _15_，retirement to save for.They recognize theres something _16_ in their lives，but its _17_ to step off the track.In a society that tends to _18_ everything in terms of dollars and cents，we learn from a young age to consider the costs of our _19_ in financial terms.But what
323、 about the personal and social costs _20_ in pursuing money over meaning？These are exactly the kinds of costs many of us tend to ignoreand the very ones we need to consider most.【语篇导读】本文是一篇夹叙夹议文。作者通过讲述朋友大学毕业后的工作、心情、经历告诉我们：我们不应该为了高质量的生活只追求金钱，个人价值和社会价值的实现才是最重要的。1A.much Bnever Cseldom Dwell答案Dks5u考查副词词
324、义辨析。根据后面的they seem to have it made可知，大学毕业后，我观察到现在我的很多朋友们并没有创造出一番令人赞叹的事业。2A.policies Bstandards Cexperiments Dregulations答案Bks5u考查名词词义辨析。我认为他们没有，但按照社会的标准，他们似乎已经达到了。standard标准，符合语境。policy政策；experiment试验；regulation规章，规则。3A.last Bleast Csecond Dbest答案Aks5u考查形容词词义辨析。根据前面的as they left student life behind可
325、知，当他们离开学校时，很多人在便宜且友好的当地酒吧喝完最后一杯酒。4A.cycled Bmoved Cslid Dlooked答案Bks5u考查动词词义辨析。离开狭小的学生公寓进入高楼大厦中。move out of搬离，符合语境。5A.shared Bpaid Cequaled Dcollected答案Cks5u考查动词词义辨析。在饭店里一瓶酒的价格相当于大学一个月的租金。equal与相等或相同，符合语境。6A.advertised Bwitnessed Cadmitted Ddemanded答案Cks5u考查动词词义辨析。实际情况是，他们中的很多人承认尽管他们很成功，但并不快乐。admit承
326、认，符合语境。advertise做广告；witness目击；demand要求。7A.complain Bdream Chear Dapprove答案Aks5u考查动词词义辨析。根据后面的unfriendly coworkers and feel sad可知，一些人抱怨同事不友好。complain of抱怨，诉苦，符合语境。8A.distribute Bhate Capplaud Dneglect答案Bks5u考查动词词义辨析。完成他们不喜欢的工作任务他们才感到悲伤。9A.calm Bguilty Cwarm Dempty答案Dks5u考查形容词词义辨析。根据前面的feeling tired a
327、nd可知，empty空虚，符合语境。calm镇静的；guilty有罪的。10A.family Bgovernment Clifestyle Dproject答案Cks5u考查名词词义辨析。但他们并不专心于自己的工作，他们工作只是为了维持这种很快就习以为常的生活方式。lifestyle生活方式，符合语境。11A.accustomed Bappointed Cunique Davailable答案Aks5u考查形容词词义辨析。固定表达become accustomed to对变得习以为常，习惯于。12A.yet Balso Cinstead Drather答案Aks5u考查副词词义辨析。根据上下文
328、可知，这里表示转折关系，故要用yet。13A.let out Bturn in Cgive up Dbelieve in答案Dks5u考查动词短语辨析。离职去从事他们自己所信仰的事情。believe in信奉，信仰，符合语境。let out使出来，放出；turn in上交，呈交；give up放弃。14A.fundamental Bpractical Cimpossible Dunforgettable答案Cks5u考查形容词词义辨析。根据后面的they have loans.可知，放弃现在的工作去从事自己喜爱的事情是不可能的。15A.take off Bdrop off Cput off D
329、pay off答案Dks5u考查动词短语辨析。因为他们有抵押贷款要偿还。pay off付清，还清，符合语境。take off取下，起飞；drop off落下，减少；put off推迟。16A.missing Binspiring Csinking Dshining答案Aks5u考查形容词词义辨析。这时他们意识到生活中缺失了什么。missing失掉的，失踪的，找不到的，符合语境。17A.harmful Bhard Cuseful Dnormal答案Bks5u考查形容词词义辨析。但很难脱离现在的生活轨迹。18A.measure Bsuffer Cdigest Ddeliver答案Aks5u考查动词
330、词义辨析。在一个倾向于用金钱来衡量一切的社会里。measure衡量。19A.disasters Bmotivations Ccampaigns Ddecisions答案Dks5u考查名词词义辨析。从小时候我们就学会了从经济的角度来考虑所做出的决定的代价。20A.assessed Binvolved Ccovered Dreduced答案Bks5u考查动词词义辨析。追求金钱所涉及的个人和社会代价呢？(be) involved in牵涉，涉及，符合语境。.阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。The computer plays an important part
331、 in our everyday life.It is one of the great _1_(invent) in the world in the twentieth century.It works for us not only at home，in offices，in big shops，but also at schools.Today it is used _2_many ways.It really brings the world large wealth _3_ happiness._4_ first computer in the world _5_ (call) E
332、nid.It was built in America in 1946.It was large and heavy.Since it was born，it _6_ (develop) very fast.Until now it has gone through four periods and changed a lot.Therere many kinds of computers.Computers are getting smaller and smaller and computing faster and faster.So _7_are becoming more and m
333、ore helpful.The computer can do most of the things for people.It can help us _8_ (know) about the real world more quickly，to learn _9_ we want to learn and to think for ourselves._10_a student in the twentyfirst century，you must work hard at it.答案1.inventions2.in3.and4.The5.was called6.has been deve
334、loping 7.they8.to know9what10.AsPeriod FourGrammar & Writing.阅读理解ARecent studies have shown that exercise is good to both your physical strength and brain.A new study finds that people become smarter after starting a running program.In their study，the researchers had seven young people start a runni
335、ng program consisting of running 30 minutes，two or three times a week for at least 12 skills before and after the 3month running program.After 12 weeks of running，scores on all of the tests increased greatly in the runners，as did their reaction times(反应时间) in completing the tests，but the scores bega
336、n to fall again if the runners stopped their training.The results could have suggestions for old people as well.According to these researchers，old people who started a 4month exercise program also showed it may help doctors find a way to use exercise and running to help old people and those with Alz
337、heimers (老年痴呆症) disease improve their memory and other mental skills.1What is the best title for this passage?ARunning May Make You Smarter and HealthierBHow to Start a Running ProgramCRunning Is Important to Improve HealthDThe Sevenperson Program答案Aks5u这篇文章主要是通过一项七人运动项目来证明跑步可以使你更加灵活和健康，而不是阐述如何开始一个跑
338、步计划，也不是讲跑步的重要性，也不是讲七人计划。2What can you infer from the statement that “the scores began to fall again if the runners stopped their training”？AThe runners should continue their running exercise to keep the good results.BSome runners did not want to take a test again after they stopped their training.CT
339、he runners would not get scores if they stopped training.DThe runners would have the same scores if they stopped running.答案Aks5u从第三段可以看出来，答案为A。3The researchers did tests both before and after the running program because_Athey had enough time to do itBthe scores would be higherCthey wanted to make su
340、re that all the runners would take to testDthey could compare the scores答案Dks5u从全文可以推断，跑步计划前后都要统计分数，为了测试跑步带来的不同。4The underlined word “their” in the second paragraph refers to_Athe young peoples Bthe researchersCthe runners Dthe tests答案Bks5u从第二段可知“In their study，the researchers had seven young people
341、 start a running program consisting of running 30 minutes，.”答案为B项。BSigns in Chinese will be set up in public areas，such as airports，to benefit Chinese travellers，the Italian Government announced in late February，2005.Now many European countries are expected to follow the example.Despite the differen
342、t languages，travelling across Europe has never been so simple.Just five years ago，if you wanted to visit Germany in the north and Spain in the south in one trip，you had to wait for weeks to apply for different visas from the two countries.You also need a calculator because both countries had differe
343、nt money.Today，with a Schengen Visa issued by any member countries，you can travel across 15 European countries without stopping.Since 2002，within most of the EU，there is now just one type of money in the Euro.The Euro was designed to be the only money in the EU，and makes it easier to shop around.If
344、you drive，your driving license and car insurance police are valid in the other countries.And you can use your mobile phone everywhere.All the countries in the continent are melting into a united Europe under the EU.For Europeans and visitors the result is that it is more convenient to travel back an
345、d forth between the countries.5What does the writer mean by saying “Now many European countries are expected to follow the example.”？AMore signs will be set up for Chinese in European countries.BChinese is now an important language in Europe.CMore Chinese people will travel across Europe.DMore Europ
346、eans have a desire to know more about China.答案Aks5u句意理解题。根据上一句“Signs in Chinese will be set up in public areas，such as airports，to benefit Chinese travelers.”可知本题的正确答案选A。6What is the purpose of writing the text?ATo praise the tourism policy in the EU.BTo introduce the tourism conditions in the EU.CT
347、o encourage us to travel across Europe.DTo suggest the world be melted into one like the EU.答案Bks5u本题主要考查对作者的目的、意图的理解。7Why has travelling in Europe become easier compared to five years ago?ABecause you need not drive a car on your own.BBecause you can use a calculator to exchange money.CBecause appl
348、ying for different visas is much simpler.DBecause one visa is good enough for a number of countries.答案Dks5u细节理解题。通过对文章第二段和第三段的比较，可以看出本题的正确答案选D。8What can be inferred from the story?AThe Euro is the only money used in the EU now.BChinese has become an important language in Europe.CAn increasing number
349、 of Chinese tend to travel to Europe.DIt is always necessary to unite many countries into one.答案Cks5u推理判断题。主要考察对欧洲国家仿效意大利在公共场所使用汉语标志来方便中国人旅游的理解。.根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。When it comes to benefits of volunteering，a lot of people think its all about the warm feelings after helping some
350、one._1_ For example，volunteering.1Teaches you new skillsFrom helping make websites to teaching kids languages，to arranging events for charity，volunteering can really be almost anything._2_ And through overcoming these you learn and start to master completely new skills.2Can be relevant work experien
351、ceSomething that seems to stop many is that experience often seems to be a prerequisite (必备条件) for some jobs._3_ Theres many a journalist that gets his or her start through volunteering for a college or university paper，and thats not at all the only profession this applies to.3Can be therapeutic (治疗
352、的)One of my close friends has completely transformed since she started working for disabled kids._4_ It allows you to see the world and other people from a whole different point of view，which in turn can make you grateful for what you already have and see your own personal value.4Helps you expand yo
353、ur networkOne of the great things for volunteering is that you meet a wide variety of people._5_ Sometimes its very convenient to have a broad network.AVolunteering helps you grow as a person.BAs it turns out，thats far from the only benefit.CVolunteering can actually help you get the experience you
354、need.DVolunteering helps you look outside yourself and your problems.EIts a way to prove that youve not just been sitting and doing nothing.FThat means when you get involved in voluntary work，you will face many challenges.GYoure getting to know people involved in many different walks in life that yo
355、u wouldnt have had the opportunity to meet otherwise.答案1.B2.F3.C4.D5.G.应用文写作假如你是某高中学生李华，进入高中后，你觉得学英语的方式和初中有很大不同，你给自己的英语王老师写了一封信，讲述自己的英语学习情况。要包括以下内容：1开始学习高中英语时，觉得英语比初中英语难很多，几乎丧失信心。2后来认识到英语的重要性。3每天努力学习英语。4向老师和同学请教更好的英语学习的方法。5现在英语取得了很大进步，对英语越来越感兴趣。提示：初中junior high school；高中senior high school1词数80左右；2可适
356、当增加细节，以使行文连贯；3开头和结尾已经给出，不计入总词数。参考词汇：make progress 取得进步；lose heart 失去信心；realize vt.意识到；recite vt.背诵；improve vt.提高Dear Mr.Wang，Im glad to tell you that I have made great progress in my English study since I became a senior high school student.Thank you so much for your great help in your class.Wish yo
357、u all the best.Yours sincerely, Li Hua【参考范文】Dear Mr.Wang，Im glad to tell you that I have made great progress in my English study since I became a senior high school student.When I started senior English in the beginning，I found it much more difficult than what we learned in junior high school and al
358、most lost heart.Later，I realized the importance of English，so I got up early every morning，recited English words，listened to English tapes and did a lot of exercises.I also asked my teachers and classmates for better ways of learning English.Now，Im improving my English greatly.And Im getting more an
359、d more interested in learning it.Thank you so much for your great help in your class.Wish you all the best.Yours sincerely, Li Hua新题型专练(二).根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。Passage 1I have never traveled by plane，but I would like to and I hope to have the opportunity very soon._1_The most imp
360、ortant advantage is that it is the fastest means of transport when referring to large distances.One can arrive in Spain in almost two hours and a half by plane.He cant even figure out how time has passed and he has arrived at his destination._2_Some of them even have personal planes and they use the
361、m in extreme conditions._3_They say that the risks of losing life when traveling by plane are higher than the ones when traveling by car，for example.A crash is much more dangerous than an accident on the highway.They believe that in a car accident one can have the luck to have a broken leg or arm，wh
362、ereas in a plane crash it is worse._4_Apart from this disadvantage，there are persons who dont choose to travel by plane because they have altitude sickness and they prefer other means of transport for long distances.One piece of advice I would like to give to people who choose to travel by plane is
363、that they should not even think for a second that the plane would crash._5_ Feel comfortable and everything will be all right.Planes are well equipped and late technology tries to offer total protection to all passengers.ABusiness people and famous ones frequently choose to travel by plane.BIn the m
364、ajority of cases the plane explodes and all passengers lose their lives.CAnyway，one can find both advantages and disadvantages when traveling by plane.DJust say that it cant happen exactly to you and it wont.ETravelling by plane has become the most popular means of transport.FHowever，many people fee
365、l scared when it comes to travelling by plane.GSo be careful when youre traveling by plane.答案1.C2.A3.F4.B5.DPassage 2Tips for Senior VolunteersObserve，listen，and talk to people._1_Show an interest by asking questions，and youll naturally extend your knowledge，enabling you to learn to help others more
366、 easily as a senior volunteer.1_2_Always be on the lookout for new ways of helping.Attend lectures or classes on topics that interest you.Do research online into topics youre interested in but may have never had a chance to look into before.2Get involved_3_If you are a grandparent or parent，you most
367、 likely already know how to work with children and provide guidance.If you arent sure if you have the right skills，know that having a caring heart，patience，and willingness to accept all children，even those with problems，are just the skills that are required.In brief，take part in activities that can
368、help you learn new skills as a volunteer.3Trust yourself_4_Years of experience with family，communities，friends，and work have given you the skills needed to help others.Those skills can be used to help individuals who really need you as a senior volunteer._5_If you put this knowledge into action，you
369、will have an impact on others and change your life at the same time.Volunteering is one of the best ways to learn new skills，and also a great way of putting what you already know into action.ADo researchBMake new friendsCNo skill is too small to be valued.DYou have more knowledge and ability than yo
370、u realize.ESenior volunteer work is becoming ever more popular.FThis will teach you a great deal about relationships，current events，and much more.GVolunteer as a teaching assistant or help a neighbor with home repairs to learn new skills.答案1.F2.A3.G4.D5.C.阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。Passage
371、1Christmas is no fun when youre poor.Twenty years ago，I was a young，_1_ (struggle)，substitute teacher (代课教师)，_2_ calls into work had been few.Money was tight.Bills were due (到期) _3_ my life and I couldnt even afford to get Christmas gifts for each other.The only gifts we could get for our children w
372、ere a few soft toys that I had found sold at half price in the supermarket.I opened the door and brought in the gifts I _4_ (hide) in our old cars trunk.Then I handed _5_ (they) to my son and daughter.I watched with a sad smile as they did their best to tear off the wrapping paper.As they pulled out
373、 their toys，though，I noticed their _6_ (eye) lit up and they jumped up and down.My daughter _7_ (happy) hugged her toy and then hugged her mom and me as well.I laughed as I watched my children play with their toys _8_ hours，and I thanked God for the _9_ (great) gift I had ever been given.Till today
374、I still treasure _10_ gift of pure love that my son and daughter gave me that day.【语篇解读】20年前，作者因为手头拮据，只能给孩子们买超市打折的玩具当礼物。孩子们看到玩具时欢快的表情让作者心情愉悦。他们的笑声成了送给作者的最好的圣诞礼物。1strugglingks5u考查非谓语动词。现在分词struggling作定语，表示主动关系和状态的持续。2whoseks5u考查定语从句。分析句子结构可知，空处所填词引导一个非限制性定语从句，先行词是substitute teacher，且与空后的calls之间是所属关系，
375、故填whose。3butks5u考查连词。but连接并列分句，表示转折关系。4had hiddenks5u考查时态和语态。我打开门，把事先藏在车后备箱里的礼物拿出来。根据语境可知，“藏”这个动作发生在opened所表示动作之前，故应用过去完成时。I与hide为主谓关系，故填had hidden。5themks5u考查代词。此处指的是那些礼物，且所填词作handed的宾语，故填they的宾格形式them。6eyesks5u考查固定用法。ones eyes light(s) up表示“眼中流露出喜悦”。7happilyks5u考查副词。此处应用副词happily修饰动词hugged。8forks5
376、u考查介词。孩子们玩玩具玩了几个小时。“for时间段”表示“持续时间”。9greatestks5u考查形容词的最高级。由空前的定冠词the和后面的ever可知，此处应用形容词的最高级形式greatest。10theks5u考查冠词。名词gift后有定语对其进行修饰，故其前应用定冠词the表示特指。Passage 2Facebook founder Mark Zuckerberg _1_ (recent) surprised Chinese students when he spoke to _2_ (they) in Chinese.In a talk at Tsinghua Universi
377、ty in Beijing，Zuckerberg spoke Chinese for about 30 minutes._3_ his Chinese was far from perfect，the faculty and students cheered his effort.Clayton Dube is the head of the US.China Institute at the University of Southern California.He praises Zuckerbergs effort and thinks more American CEOs should
378、learn foreign _4_ (language)“To speak Chinese _5_ (mean) you begin to think as Chinese people do.You begin to understand how Chinese speakers have the world _6_ (organize)，and how they understand things.And that is _7_ vital step if youre going to be culturally qualified.”Zuckerbergs talk raises a l
379、arger question：is Chinese the language of the future？Could it replace English _8_ the worlds international language？Chinese already has the most native speakers of any language.And，China may soon pass the United States as the worlds _9_ (large) economy.The study of the Chinese language is increasing
380、 in the United States and around the world.In 2009，about 60，000 _10_ (America) college students were studying Chinese.That is three times as many as in 1990.【语篇解读】汉语越来越流行，越来越多的人开始学习汉语。1recentlyks5u考查副词。此处应用副词recently(最近)作时间状语。2themks5u考查代词。此处用them指代前文提到的Chinese students，在句中作宾语。3Although/Thoughks5u考查
381、让步状语从句。“虽然”他的汉语远称不上地道，但是全体教师和同学们都为他的努力喝彩。故填Although/Though。4languagesks5u考查名词的数。language(语言)在此为可数名词，且应用复数。5meansks5u考查动词时态和语态。单个不定式作主语，谓语动词应用单数，且此处表示主动和一般情况，故填means。6organizedks5u考查非谓语动词。the world与organize之间是逻辑上的动宾关系，此处用过去分词作宾补，have sth done表示“让被”。7aks5u考查冠词。a vital step意为“至关重要的一步”，a表示泛指。8asks5u考查介词
382、。汉语会代替英语成为国际语言吗？介词as表示“作为”。9largestks5u考查形容词的最高级。此处表示“世界上最大的经济体”，故应用large的最高级形式。10Americanks5u考查形容词。此处表示“美国的大学生”，故应用American来修饰后面的名词词组。.写作第一节应用文写作作为班长，请你根据以下内容给新任外教Mr.Smith 写一封信，向他表示欢迎并转达同学们对英语课的希望：1介绍西方文化；2组织多样活动；3关注学生发音。注意：1.词数80左右；2可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；3开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数。Dear Mr.Smith，Yours，Chris【参考范文】De
383、ar Mr.Smith，Im writing on behalf of my class to extend our warm welcome to you.Here are some of our expectations for your English class.First，wed like to have topics in class about Western culture.We are all very interested in knowing more about culture behind the language.Besides，wed appreciate var
384、ious activities to get everyone involved in speaking English.Last but not least，please give us some guidance and training in our pronunciation，because we all hope to speak English fluently and clearly just as you native speakers do.Thank you very much.Looking forward to meeting you! Yours，Chris第二节读后
385、续写阅读下面短文，根据所给情节进行续写，使之构成一个完整的故事。I was puzzled! Why was this old woman making such a complaint about our way to deal with an old bush which was of_no_use to anybody? She had written letters to the local paper，even to a national to protest about our projected bypass to her village.I wanted to know wha
386、t it was that motivated(激发)her.So I went to visit Mary_Smith and then was taken for a walk to the woods. “Ive always loved this place”，she said, “it has a lot of _memories for me，and for others.We all used it.They called it Lovers roadIts not much of a road，and it doesnt go anywhere important，but th
387、ats why we all came here.To be away from people，to be by ourselves.” She added. “Take this tree”，she said pausing after a short while. “To you it is just that，a tree.Not unlike many others here”She gently touched the bark(树皮). “Look here，under this branch，what can you see？” “It looks as if someone h
388、as done a bit of carving with a knife” I said after an inspection. “Yes，thats what it is！” she said softly. “There are letters and a lovers heart”After a pause，she went on. “He had a penknife and I helped him to carve my initials.We were very much in love，but he was going away，and could not tell me
389、what he _was_involved_in the army.I had guessed of course.It was the last evening we ever spent_together，because he went away the next day，back to his Unit.”Mary Smith was quiet for a while，then she sobbed,_“His mother showed me the telegram.Sergeant R Holmes.Killed in action in the invasion(入侵)of F
390、rance.”I realized that I could be getting out of my depth，and longed to be in my office，away_from here and this old lady，snug，and with a cup of tea in my hand.注意：1.所续写短文的词数应为150左右；2使用5个以上短文中标有下划线的关键词语；3续写部分分为两段，每段的开头语已为你写好；4续写完成后，请用下划线标出你所使用的关键词语。Paragraph 1：There was a further pause.Paragraph 2：She
391、 paused again and looked around.【参考范文】There was a further pause.Mary_Smith gently touched the wounded tree，just as she would have touched him.“And now they want to take our tree away from me.” Another quiet sob，then she turned to me.“I was young and pretty then，I could have had anybody，I wasnt alway
392、s the old woman you see here now.I could have had everything I wanted in life，a lovely man，health and a future to look forward to”She paused again and looked around.“And now I have nothingexcept the memories this tree holds.If only I could find that awful man who writes in the paper about the value
393、of the road they are going to build where we are standing now，I would tell him.Has he never _loved，has he never lived，does he not know anything about memories? We were not the only ones，you know，I still meet some who came here as Robin and I did.Yes，I would tell him！”I turned away，sick at heart.单元检测
394、卷(二)本试卷分第卷(选择题)和第卷(非选择题)。第卷第一部分：听力(共两节，满分30分)第一节(共5个小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。1Where is the woman?AIn a ticket office. BOn the plane.CAt the airport.2Why is the man worried?AHe cant get the books he needs.BHe does
395、nt like the course.CHe must read a lot of books.3What does the man mean?AHe likes coffee very much.BHe doesnt like pop music.CHe doesnt believe the womans words.4What did the man do after losing his passport?AWent to the Passport Office.BWent to Washington to look for it.CWent to see the foreign stu
396、dent advisor.5What has made working at home possible?ACommunication industry.BPersonal computers.CLiving far from companies.第二节(共15个小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。6Why does the wo
397、man want to go to the second floor?AShe wants to buy a coat.BThe first floor is crowded.CSomeone is waiting for her there.7Where can people buy a traveling bag?AOn the first floor.BOn the second floor.COn the third floor.听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。8What does the woman think about Youtiao that the man is eating?
398、ATasty. BCheap. CPoisonous.9What does the man react?ADoubtful. BShocked. CFeared.听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。10What do the mans friends do on Thanksgiving Day?AGo home.BMeet friends.CHave a party.11What do Adas family do to spend their Thanksgiving?AHang out together.BHave a big dinner together.CMake delicious
399、 food together.12What can we learn about the man?AHe wont go with the woman.BHe is from China probably.CHe doesnt like western food.听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。13When will the woman leave for vacation?AAugust 5th. BAugust 15th. CAugust 25th.14How long will the woman stay at the beach?ATwo weeks. BOne week. CTh
400、ree weeks.15What is the woman planning to do?ATake a sunbath.BLearn swimming.CHave a volleyball match.16What will the man do?AGo with the woman.BDo some sports.CTake part of his vacation.听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。17Where can you most probably hear this talk?AIn a class of the Greek language.BIn a class of t
401、he French language.CIn a class of the English language.18How long does the class last?A11 weeks. B13 weeks. C15 weeks.19What is the shortcut to learn words according to the speaker?ALearning how words are formed.BTaking more courses.CReading basic words aloud.20Why is the class popular?AIts taught b
402、y Professor John Morris.BIt helps to master some useful rules.CIt is not offered each term.听力原文Text 1M：Im sorry，Miss.The plane is somewhat behind schedule.Ill tell you when we find out anything important.W：OK，thank you.Text 2W：I think the accounting course is very useful，but it is very difficult.Ill
403、 never get through the reading list.M：Dont worry.Youll find the time somehow.Text 3W：Mike，why didnt you go to the concert last night？Ive never seen people who could sing and perform so well.M：But pop music isnt my cup of tea.Text 4W：What did you do after you lost your passport?M：I went to see the fo
404、reign student advisor，and he reported it to the Passport Office in Washington.Text 5W：Miss Dermott，let me ask you straight away.Do you think，within a few years，many people could work at home instead of working in offices?M：Oh，yes.Its happening now.You see，the communication industry has made such pro
405、gress in the last ten years.Text 6W：I never expected there would be so many people?M：Oh，this is nothing.On weekends，you wont even be able to move around.Dont forget youre in China.W：Youre right.Lets go upstairs.It might be less crowded on the second floor.I want to look for an outfit for myself.M：Oh
406、，there is the directory over by the escalator.W：Yeah，but I cant read all the characters.M：Lets see.First floor，cosmetics，footwear，traveling bags.Second floor，sportswear，ladies clothing.Text 7W：Good morning!M：Morning!W：What are you eating for your breakfast?M：Youtiao.Its delicious.Would you want some
407、thing?W：Sorry，I dont like it so much.Thank you all the same.M：Whats a pity!W：I am sorry to tell you that its not so healthy.M：It would make you get thirsty easily if you eat too much，I knew.W：Its not only this.The food you bought from the stall on the street is poisonous.You know where the oil they
408、used is from？It tastes good but its from the sewer and terrible to image.It produces 1.5 to 1.8 billion yuan a year.M：Jesus Christ.I would not eat any such food forever.Text 8M：Happy Thanksgiving Day!W：Do you have any plans?M：Not really，all my friends are going home.Its like Chinese Spring Festival.
409、What are you going to do?W：If youre interested，you can come with me and my friends to Adas parents place.Adas whole family will be there.M：Thats very kind.Thanks.Id love to come.W：Thats wonderful.Im glad youre coming.We get to see how other families spend their Thanksgiving.M：Could you tell me somet
410、hing about it?W：Its usually a big family gettogether.We always have lots of delicious food，like turkey and stuffing，but sometimes we have ham instead.We have yams，corn，carrots and fruit pies or pumpkin pies.M：That sounds like a big feast，like what we have at Spring Festival.Im getting hungry just th
411、inking about it.W：Me too.I cant wait to see everyone.It should be lots of fun.Text 9W：Ill be leaving on the fifth of August.M：Thats only a few days from now.How many weeks are you going to take?W：I have two weeks，but I want to save a week and take it sometime during the winter.M：Where are you going
412、now?W：To the beach.Just think，in a few days Ill be swimming every day，playing beach volleyball，lying in the sun and just taking it easy.M：Dont tell me about it.It sounds too good.W：What about you？When are you planning to take your vacation?M：I dont know.I should start thinking about it，I guess.W：Wha
413、t do you like to do?M：All the things that you are going to do.But thats the trouble.I like both summer and winter sports.W：Well，take part of your vacation and the rest of it in January or February.M：Sounds good.Text 10Good afternoon everybody and welcome to this class on English words.I hope that al
414、l of you can hear me.If not，please let me know.I am Professor John Morris.Ill be your teacher for the next 13 weeks.As you can probably tell，this is one of the most popular and crowded classes.Indeed，every time this course is offered，this room is very full.Why is that？Well，in order to use the Englis
415、h language，its very important to have at least a basic understanding of how words are formed.Just to mention one figure and there are about 1 million words in English.If you are an English learner，you may wonder how you can possibly remember all of these words.Well，for one thing，you dont have to.No
416、native speaker exists who knows all of the words in the English language.Besides，there are shortcuts.Shortcuts？Yes，for example，if you know how words are formed by using parts of words from other languages，such as Greek and French，youll understand a good number of English words when you first come ac
417、ross them.Let me put it this way，knowing the rules will help you to master a large number of words.This is probably the No.1 reason why this class is so popular.答案1.C2.C3.B4.C5.A6.B7.A8.C9.B10.A11.B12.B13.A14.B15.A16.C 17C18.B19.A20.B第二部分：阅读理解(共两节，满分35分)第一节(共10个小题；每小题2.5分，满分25分)阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C和D四
418、个选项中，选出最佳选项。AMr.Jackson was tired of living in his old house in the countryside and wanted to sell it and buy a better one.He tried to sell it for a long time，but was not successful，so at last he decided to go to an estate agent(房产经纪人)The agent advertised(登广告) the house straight away，and a few days
419、later，the owner saw a very beautiful photograph of his house，with a wonderful description of his garden in an expensive magazine.Having read the advertisement through，the house owner hurried to phone the estate agent，saying，“Im sorry，Mr.Jones，but Ive decided not to sell my house after all.”“Why？”the
420、 agent asked in a surprised voice.“Because from the advertisement in that magazine I can see its just the kind of house Ive wanted to live in all my life.”21Mr.Jackson wanted to sell his house because_Ahe needed some money to support his familyBhis house was too old to live inChe wanted some money t
421、o buy a new oneDhe didnt want to live in the house any longer答案Dks5u从文章首句可判断。22The reason why Mr.Jackson went to the estate agent was that _Ahe had failed in selling his house by himselfBhe wanted the estate agent to help him to get a good priceChe was sure that the estate agent could help himDhe wa
422、nted the estate to advertise his house in the magazine答案Aks5u从第一段第二句可判断。23What do you think of the advertisement in magazines?AThey are worth reading.BThey usually make things far better than they really are.CThey are a great help to those who want to buy something.DThey describe things as they real
423、ly are.答案Bks5u从这个故事可以看出广告往往在对产品的宣传上故意夸大事实。BSeveral interesting American museums tell about health subjects.One is the Doctor Samuel DHarris National Museum of Dentistry.It is at the University of Maryland in Baltimore.That is where the first college in the world to train dentists began.The museum te
424、lls about the history of the medical treatment of teeth.Visitors can see some frightening devices that once were used to remove infected(受感染的) teeth.They also can see sets of teeth made of animal bone.They were made for a famous Americanthe first President，George Washington.Most people do not consid
425、er a visit to the dentist their idea of a good time.However，the director of the museum says he wants to make the museum a fun place to visit.He says he also wants to teach visitors about the importance of taking care of their teeth.Another museum collects devices that help people hear.The Kenneth WB
426、erger Hearing Aid Museum is at Kent State University in Kent，Ohio.The museum has more than threethousand hearing aids from around the world.They include old and strange devices.Some hearing aids were made to look like other objects.That is because in the past many people did not want anyone to know
427、they were wearing a hearing aid.24It is common for people to think it uneasy to pay a visit to_Athe University of MarylandBthe Museum of DentistryCthe Hearing Aid MuseumDthe dentist答案Dks5u从第二段的首句可判断。题干中“think it uneasy to pay a visit to.”与“do not consider a visit to the dentist their idea of a good
428、time”在句意上极为接近，由此判断D项(the dentist)为正确答案。25What do we learn about George Washington from the text?AHe once visited the National Museum of Dentistry.BHe considered the Museum of Dentistry a fun place to visit.CHis artificial teeth were collected in the National Museum of Dentistry.DHis teeth seemed to
429、be made of animal bone.答案Cks5u从第一段的最后两句可判断。26The underlined word “devices” in the first and last paragraph probably means “_”Ameans BstrategiesCtools Ddesires答案Cks5u在第一段中，可从修饰它的定语从句的有关内容判断，在最后一段中可从该词前面的动词collects(收藏) 判断devices肯定是具体的什么东西。CWhen we do not understand each others language，we can talk wit
430、h the help of signs.A Frenchman was once travelling in England.He could not speak English at all.One day he went into a restaurant and sat down at a table.When the waiter came，he opened his mouth，put his fingers in it and took them out again.He wanted to say，“Bring me something to eat.”The waiter so
431、on brought him a cup of tea.The man moved his head from side to side.The waiter understood him and took the tea away.In a moment he came with a cup of coffee.But the man again refused it.He shook his head whenever the waiter brought him something to drink，for drinks are not food.When the man was goi
432、ng away，another man came in.This man saw the waiter，and he put his hand on his stomach(胃)That was enough.In a few minutes there was a large plate of meat and vegetables on the table in front of him.So，you see，we cannot understand the language of signs as well as we can understand the language of wor
433、ds.27According to the passage，when people do not understand each others language，they can talk with the help of_Aa waiterBa teacherCan EnglishmanDtheir hands，heads，and other parts of their bodies答案Dks5uD项是对signs的解释。28A Frenchman signed to the waiter_Ato ask him for a cup of teaBto bring him a cup of
434、 coffeeCto ask him for foodDto tell him what he said答案Cks5u由第二段第五句“He wanted to say，Bring me something to eat.”可知。 29The waiter brought the Frenchman_Adifferent kinds of drinksBa large plate of meat and vegetablesCa lot of drinks and a large plate of meatDa lot of food and drinks答案Aks5u由“a cup of te
435、a，a cup of coffee.”可知。30From this story，we know_Apeople can only understand the language of wordsBproper gestures can help to understand each otherCwaiters should understand body languageDit is important to learn foreign languages答案Bks5u恰当的体态语能帮助相互理解。第二节(共5个小题；每小题2分，满分10分)根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选
436、项。选项中有两项为多余选项。To forgive is a virtue，but no one has ever said it is easy.When someone has deeply hurt you，it can be extremely difficult to let go of your hate.However，forgiveness is possible，and it can be surprisingly beneficial to your physical and mental health.People who forgive show less sadness
437、，anger and stress and more hopefulness，according to a recent research._31_ Try the following steps：Calm yourself._32_ You can take a couple of breaths and think of something that gives you pleasure：a beautiful scene in nature，or someone you love.Dont wait for an apology.Many times the persons who hu
438、rt you do not intend to apologize.They may have wanted to hurt you or they just dont see things the same way._33_ Keep in mind that forgiveness does not necessarily mean becoming friends again with the person who upset you.Take the control away from your offender (冒犯者)Rethinking about your hurt give
439、s power to the person who causes you pain.Instead of piling your sad feelings in your heart，learn to look for the love，beauty and kindness around you._34_ If you understand your offender，you may realize that he or she was acting out of unawareness，fear，and even love.You may want to write a letter to
440、 yourself from your offenders point of view.Dont forget to forgive yourself._35_ But it can rob you of your selfconfidence if you dont do it.AWhy should you forgive?BHow should you start to forgive? CRecognize the benefits of forgiveness.DTry to see things from your offenders angle.EFor some people，
441、forgiving themselves is the biggest challenge.FTo make your anger die away，try a simple stressmanagement technique.GIf you wait for people to apologize，you could be waiting an awfully long time.答案31.B32.F33.G34.D35.E第三部分：语言运用(共两节，满分45分)第一节：完形填空(共20个小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分)阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出可以填
442、入空白处的最佳选项。One of the easiest things in the world is to become a faultfinder.However，life can be _36_ when you are not busy finding fault with it.Several years ago I _37_ a letter from seventeenyearold Kerry，who described herself as a worldclass faultfinder，almost always _38_ by things.People were al
443、ways doing things that annoyed her，and _39_ was ever good enough.She was highly selfcritical and also found fault with her friends.She became a really _40_ person.Unfortunately，it took a horrible accident to change her _41_Her best friend was seriously hurt in a car crash.What made it almost _42_ to
444、 deal with was that the day before the _43_，Kerry had visited her friend and had spent the whole time criticizing her _44_ of boyfriends，the way she was living，the way she related to her mother，and various other things she felt she needed to _45_It wasnt until her friend was badly hurt that Kerry be
445、came _46_ her habit of finding fault.Very quickly，she learned to appreciate life rather than to _47_ everything so harshly(刻薄)She was able to transfer her new wisdom to other parts of her _48_ as well.Perhaps most of us arent as extreme at faultfinding，_49_ when were honest，we can be sharply _50_ of
446、 the world.Im not suggesting you _51_ problems，or that you pretend things are _52_ than they are，but simply that you learn to allow things to be as they are_53_ most of the time，and especially when its not a really big _54_Train yourself to “bite your tongue”，and with a little _55_，youll get really
447、good at letting things go.And when you do，youll get back your enthusiasm and love for life.【语篇解读】世界上最容易做的事情之一就是成为一个挑剔的人，但是，如果能改变一下的话，生活也许会是另外一个样子。36A.lonely Bgreat Cquiet Duneasy答案Bks5u考查形容词辨析。如果能不忙着找别人的毛病，生活会十分棒。37A.received Banswered Cexpected Drejected答案Aks5u考查动词辨析。几年前，我收到了一封来自十七岁的Kerry的信。收到来信用re
448、ceive；answer a letter回信；expect期待；预料；reject拒绝。38A.threatened BinterruptedCbothered Dspoiled答案Cks5u考查动词辨析。Kerry在信中描述自己是一个世界级的挑剔者，总是会受到别的事情的干扰。bother烦扰；操心；threaten威胁；interrupt打断；spoil溺爱。39A.anything BeverythingCsomething Dnothing答案Dks5u考查代词。在Kerry看来，人们总是做一些让她烦恼的事情，什么事都不够好。只有nothing表示此处Kerry作为一个超级挑剔者的特点
449、。40A.caring BboringCinteresting Dsurprising答案Bks5u考查形容词辨析。Kerry不仅挑剔自己，也总是找别人的毛病，她真的变成了一个boring(令人厌烦的)人。41A.attitude BplanCmeasure Dexplanation答案Aks5u考查名词辨析。不幸的是，改变她的态度是以一场可怕的事故为代价的。measure丈量；衡量；explanation解释。42A.urgent BunnecessaryCcertain Dimpossible答案Dks5u考查形容词辨析。urgent紧急的；unnecessary不必要的；certain肯
450、定的；impossible不可能的。43A.occasion BeventCaccident Dadventure答案Cks5u考查名词辨析。根据上文可知，在这场事故之前，Kerry拜访了她的朋友。44A.memory Bnotice Cevidence Dchoice答案Dks5u考查名词辨析。Kerry拜访了她的朋友，不停地批评她朋友选择男朋友(的问题)、她生活的方式问题、她和她父母相处的问题以及各种各样她觉得她需要表达的问题。45A.hear Bcontribute Cexpress Dadmit答案Cks5u考查动词辨析，解析见上题。46A.aware of Bafraid ofCcu
451、rious about Dconfused about答案Aks5u考查形容词短语的辨析。直到她朋友受了重伤之后，她才意识到自己的(乱挑剔)的习惯(可能会给别人带来严重的后果)。become aware of意识到；be afraid of害怕；be curious about好奇；be confused about困惑。47A.discuss Brealize Cjudge Dsettle答案Cks5u考查动词辨析。从那之后，很快地，她开始学着欣赏生活而不是刻薄地去评判任何事。judge判断，评判；discuss讨论；realize意识到；settle解决。48A.family Blife
452、Ccareer Deducation答案Bks5u考查名词辨析。她能够把她的新的智慧也传递到她的生活中的其他部分。49A.so Bor Cbut Dfor答案Cks5u考查连词。也许我们大部分人都不是很挑剔，但是诚实地说，我们可能会对这个世界十分的挑剔。此处表示转折关系。50A.proud Bsure Chopeful Dcritical答案Dks5u考查形容词辨析。critical对应本文的线索词faultfinder。51A.face Bcreate Csolve Dignore答案Dks5u考查动词辨析。发现了问题，我不是建议你去忽略这些问题。或者假装这些事比他们事实上好。52A.rar
453、er Bbetter Cstranger Dworse答案Bks5u考查形容词辨析。解析见上题。53A.at least Bat last Cby far Dso far答案Aks5u考查介词短语辨析。但是要至少大部分时间学会允许这些事情的存在。54A.task Bdeal Cresult Dduty答案Bks5u考查名词辨析。特别是不是什么大事的时候。big deal大事。55A.practice Bspeech Crest Dpity答案Aks5u考查名词辨析。训练自己“咬住自己的舌头”，少说话，多这样做，你会真的学会放手了。practice做法，实践。第卷第三部分：语言运用(共两节，满分
454、45分)第二节(共10个小题；每小题1.5分，满分15分)阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。Which would you prefer，doing manual work (体力劳动) or working in offices? Many people，I believe，will choose the latter one，but I find _56_ surprising that these days people doing manual work get _57_ (healthy) bodies than those working in
455、 offices.One reason is that people working in offices have to sacrifice their freedom and health during their youth in return for a masters degree _58_ a certain certificate，_59_ is quite beyond my understanding.I still remember when I lived with _60_ excellent student，who had a bad stomach.In spite
456、 of this，he devoted all，at least most of his time，to _61_ (put) his heart to study.Even during the lunch or dinner time，he _62_ (study) in the classroom alone instead of queuing in the canteen.On a spring night，he felt so _63_ (comfort) that he went home for a good rest.Five days later，he returned t
457、o take an important examination.He had just had enough time to hand _64_ his paper when he got a serious stomachache.With a sinking heart，he went home again.Anyway，I think it is of great necessity for us to keep a good balance _65_ work and rest.答案56.it57.healthier58.or59.which60.an61.putting62.stud
458、ied63.uncomfortable64.in 65between第四部分：写作(共两节，满分40分)第一节：应用文写作(满分15分)你校即将举办一场英语演讲比赛，要求参赛选手围绕“Attitude is everything”这个主题，并结合自身的体会，谈谈持有正确的人生态度的重要性。请根据以上材料写一篇英语演讲稿。注意：1.词数80左右；2开头和结尾已经为你写好，不计入总词数。参考词汇：take a positive attitude towards对采取积极态度；keep on 不断继续；achieve vt.实现；upset adj.不安的；心烦意乱的；turn to sb for
459、help 向某人求助；gradually adv.逐渐地；optimistic adj.乐观的；overcome vt.克服Dear Friends，I am going to talk about the importance of attitude today.That is all! Thank you for your listening!【参考范文】Dear Friends，I am going to talk about the importance of attitude today.As the saying goes，“Attitude is everything，” whi
460、ch means our attitude decides whether we will succeed or not.So taking a positive attitude towards life is of great importance.I used not to be good at English，which made me very upset.I turned to my teacher for help，with whose kind help I improved my English gradually by working hard at it.My exper
461、ience proves that our attitude plays a key role in our life.That is all! Thank you for your listening!第二节：概要写作(满分25分)阅读下面短文，根据其内容写一篇60词左右的内容概要。Most students are out of school and the summer break has kicked into full effect.As parents are thinking of educational fun activities to keep their children
462、 learning over this break，here is an idea.Parents and children can learn a second language together.There is no need to spend any money or sign up to pay for a class.The Internet and the library are the only essentials that are needed.Together parents and children can select a second language that t
463、hey can learn together.Once a language has been selected，begin to search the Internet to find out much information about the history of that language and from where it came from.Then go to the library to check out books，videos，and audios on learning to speak that language.Together，read the books，wat
464、ch the videos，and listen to the audios，while practicing，speaking the new language and writing it to each other.Parents and children can use their new language in the following ways.For example，go to a restaurant that speaks that language.At the restaurant，order food in that language and make it a po
465、int to only speak in that language while at that restaurant.In addition，have daily conversations with the newly acquired second language.By learning and using this language，it builds a bond between the parents and the children.Moreover，it promotes learning to take place in a fun way during the summe
466、r break using reading，writing，and speaking skills in a new second language other than the primary language.Furthermore，you can click https：/translate，which is great online resource to use when learning to speak a second language.This is an excellent Google free online translation service that allows
467、 a person to select their primary language and the second language that they are learning and to translate it instantly.For example，a persons primary language is English and the second language that they are learning is French.They can put in words or sentences in English and it will translate them
468、in French instantly.Overall，learning a second language can be fun for all ages.【参考范文】Here is an idea that parents and children can learn a second language together during the summer break.First，select a second language，and then begin to search the Internet to find out information about the language
469、and go to the library to get what is needed.Secondly，use the new language whenever and wherever it is possible.Google free online translation service can be of great help.Period OneWarming Up & Readingks5u课 文 预 读.课文理解1Who had the idea of travelling by bike first?ADao Wei.BYu Hang.CWang Kun.DWang Wei
470、.2If they travel along the river，where will it become rapids as it passes through deep valleys?AIn Qinghai Province. BIn Tibet.CIn Yunnan Province. DIn Vietnam.3If you travel with them，you will see all the following EXCEPT _Aa desert Ba waterfallCa deltaDa glacier4What does Wang Kun think of his sis
471、ter?AFoolish and stubborn.BFoolish but determined.CStubborn but determined.DUnkind and stubborn.5What did they do before the trip?AThey had a very good rest.BThey talked with their parents about it.CThey were full of fear.DThey had prepared well for it.6Which is the proper order about the Mekong Riv
472、er according to the text?aThe Mekong River enters the South China Sea.bThe Mekong River begins in a glacier on a Tibetan mountain.cAt first，the river is small and the water is clear and cold.dThe Mekong River enters Southeast Asia.eThe Mekong River travels across western Yunnan Province.fThe Mekong
473、River leaves China.Ab，c，e，f，a，dBb，c，e，f，dCc，b，e，f，d，aDc，b，f，e，a答案1.D2.C3.C4.B5.D6.A.正误判断(根据课文内容判断正“T”误“F”)1Wang Kun persuaded his cousins，Dao Wei and Yu Hang，to join in their cycling.()2Wang Wei insisted that they begin the journey from where it begins to where it ends.()3The journey would begin at
474、an altitude of more than 5，000 metres，where it is hard to breathe.()4The source of the Mekong River is in Sichuan Province.()5They found few maps about the Mekong River in the library.()答案1.F2.T3.T4.F5.F.课文语法填空Wang Kun and his sister had dreamed _1_ taking a great bike trip ever _2_ middle school.Af
475、ter _3_ (graduate) from college，they _4_ (final) got the chance to make their dream come _5_(truth)His sister thought of the idea to cycle along the Mekong River.They both bought expensive bikes.They also got their cousins _6_ (interest) in cycling.Wang Wei stuck to the idea _7_ they should find the
476、 source and begin their journey there.When she heard that the source of the Mekong River is in Qinghai Province，she wouldnt change _8_mind.She even felt _9_ (excite) when she knew that their journey would begin at _10_ altitude of more than 5，000 metres.Before the trip they found a large atlas in th
477、e library.From the atlas they knew clearly about the Mekong River.答案1.about2.since3.graduating/graduation4.finally5.true6interested7.that8.her9.excited10.an【话题语篇导读】The Mekong River is a major river in Southeast Asia. From its source in Chinas Qinghai Province near the border with Tibet, the Mekong f
478、lows southeast to the South China Sea. The Mekong crosses Yunnan Province，China, and forms the border between Myanmar(Burma) and Laos and most of the border between Laos and Thailand. It then flows across Cambodia and southern Vietnam into a rich delta before emptying into the South China Sea.The Me
479、kong River goes by many names. It is known as Lancang River in China, the Mae Nam Khong in Thailand，Myanmar and Laos, Tonle Sap(Great Waters) in Cambodia and Cuu Long(Nine Dragons)in Vietnam. It is also known as River of Stone, Dragon Running River，Mother River Khong，and Big Water.The Mekong is the
480、longest river in Southeast Asia. The river provides food and water for 60 million people and disgorges 475 billion cubic meters of water each year into the South China Sea.The Mekong River Delta covers an area the size of France and Germany. More than 80 percent of the people that live in the Mekong
481、 River Delta rely on the river for agriculture or fishing. The Mekong River Delta is also home to more than 90 nationalities.Their histories, cultures, customs and religious beliefs are so unique from one to another.ks5u知 识 梳 理.核心单词一、单词拼写 1I think the _ (运输) here is very similar to that in our city.
482、2How many years is it since you _(毕业) from college?3My brother was _(说服) to buy the shirt he didnt like very much.4The meeting is _(安排时间) for Friday afternoon.5Who _(组织) your birthday party last Sunday?6Whats your _(看法) to what he said?7My father is away on a _(旅行)8The young man went on working hard
483、 and _ (最后) he succeeded.9He was too _ (固执的)to admit that he was wrong.10Do you _ (更喜欢) this computer to that one?答案1.transport2.graduated3.persuaded4.scheduled5.organized6attitude7.journey8.finally9.stubborn10.prefer二单句语法填空1Two years ago she bought an expensive mountain bike and then persuaded me t
484、o buy _2They grew up near Lancang River，the Chinese part that _ (call) the Mekong River.3It was my sister _ first had the idea to cycle along the entire Mekong River from _ it begins to where it ends.4I am fond of my sister _ she has one serious shortcoming.5She insisted that she _ (organize) the tr
485、ip properly.6I asked her _ she had looked at a map yet.7She gave me a _ (determine) look.8I told her the air would be hard _ (breathe)9Once she made up her mind，nothing can change _10It becomes rapids as it passes through deep valleys，_ (travel) across western Yunnan Province.答案1.one2.is called3.who
486、/that4.but5.organize6.whether/if7determined8.to breathe9.it10.travelling .重点短语一、根据提示写出短语1_ 从那以后2_ 喜欢；喜爱3_ 改变主意4_ 关心；忧虑；惦念5_ 说服某人做某事6_在的高度7_投降；屈服；让步8_对的态度9_使某人对感兴趣10_从毕业答案1.ever since2.be fond of3.change ones mind4.care about5.persuade sb to do sth6.at an altitude of.7.give in8.attitude to9.get sb in
487、terested in10.graduate from二、用所给短语的适当形式填空change ones mind；give in；prefer.to.；care about1He has _ to my views.2He doesnt seem to _ his failure in the exam.3I _ skiing _ skating.4In spite of all the difficulties，he never thought of _答案1.given in2.care about3.prefer；to4.changing his mind.写作句式句式运用(完成句子)
488、1Ever since middle school，my sister Wang Wei and I _ (梦想一次了不起的自行车旅行)2_ (是我的姐姐) first had the idea to cycle along the entire Mekong River from where it begins to where it ends.3Although she didnt know the best way of getting to places，she insisted she _ (把这次旅游安排得尽善尽美)4_ (她一旦下了决心)，nothing can change i
489、t. 5When I told her _ (空气呼吸困难) and it would be very cold，she said it would be an interesting experience.答案1.have dreamed about taking a great bike trip 2.It was my sister who3organize the trip properly 4.Once she has made up her mind 5.the air would be hard to breathe,【知识链接】1Which kind of transport
490、do you prefer to use：bus or train？你比较喜欢使用哪种交通方式：公共汽车还是火车？prefer to do/doing sth 宁愿做某事；更喜欢做某事prefer sb to do sth 宁愿某人做某事prefer (doing) A to (doing) B 与(做)B相比更喜欢(做)Aprefer to do A rather than do B 宁愿做A而不愿做BI prefer reading books to watching TV.我喜欢读书而不喜欢看电视。Would you prefer me to stay？你愿意我留下来吗？单句语法填空My
491、 parents prefer me _ (finish) the work by myself.Tom prefers to meet his friend at the station rather than _(wait) here.My husband prefers staying at home watching TV to _ (go) shopping with me.答案to finishwait going2Although she didnt know the best way of getting to places，she insisted that she orga
492、nize the trip properly.尽管她对去某些地方的最佳路线并不清楚，她却坚持要自己把这次旅游安排得尽善尽美。在“insistthat.”结构中，当insist作“坚持主张，坚决要求”解时，其后的宾语从句用虚拟语气，即“should动词原形”，should可以省略。当insist作“坚持说，坚持认为”时，其后的宾语从句用陈述语气。insist on/upon (doing) sth 坚决要求(做)某事I insist on your taking immediate action to put things right.我坚决要求你立刻采取行动把事情处理好。They insist
493、ed that he (should) be present at the ceremony.他们坚持要他出席这次仪式。单句语法填空I wanted to walk to the station，but he insisted on _(drive) me there.Mary insisted that she _ (be) right but her mother insisted that she _ (say) sorry to Annie.答案drivingwas；should sayPeriod TwoLearning about Languageks5u知 识 梳 理.核心单词一
494、、根据提示写出单词1v._沸腾；_预测；预报2n._小包；包裹；_保险答案1.boil；forecast2.parcel；insurance二、单词拼写1She is a d_ woman who always gets what she wants.2Though the machine is not very good，it has its own a_3Every day we listened to the weather _ (预报) to know the weather.4He is so _ (固执的) that he seldom listens to us.5Do you
495、want a b_ egg for breakfast? 6The postman has brought a _ (包裹)for you.7The _ (保险)company has settled her claim.答案1.determined2.advantages3.forecast4.stubborn5.boiled6parcel7.insurance.重点短语一、根据提示写出短语1_ 投保2_ 进行医疗培训3_ 天气预报4_ 进行一次愉快的旅行答案1.take out insurance2.have some medical training3.weather forecast4
496、have a pleasant journey二、用所给短语的适当形式填空1The Red Army refused to _ and fought on until they won the war.2When plants die，they _ gases such as carbon dioxide and methane.3His wife finally succeeded in asking him to _ smoking.答案1.give in2.give off3.give up.写作句式句式运用(完成句子)John：Ive planned a trip for my sum
497、mer holiday.Mary：OK.1._ (你想去哪里)?John：Harbin and Shenyang.Mary：Lovely.2._ (你怎么去那里)?John：As I havent much time I think I need to travel by air.Mary：Thats going to be very expensive.3._ (票价是多少)?John：About 2，100 yuan altogether(总共)Mary：4._ (你何时动身)?John：One week after school finishes for this year.Mary：S
498、ounds good to me.5._ (你住在哪里)?John：Id like to stay in local(当地的) homes.Mary：6._ (这听起来很有趣)How long are you staying in Shenyang and how long in Harbin?John：7._ (我正考虑着每个地方呆三天)答案1.Where are you going2.How are you getting there3.How much is the fare4.When are you leaving5.Where are you staying6.That sound
499、s fun7Im thinking of staying for three days at each place.翻译句子1她一旦下定决心，什么也不能使她改变。(once)_2要使他改变主意很难。(it is.)_3我决心要成功登上那座山。(be determined to do / determine to do)_4我得快点，我要迟到了。(be going to do)_5我正要睡觉时电话响了。(be about to do)_答案1.Once she has made up her mind，nothing can change it.2It is very hard to make
500、him change his mind.3We are determined to climb to the top of the mountain.4I must hurry up，for Im going to be late.5I was about to sleep when the telephone rang.单句语法填空1Would you care _ a cup of tea?2Little attention is paid _ your study.How can you get a good mark in the coming exam?3Yesterday Lily
501、 fell _ her bike and broke her right arm.4I have made _ my mind and nothing shall stop me.5The Great Wall seems _a dragon.6He is a person who tries to finish his job no matter _ hard it is.7I prefer the red dress to the green one because it fits me _ (well)8I like the first flat we saw better becaus
502、e it was _ (large)答案1.for2.to3.off4.up5.like6.how7.better8.larger【知识链接】1He is so stubborn that no one can persuade him to do anything.他如此固执以至于没人能劝他干什么事。so stubborn that从句so.that.如此以至于；如此使得，引导结果状语从句，此处so是副词，口语中可省略that。so.that.句式的常见用法如下：soadj.或adv.thatsoadj.a(n)n.thatsomany或few复数名词thatsomuch或little(少)
503、不可数名词that It was so cold outside that we put the box indoors.室外是如此寒冷以至于我们把箱子放在室内。He was so excited that he could not speak.他兴奋得连话都说不出来了。I ate so much food that I was almost sick.我吃的太多了，差点想呕吐。表达“如此以至于”的such句型：sucha(an)adj.n.that.soadj.a(an)n.that./suchadj.不可数名词that./suchadj.名词复数that.用so或such填空I made
504、_ many mistakes that I failed in the exam.It is impossible for _ little children to do _ much work.答案sosuch；so2A determined person always tries to finish the job，no matter how hard it is.一个意志坚强的人总会努力完成工作，无论工作有多难。no matter 疑问代词或副词，意为“无论，不管”，引导让步状语从句，“疑问代词或疑问副词ever”。“疑问代词ever”还可以引导名词性从句。 No matter how
505、 late it was，they managed to get home.无论多么晚，他们都想法回到了家。No matter what youre doing when you want to smokedo something else!无论你在做什么，当你想抽烟时，做点别的事吧！They will send kids to college whatever it takes，even if that means a huge amount of debt.无论需要什么，他们都将把孩子送往大学，即使那意味着大量的负债。单句语法填空_ reason you have，you should c
506、arry out your promise._ difficult it is，never give it up!No matter _ old you are，it is never too late to learn.答案WhateverHowever howPeriod ThreeUsing Languageks5u课 文 预 读.课文理解1Which of the following is TRUE according to the text?AIt snowed earlier in autumn in Tibet.BWang Wei rode in front of her bro
507、ther some times.CThey saw colorful butterflies flying around them on the hills.DThey always put up their tent for the night in the early morning.2What can be inferred from the text?AWang Wei enjoyed the view around so much that she couldnt fall asleep.BThe writer stayed awake to enjoy the view of th
508、e midnight.CThey dont look forward to seeing their cousins.DIt was so cold that they couldnt go to sleep.3In what season did Wang Kun and his sister come to Tibet?AIn spring.BIn summer.CIn autumn.DIn winter.4What did Wang Kun and Wang Wei look like when they were riding bicycles?AChildren dressed in
509、 long wool coats.BSnowmen.CBlocks of ice.DRolling snowballs.5What did Wang Kun and Wang Wei find in the valleys?ASome people cycling through clouds.BSome children were dancing.CSome rivers.DMany butterflies，yaks and sheep.6Where did they sleep in the evening?AIn their tent.BIn a local persons house.
510、CIn a hotel.DIn a comfortable cave.7Where will they reach next?AGuangzhou.BGuizhou.CDali.DChongqing.答案1.A2.B3.C4.B5.D6.A7.C.正误判断(根据课文内容判断正“T”误“F”)1It was spring when they began their journey.()2It was hard to climb the mountains.()3In the valleys it was very warm so we had to change our heavy clothe
511、s for Tshirts.()4After they had supper，they both went to sleep soon.()5Dao Wei and Yu Hang joined them in Dali，Yunnan Province.()答案1.F2.T3.T4.F5.T 【寓言】The Travelers and the Purse旅行者和钱包有福不能同享，有难还可以同当吗？ Two men were traveling in company along the road when one of them picked up a wellfilled purse. “Ho
512、w lucky I am！” he said “I have found a purse. Judging by its weight it must be full of gold.”“Do not say I have found a purse，” said his companion. “Say rather we have found a purse and how lucky we are. Travelers ought to share alike the fortunes or misfortunes of the road.”“No, no，” replied the ot
513、her man angrily. “I found it and I am going to keep it.”Just then they heard a shout of “Stop, thief！”Looking around, they saw a mob of people armed with clubs coming down the road.The man who had found the purse fell into a panic.“What can we do if they find the purse on us and think that we are th
514、ieves？” he cried.“No，no，” replied his companion. “You would not say we before, so now stick to your IAsk what can I do instead.”ks5u知 识 梳 理.核心单词单词拼写1The mother put her baby on a soft p_，and then the baby slept soundly.2From the top you can get a wonderful v_ of the city.3Do you like my new w_ coat?4
515、They found the body buried b_ a pile of leaves.5Can you tell us something about the history of the _(寺庙)?6We are looking for someone who is _ (可信赖的)and hardworking.答案1.pillow2.view3.wool/woolen4.beneath5.temple6.reliable.补全短语1_ usual 照常2_ midnight 在午夜3put _ the tent 支起帐篷4change._.把换成5stay _ 醒着6_ com
516、pany 陪伴答案1.as2.at3.up4.for5.awake6.for.写作句式句式运用(完成句子)1Our legs were _ (又沉又冷以至于) they felt like blocks of ice.2Thats _ (我们看上去的样子)3It was great fun especially _ (随着天气逐渐变得暖和多了时)4We _ them!我们迫不及待地想要见到他们。5_ (无论多晚)，Mother waits for me to have dinner together.答案1.so heavy and cold that2.what we looked like
517、 3.as it gradually became much warmer4.can hardly wait to see5.No matter how late it is.句型转换1A determined person always tries to finish the job，however hard it is.A determined person always tries to finish the job，_ _ _ _ it is.2I often see him help the old lady.He _ _ _ _ _ the old lady.3Along the
518、way children wearing long wool coats stopped to look at us.Along the way children _ _ long wool coats stopped to look at us.4It is fun to talk with such a funny man._ _ it is to talk with such a funny man!5Wang Hong was ahead of me in the usual way.Wang Hong was _ _ _ me _ _6We found it was so cold
519、that our water bottles froze.We found _ _ _ that our water bottles froze.答案1.no matter how hard2.is often seen to help3.dressed in4What fun5.in front of；as usual6.it so cold.单句语法填空1In Disneyland，every year，much of the grass is replaced because Disney refuses to put_ signs asking his visitors not to
520、step on them.2When the plane landed，the girl could hardly wait _(see) her parents at once.3In order to ensure childrens health，we are determined to provide milk product with _(rely) sources.4It was _ midnight that the PLA men got to the earthstricken area.5When Mom looked back on the early days of t
521、heir marriage，she wondered how they had managed with _little money.6After the earthquake，the injured were cared_in the local hospitals or taken by air to the hospitals in neighbouring cities.7Johns success has nothing to do with good luck.It is years of hard work_has made him what he is today.8Befor
522、e making his speech，the professor sat there in silence，_(organize) his thoughts.9Although she didnt know how to get there，she insisted that she_ (organize) the trip.10After graduating_the university，he was sent to work in a factory in his hometown.11I hear your new boss is not easy to get along _，so
523、 you will have to be more careful.12Her ordinary physical appearance will put her to much_(advantage) if she wants to become an actress.13It is often the husband who gives_first when a quarrel breaks out between the young couple.14It was at 5 oclock in the afternoon_they finally finished the work.15
524、The doctor insisted that he_(be) badly ill and that he_(operate) on right away.答案1.up2.to see3.reliable4.at5.so6.for7.that8.organizing9organize10.from11.with12.disadvantage13.in14.that15.was；be operated【知识链接】1We can hardly wait to see them!我们迫不及待地想要见到他们！can hardly wait to do/can hardly wait for sth
525、/cannot wait to do/cannot wait for sth 迫不及待地做某事I can hardly wait to see this latest film.我迫不及待地想看这部最新电影。I cant wait for his return.我迫不及待地等他回来。完成句子He _ (迫不及待地想回家) to see his sick father.They _ (迫不及待地想见到)that famous singer.She _ (太急于)the admission into university.答案cant wait to go homecan hardly wait
526、to see cant wait for2Wang Wei rode in front of me as usual.王薇像平常一样在我的前面骑车。as usual照常，像往常一样than usual比平时As usual，there werent many people at the meeting.像往常一样，来开会的人不多。Though he was ill，he went to school as usual.尽管病了，但他还是像往常一样去上学了。I went to school earlier than usual.我比平时早一点去了学校。单句语法填空_usual，they leav
527、e the children with Susan at home.He came home later _ usual.In order to pass the exam，the students study harder now than _(usually)答案Asthanusual在usual前加ununusual不同寻常；独特的。(1)unv.表示“相反”的动作：Unbutton解开纽扣，undo解开，undress脱衣服，unfold展开，unpack打开包裹。(2)unadj.表示“相反”的状态。Unkown未知的，unsafe不安全的，unpleasant使人不愉快的，untr
528、ue不真实的，unmarried未婚的。It is unusual for sb to do对某人来说是不同寻常的。Its not unusual to feel very angry in a situation like this.遇到这样的情况觉得非常生气没什么不寻常。Period FourGrammar & Writingks5u知 识 梳 理.观察感悟1Where are we going? (go常用于进行时表示将来)2Now she is planning our schedule for the trip.(表示正在进行的动作)3When are we leaving and
529、when are we coming back？(位置移动的动词用进行时表示将来).翻译下面的句子，并分析句子结构和形式1Im taking an exam in the classroom now._2Listen! Hes singing an English song over there._答案1.我现在正在教室里考试。2听！他正在那里唱一首英语歌。归纳：现在进行时通常表示现在_的动作，现在进行时常与时间状语now，at present，at the moment等连用，或有look，listen等词语的暗示。其结构为：_ 。正在进行；主语is/am/are现在分词其他.翻译下面的句子
530、，体会现在进行时表示的意义1Theyre flying to Shanghai tomorrow._2When is Helen coming home?_3Im not going out tonight.Im staying at home._答案1.他们明天将飞往上海。2. 海伦什么时候回家？3.今晚我出门，我要待在家里。归纳：现在进行时可以表示_ ，通常与动词_，_，_，_，leave，arrive，return，travel，remain等连用。这时句中常有表示将来的时间状语，如tonight，tomorrow，in two years，next week等。将来意义；come；fl
531、y；go；stay注意：现在进行时表示将来意义也可用于某些非转移动词，如buy，meet，do，work等。如：What are you doing next Sunday？下星期天你打算干什么？.单句语法填空1Tom _ (come) here next week.2The train _ (arrive) in three hours.3The telephone _ (ring)Would you answer it?4Shut up！You _ always _(speak) when our teacher is giving a class.5I feel so sick now
532、that I _ (see) a doctor this afternoon.6Mary _ (leave) for Guangzhou by plane at 3 this afternoon.Her brother Bob _ (see) her off.Its half past one now.They _(wait) for a taxi outside the school gate.7The Browns _ (go) to North China by train next week.They _ (stay) in Beijing for a week.Then they _
533、 (go) to Xian.8Some friends _ (come) to Annes birthday party this evening.Annes mother is busy _(get) ready for the birthday dinner.Anne _ (help) her mother now.答案1.is coming2.is arriving3.is ringing4.are；speaking5.am seeing6is leaving；is seeing；are waiting7.are going；are staying；are going8.are comi
534、ng；getting；is helping.完成句子1When _ ？(arrive)演讲者何时到？2We _ now.(play)我们正在打篮球。3They _ in Guilin.(spend)下个暑假他们要在桂林度过。4They _ to discuss how to make the city a most livable city tomorrow.(leave)明天他们将动身出席一个会议，来讨论如何使这座城市成为一座宜居城市。5They _ which leaves at 9：00 pm.this evening.(take)他们将乘坐今天晚上9点的火车。6Where _ this
535、 weekend？(go)这个周末他们要去哪里？7They _ to put their gold in it.(dig)他们在挖洞放金子。8We _ when we are asked to practice singing.(about)我们正要动身回家，就在这时被叫去练歌。9The Queen _ next month.(visit)下个月，女王将访问非洲。10I _ after school.(play)放学后我打算去弹钢琴。11My mother _ from the United States this weekend.我妈妈本周末要从美国回来。12What time _ they
536、 _ there?他们要几点钟到那儿？答案1.is the speaker arriving2.are playing basketball3.are spending their next summer holiday4.are leaving for a meeting5.will take the train6.are they going7.are digging a hole8.are about to leave for home9.is to visit Africa10.am going to play the piano11.is returning12.are；arrivi
537、ng【知识链接】将来动作的表达法1现在进行时通常用于表示某动作在说话时正在进行，但有时也可以表示将来的意义。现在进行时表将来的情况有：(1)表示位置转移的动词，如arrive，come，get(to)，leave，return，start，travel，take off，fly，see off等。When is the speaker arriving？演讲者何时到来？(进行时表示将来)(2)表示趋向性的动词，如do，buy，meet，have，play，spend等，此时句中一般要有表示将来的时间状语。We are playing basketball after class.下课后我们要打
538、篮球。(计划将要发生)They are spending their next summer holiday in Guilin.下个暑假他们要在桂林度过。(计划将要发生)注意：现在进行时除了表示正在进行的动作或表将来的意义用法之外，还常和一些副词(如always，constantly)连用，表示反复出现的习惯性动作，并常含有说话人赞扬、抱怨、惊讶、厌烦等感情。You are always thinking of others.你总是想着别人。2表示将来意义的其他方式(1)will/shall do表达单纯将来，是对未来事情发生的“预见性”。可用于说话时才想到或决定的事。Where is th
539、e telephone book?电话号码簿在哪里？Ill go and get it for you.我去给你拿。(2)be going to do表示打算、计划、安排或已经决定要做某事；还可表示根据某种迹象表明将要发生的事。Are you going to watch the football game this afternoon？你打算今天下午看足球赛吗？注意：be going to 不与come或go连用，而用be coming 或be going。(3)be to do表示预定、按计划或安排将要发生的动作。If you are to succeed，you must work ha
540、rd.如果你想成功，你就必须努力。(4)be about to do意为“刚要，正要”，表示非常近的将来。be about to do不能和表示将来时间的副词连用。He is about to leave for Beijing.他很快要去北京。注意：be about to do常与并列连词when引导的句子连用，意为“正要这时”。3一般现在时也可以表示将来。按规定(时刻表、计划表、日程表等)将要发生的动作。Ill write to you as soon as I arrive there.我一到那儿就给你写信。“The比较级，the比较级”句型中，前一分句常用一般现在时，后一分句用一般将来
541、时。The more we get together，the happier we will be.我们聚会越多越高兴。ks5u写 作 点 拨.满分作文赏析目前，越来越多的学生带手机上学。请你根据以下信息写一篇短文，反映这一现象并发表自己的看法。好处：1.便于和父母朋友联系。2增加乐趣，丰富学习生活。害处：1.分散注意力，不能集中精力学习。2花费高。注意：1.词数80左右；2可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；3文章的开头已给出，但不计入总词数。Today，more and more students go to school with mobile phones.【范文“悦”读】Today，mor
542、e and more students go to school with mobile phones.Many people think it helpful.Firstly，it is easier for students to keep in touch with their parents and friends.Secondly，mobile phones make their lives colorful and reduce their pressure.However，others think not.To them mobiles phones make students
543、concentrate less on their lessons，and they often spend too much money on it.Personally，its convenient for students to take mobile phones to school.So students should be allowed to take mobile phones to school as long as they use them properly.作文仿写近年来，不少中学生注册了博客(blog)，对此人们观点各异。有人认为写博客可以帮助学生展示自我，减缓压力。
544、也有人认为它浪费时间，耽误学习。请根据以上提示谈谈人们对此现象的看法，并发表自己的看法和理由。注意：1.词数80左右； 2不要逐句翻译，可适当增加细节以使行文连贯；3文章的开头已给出，但不计入总词数。参考词汇：pretend vt.假装；compulsory adj.有义务的；the elderly 老人；physically adv.身体上；肉体上；citizen n市民；respect vt.尊敬；moral adj.道德的；unwilling adj.不愿意的In recent years，its a common phenomenon that a growing number of
545、middle school students start their own blogs on the Internet.【参考范文】In recent years，its a common phenomenon that a growing number of middle school students start their own blogs on the Internet.On this point，people hold quite different views.Some believe it can help students relieve their stress and
546、provide them with a stage to show themselves while others have totally contrary opinions.They think managing a blog requires much time and energy，which may affect their study.Personally，I do approve of students writing blogs.Nowadays，the Internet is playing a vital role in our life whose influence c
547、ant be ignored.If we can take advantage of blogging and meanwhile avoid its negative effects，we can surely benefit a lot from it.,写作方法指导篇章结构1开头：提出问题或引出讨论或辩论的主题。Recently we have had a discussion / debate on /about (whether).我们就进行了讨论。2主体： 陈述不同观点及其理由。表示赞同：(1)be for(2)favour the idea(3)be for the idea(4
548、)be in favour of(5)approve of(6)agree with表示反对：(1)dont agree with(2)be against the idea(3)disagree表述理由：(1)because(2)for(3)they say(4)saying that(5)for the reason that3结尾：表明个人观点。(1)Personally(2)As for me(3)In my opinion高分策略高分句式背诵1开头： 提出问题或引出讨论或辩论的主题。We had a discussion about whether it is the only wa
549、y out for senior students to go to college.我们就上大学是否是高中生的唯一出路进行了讨论。注意：有时还会用Opinions are divided on the question.之类的过渡句，然后再引出不同观点。2表示赞同及理由。The minority of the students hold the opinion that punishing the passengers helps to reduce traffic accidents and increase traffic safety.大多数学生持这种观点：惩罚(乘坐醉酒驾车的)乘客有
550、助于减少交通事故和提高交通安全。3表示反对及理由。由正及反常用however，on the other hand等过渡词语。4表示赞成或反对人数比例。60%of the students are against the idea of.They believe.百分之60的学生反对这个想法，他们认为5结尾：表明个人观点。From what has been discussed above，we can receive a better education at college so that we can serve our motherland better.从上面的讨论看，我们都能接受良好
551、的教育，以便更好地报效祖国。Period OneWarming Up & Reading.阅读理解It was 1504，Columbus was making another trip to the New World.Columbus and his men needed fresh water and food after three months at sea.They saw an island and went on to the shore.On the island，there were unfriendly Indians who refused to give food t
552、o them.Columbus men were afraid of the Indians，but he had a clever plan.He used sign language to tell the Indians about his mysterious (神秘的) power to turn off the light in the sky.He knew about a lunar eclipse (月蚀) the next night because the information was in his almanac (天文历书)Columbus told the Ind
553、ians，“Tomorrow night Ill turn off the light in the sky.” But they didnt believe him.When the eclipse began the next night，the Indians became very frightened.They begged Columbus to turn on the light again，and they quickly gave him all the food and water he wanted.Immediately Columbus and his men hur
554、ried back to the ship and sailed away in the moonless night.1Columbus and his men stopped at the island because _Athey wanted to meet the Indians thereBthey hoped to get supplies of food and waterCthey had never been on the island beforeDthey had planned to visit it答案Bks5u根据“Columbus and his men nee
555、ded fresh water and food after three months at sea.”可推知。2The Indians _ Columbus and his men.Awere glad to see Bwere kind toCwelcomed Dwere not kind to答案Dks5u根据“On the island，there were unfriendly Indians who refused to give food to them.”可推知。3“The light in the sky” here means _Athe sun Bthe moonCthe
556、 stars Dthe daylight答案Bks5u根据“a lunar eclipse (月蚀)”和“moonless night”两处都可判断。4The Indians gave Columbus food and water because they _Abelieved Columbus was a man with mysterious powerBwere interested in Columbus tripCwanted to help ColumbusDwere clever答案Aks5u由“.he had a clever plan.He used sign langua
557、ge to tell the Indians about his mysterious (神秘的) power to turn off the light in the sky.”及“They begged Columbus to turn on the light again.”可知。.完形填空In order to be a success in the American business world，you must “get along” with people.You must learn to conduct yourself in such a way _1_ you earn
558、the affection and respect of others._2_ we have already pointed out，Americans_3_ business and pleasure.Therefore，learning how to _4_ informally can be a help with your American business _5_ .Americans like to talk about a _6_ of different topicssports，politics，cars，popular movies and television show
559、s and personal interests.Many large American cities have sports teams.If you are _7_ with Americans in the United States，it would be a good idea to _8_ out about the local sports teams so that you can _9_ in the almost inevitable discussions about “how our _10_ will do this year”Politics can be a _1
560、1_ topic unless everyone is of the same mind _12_ .Limit your discussions to asking questions of your friends.Most Americans are _13_ owners and some are even obsessive about the subject.You can contribute _14_ talking about cars you have owned or by _15_ information you have read in automotive maga
561、zines.Americans watch television almost every night and attend movies regularly，_16_ naturally television shows and the _17_ movies become topics for discussions.If you are unable to _18_ American television or attend American movies，reading the _19_ section of such magazines as Time，Newsweek will k
562、eep you up to date on _20_ is popular in America.1A.which Bwhere Cas Dthat答案Dks5usuch.that在此引导的是结果状语从句。句意：你必须学会用这种方式指导你自己的行为以便能赢得他人的尊重。如用such.as就是定语从句，as作关系代词在从句中做主语或宾语。而此句不缺此成分。2A.While BSince CAs DBecause答案Cks5uAs we have already pointed out表示：正如我们所指出的那样。as引导非限制性定语从句3A.mix Benjoy Clike Dmanage答案Ak
563、s5umix business and pleasure意思是：把工作和娱乐混在一起。4A.conduct Bappear Cbehave Dchat答案Dks5ulearn how to chat informally是动名词短语作主语，表示“学会如何进行非正式交谈”。5A.friends BeffortsCcontacts Dcompanies答案Cks5ubusiness contacts生意接触/交往。6A.bit Btotal Cgroup Dnumber答案Dks5utalk about a number of different topics谈论有关许多不同的话题。7A.meet
564、ing Bworking Cliving Dplaying答案Bks5uwork with sb 与某人一起工作。8A.find Blearn Cgo Dstay答案Aks5ufind out查明，弄清。9A.work BparticipateCsucceed Dbreak答案Bks5uparticipate表示“参与(谈话之中)”。10A.group Bbusiness Ccompany Dteam答案Dks5u第二段第一句有Many large American cities have sports teams.11A.common Bsensitive Cspecial D daily答
565、案Bks5usensitive topic表示“敏感的话题”。12A.politically BeconomicallyCprofessionally Dpersonally答案Aks5upolitically从“政治方面”(除非大家观点或意见相同)。13A.house Bcar Cbusiness Dland答案Bks5ucar owners指“拥有汽车的人”。从下一句中可得知。14A.to Btoward Cby Dthrough答案Cks5u“by动名词”表示以某种方式做某事。15A.collecting Bsharing Cgathering Danalyzing答案Bks5ushar
566、e information you have read表示：把你所读到的内容或信息与他人分享。16A.so Btherefore Cthus Dhence答案Aks5uso naturally表示“更不用说”。17A.interesting Bexciting Cexcellent Dlatest答案Dks5ulatest movies最新上映的电影。18A.witness Blook Cwatch Dglance答案Cks5uwatch television看电视。19A.entertainment Bsports Cbusiness Dmovie答案Aks5uentertainment s
567、ection表示“娱乐版”。20A.which Bthat Cwhat Das答案Cks5uon what is popular in America考查介宾从句，what在从句中充当主语，表示“有关在美国很流行的东西”。.阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。Crocodiles lay their eggs and leave them under leaves or sand.Baby crocodiles use their _1_ (tooth) to break their way out of the shells.Crocodiles only
568、 live where it is hot.They _2_ (find) in Australia and America.They spend most of their time _3_ (lie) around in the rivers.The crocodiles long tail is used when the animal is swimming.It is _4_ excellent weapon.It can be used to strike the enemy.One blow will knock down a man _5_ even a big animal
569、at once.The crocodile has a hard neck.It cannot turn its head from side to side, _6_ it can only see things in front of itself.The crocodile _7_ (have) its teeth cleaned by the crocodile bird.For its food this bird takes the bits _8_ the crocodiles mouth.This helps the crocodile a lot because _9_ ca
570、nnot move its tongue up and down._10_ its terrible teeth it catches its food.The food may be a fish，an animal，or even a careless man.答案1.teeth2.are found3.lying4.an5.or 6so7.has8.in9.it10.WithPeriod TwoLearning about Language.阅读理解AWithout proper planning，tourism can cause problems.For example，too ma
571、ny tourists can crowd public places that are also enjoyed by the inhabitants(居民) of a country.If tourists create too much traffic，the inhabitants become annoyed and unhappy.They begin to dislike tourists and to treat them impolitely.They forget how much tourism can help the countrys economy.It is im
572、portant to think about the people of a destination(目的地)country and how tourism affects them.Tourism should also advance the wellbeing(health and happiness) of local inhabitants.Too much tourism can be a problem.If tourism grows too quickly，people must leave other jobs to work in the tourism industry
573、.This means that other parts of the countrys economy will suffer.On the other hand，if there is not enough tourism，people will lose jobs.Businesses will also lose money.It costs a great deal of money to build large hotels，airports，air terminals，firstclass roads，and other support facilities needed by
574、tourist attractions.For example，a major internationalclass tourism hotel can cost as much as 50 thousand dollars per room to build.If this room is not used most of the time，the owners of the hotel will lose money.Building a hotel is just a beginning.There must be many support facilities as well，incl
575、uding roads to get to the hotel，electricity，sewers to handle waste and water.All of these support facilities cost money.If they are not used because there are not enough tourists，jobs and money will be lost.1Which of the following has most probably been discussed in the paragraph that goes before th
576、e passage?AIt is extremely important to develop tourism.BBuilding roads and hotels is essential.CSupport facilities are highly necessary.DPlanning is of great importance to tourism.答案Dks5u主旨大意题。文章首句已告诉我们，planning对旅游业来说是非常重要的。在阅读时，我们应当注意文章首句，那有可能就是文章的主题句。2Not enough tourism can lead to _Aan increase
577、of unemploymentBa decrease in tourist attractionsCthe higher cost of support facilitiesDa rise in price and a fall in pay答案Aks5u细节理解题。根据倒数第二段可知旅游业不发达会影响就业问题。3The word “handle” in the last paragraph most probably means _Acarry away Bpick upCget in Dtake down答案Aks5u猜测词义题。排出的废物要经由阴沟把它们带走(carry away)。B
578、Last month，it was my first time to have a bus tour for sightseeing in Hong Kong.Its really pleasant and interesting.Sitting on the upper deck of the bus，I explored Hong Kong in a different way.When the bus passed along the street，all the buildings and attractions along the way seemed very close to m
579、e.I bought a oneday pass priced around US $6 to enjoy unlimited(不受限制的)rides on 2 important routes.I started the trip from Central Star Ferry，and took the H1 Heritage Route to travel around the Central and Western District.After leaving Star Ferry，the bus passed Western Market and Hollywood Road，wher
580、e the famous antique(古董)shops are located，then Man Mo Temple.Not only could I sightsee on the bus，I also got off at many stops.I got off in Man Mo Temple and walked along Lascar Row.Then，I got on the sightseeing bus to Dr Sun Yatsen Museum，which was built in 1914 to honor the father of the Republic
581、of China.And the famous Hong Kong University left a good impression on me.After traveling back through the dried seafood shops without stopping，I went to the terminus(终点)at Star Ferry.After the heritage journey，I took the H2 Metropolis Route for my shopping tour.I left from Star Ferry and traveled t
582、hrough Wanchai to Causeway Bay and Times Square for shopping.Having bought a lot of things，I went back via St.Johns Cathedral and Statue Square in the heart of Central.Though tired，I did have lots of fun on my oneday bus tour!【语篇解读】作者乘公交车用了一天的时间游览了香港全景，沿途经过了许多著名的景点，之后，又乘车去购物，度过了愉快的一天。4How did the wr
583、iter have the tour around Hong Kong?AOn foot. BBy bus.CBy subway. DBy bike.答案Bks5u细节理解题。由文章首句“Last month，it was my first time to have a bus tour for sightseeing in Hong Kong”可知，作者是乘坐公交车游览香港的。5Which of the following did the writer NOT do while taking the H1 Heritage Route?AVisit Man Mo Temple.BWalk a
584、long Lascar Row.CBuy some dried seafood.DVisit Hong Kong University.答案Cks5u细节理解题。从第二段中的“.the dried seafood shops without stopping”可知，作者在经过海鲜店时并没有停下来，更没有购物。6Why did the writer take the H2 Metropolis Route?ABecause he wanted to visit the Dr Sun Yatsen Museum.BBecause he wanted to buy some things.CBeca
585、use he wanted to travel through Wanchai.DBecause he wanted to visit St.Johns Cathedral.答案Bks5u细节理解题。由第三段中“I took the H2 Metropolis Route for my shopping tour”可知，作者乘the H2 Metropolis Route是为了购物。CHave you ever thought of taking a train and having an adventure (奇遇)？Riding the train can be a real advent
586、ure.That is how I feel every time I take Amtrak.I often take a fourhour trip to visit my children.Every time I take this trip I never know what will happen.Last week when I was on the train and over an hour into the train ride，there was a man sitting by himself in the back of the train carrying on a
587、 mobile phone conversation in another language.It was loud and disturbed most of the people on the train.I think it was annoying.Fortunately I sat next to a wonderful old lady who was taking a twoday trip by train.She said her two daughters were distraught at the thought of her driving for three day
588、s to reach her home，although she had no trouble driving.The train ride was the only choice for her.She loved to look out of the window and watch the world go by on the train.She was fun to talk to and asked me when my children started being parents.That is a very good question.Both of us are old and
589、 have children.She asked that same question from time to time.There are always many people on the train from all walks of life，different countries，and many languages.Riding the train is a great way to increase your knowledge and take in all kinds of cultures.If you get hungry，you can buy food in the
590、 food car at any time.If you need to use the restroom there is always one available.It sure beats driving the car，which has to stop for food and restrooms.And it is better than taking the bus.【语篇解读】本文中作者主要介绍了她的一次火车旅行经历以及她对火车旅行的看法：坐火车要比乘公共汽车和开车好。7According to the passage，the purpose of the authors tr
591、ain ride was_Ato do businessBto see her childrenCto visit places of interestDto see her old friends答案Bks5u细节理解题。根据第一段第四句：I often take a fourhour trip to visit my children可知，作者坐火车是去看望自己的孩子，故选B项。8Which of the following is the closest in meaning to the underlined word “distraught” in Paragraph 3?ADisap
592、pointed. BSatisfied.CWorried. DPleased.答案Cks5u词义猜测题。根据第三段第一句话中的a wonderful old lady和画线单词所在句子中的her driving for three days to reach her home可知，尽管老太太能开车，但是她年龄比较大了，女儿们考虑到她要开三天车才能到家，还是非常担心，故选C项。9In the authors opinion，on the train Amtrak_Athe services are quite goodBthe food is terribly expensive Call th
593、e passengers are politeDall the passengers are American答案Aks5u推理判断题。根据倒数第二段最后两句可知，人们在火车上饿了可以买东西吃，去洗手间也不会遇到问题，由此可以推断作者对火车上的服务是满意的。10.What is the best title for this passage?ATrain ridea cultural experienceBA painful experience on the trainCThe history of AmtrakDA wonderful lady答案Aks5u标题归纳题。通读全文可知，本文中
594、作者主要介绍了她的一次火车旅行经历及她对火车旅行的看法，故选A项。.根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。Your schedule is packed with classes，homework，youth groups，hobbies，family and friends._1_You might also be dealing with a relationship or family conflict.Sometimes its just too much to handle，and stress moves slowly into your
595、 life.Here are some ideas to help you balance your life and reduce stress._2_Certain practices can reduce stress hormones.These include remaining in a silent state and listening to music you find calming.Dr.Kathleen Hall，founder of the Stress Institute，also recommends using positive affirmations：“Re
596、peating a positive affirmation when you are stressed reduces the production of stress hormones.Create an affirmation you love，such as，“I am strong；I am in control；everything has a purpose.”Interact Sometimes when were stressed，we want to separate ourselves from others._3_This could mean hanging out
597、with a friend or getting involved in a group.ExerciseSports are a great way to reduce stress._4_Try different physical activities until you find one you enjoy：swimming，biking，hiking，etc._5_What you eat can have a big influence on how you feel.To cut down on stress，always start your day with breakfas
598、t.Also，eat more fish and nuts，and vitamin B6，found in bananas，turkey，brown rice and sweet potatoes.AEat healthilyBRelax your mind and bodyCPositively involve yourself in societyDAnd team sports arent the only way to reduce itEWe dont share it with others and always shoulder it on our ownFAnd being b
599、usy probably isnt the only thing going on in your lifeGHowever，connecting with people who matter to us can help us reduce stress答案1.F2.B3.G4.D5.APeriod ThreeUsing Language.阅读理解Americans like to travel on their yearly holiday.Today，more and more travelers in the United States are spending nights at s
600、mall houses or inns(客栈)instead of hotels.They get a room for the night and the breakfast the next morning.Rooms for the night in private homes with breakfast have been popular with travelers in Europe for many years.In the past five to ten years，these bedandbreakfast places have become popular in th
601、e United States.Many of these Americas bedandbreakfast inns are old historic buildings.Some bedandbreakfast inns have only a few rooms.Others are much larger.Some inns do not provide telephones or televisions in the rooms，others do.Staying at a bedandbreakfast inn is much different from staying at a
602、 hotel.Usually the cost is much less.Staying at an inn is almost like visiting someones home.The owners are glad to tell about the areas and the interesting places to visit.Many vacationists say they enjoy the chance to meet local families.1According to the passage，which of the following is NOT true
603、?ASome Americans like to stay at bedandbreakfast homes instead of hotels.BThe bedandbreakfast inns are private homes opened to vacationists.CThe bedandbreakfast inns have been popular in America for a long time.DThe bedandbreakfast inn owners provide a morning meal for their visitors and a room for
604、the night.答案Cks5u推理判断题。根据第二段中的In the past five to ten years，these bedandbreakfast places have become popular in the United States.可得出答案为C项。2Why do American travelers prefer staying at bedandbreakfast inns?AIt is like visiting someones home.BThe money they spend there is much less.CThey can meet loca
605、l families.DAll of the above.答案Dks5u细节理解题。根据文章最后一段的描述可知答案为D项。3Staying at the bedandbreakfast inns，_Athe travelers neednt pay anythingBthe travelers dont have to pay for the telephone or televisionCthe travelers can meet and talk with the local peopleDthe owners will show the travelers around the are
606、a答案Cks5u细节理解题。由文章最后一段的最后两句可知，C项正确。4Which is TRUE according to the passage?AEuropean and American vacationists like staying at bedandbreakfast inns.BAll Americans enjoy travelling.CThese bedandbreakfast inn are all old historic buildings.DStaying at a bedandbreakfast inn is just like at the travelers
607、 home.答案Aks5u推理判断题。由文章第二段开头部分Rooms for the night in private homes with breakfast have been popular with travelers in Europe for many years.in the United States.可知，A项正确。.完形填空The word “plastic” comes from the Greek word “Platicos” and is used to describe _1_ which can be easily shaped.The history of p
608、lastics is longer than you might _2_In fact _3_ manmade plastics ever to appear on the market was made over a hundred years ago.It was called “celluloid(赛璐璐)”It was discovered by both an Englishman and an American in the same year. _4_ it was the Americans who first produced it on a large scale duri
609、ng the year 1860.Everybody was _5_ by this new material which could be moulded (用模子做) into shapes and _6_ so cheap to buy. Poor young men _7_ in cities with lots of smoke and dirt were _8_ to buy white celluloid collars(领子)The collars were hard and uncomfortable.But they did not have to be sent to w
610、ash.The poor young men _9_ rub them clean every evening with soap and water!Poor mothers. _10_ had not been able to afford playthings _11_ their children，were now able to buy them playthings _12_ of celluloid.But celluloid had one very serious fault.It caught fire very easily.In fact it burned even
611、more quickly than wood or cloth.There were many terrible accidents，particularly _13_ children.For years scientists worked hard to find a better plastic material than celluloid.They had _14_ success.Then in 1932 an American scientist called Baekeland produced a hard plastic material which did not bur
612、n. _15_ became known _16_ bakelite(酚醛塑料)Other plastic materials like bakelite were _17_ produced.They _18_ to make electrical fittings and plates and cups.Poor people liked them because they were both cheap and safe，but rich people _19_ them because they were cheap，and because they could only be mad
613、e _20_ dark colours.1A.something Beverything Cthing Danything答案Aks5u这句话表示“plastic”这个单词最早来源于希腊语“platicos”而且被用来描述那些容易成形的东西。2A.wish Bthink Cwant Dhope答案Bks5u塑料的历史要比你所想到的历史长。3A.first Bat firstCfor the first Dthe first答案Dks5u这里表示最早的、最先的。4A.So BBut CAnd DAs答案Bks5u这里表示虽然英美两国同年发现，但是美国人率先生产。5A.surprised Bexc
614、ited Ctold Dfrightened答案Bks5ube excited by“因为而激动”。6A.be Bwere Cwas Dis答案Cks5u它的主语是“which”，而“which”指的是this new material，所以用单数。7A.waiting Brunning Cwalking Dworking答案Dks5uworking in cities是现在分词短语做后置定语。这里指的是在城市里工作的贫穷的年轻人。8A.going Bsure Cabout Dable答案Dks5ube able to表示“能够”。9A.could Bought to Cmust Dshoul
615、d答案Aks5ucould表示“能够”。10A.which Bwho Cwhom Dthat答案Bks5u这是一个非限定性定语从句，who指的是前边提到的poor mothers，在非限定性定语从句中作主语。11A.for Blike Cin Dof答案Aks5uA表示“为”，在这里指的是那些贫穷的母亲不能给孩子们买起玩具。12A.done Bproduced Cworked Dmade答案Dks5u“made of”表示“由制成”。13A.between Bon Camong Dabout答案Cks5u“among children”表示“在孩子们当中”。14A.much Bgreat Cn
616、ever Dlittle答案Dks5u“little success”表示“没有成功”。15A.The man BHe CIt DThe scientist答案Cks5uIt指的是前面所提到“a hard plastic material”。16A.as Bwith Cby Dto答案Aks5u“be known as”作为而著名。17A.already Bstill Calso Dyet答案Cks5ualso表示“也”，这里表示其它的塑料材料也被制造了出来。18A.used Bhoped Cwere used Dhad答案Cks5u“were used”表示“被用来”。19A.took Bl
617、oved Cenjoyed Ddisliked答案Dks5u“dislike”表示“不喜欢”，这里表示富人们不喜欢塑料制品。20A.in Bby Cfrom Dof答案Aks5uin dark colours这里表示“深色，黑色”。.阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。 With the reform of Chinese higher education，more and more colleges and universities put emphasis on nurturing students abilities._1_ a consequence
618、，elective courses are available not only for excellent academic performers but also for students of the average level._2_ (certain)，students have different reasons _3_ (choose) their own electives.For some，practical skills are the essence (本质) of college education，and therefore，courses on computer s
619、cience，marketing，and finance _4_ (prefer)On the other hand _5_ may hold the idea of liberal education and electives concerning literature，history，and philosophy are the most welcome.Take me as _6_ example：being a disciple of free education，I stand for the idea _7_ university is not a place for survi
620、val skills，_8_ a palace of knowledge and critical reasoning._9_ my major is chemistry，the electives I attend most frequently are English literature，an Introduction to Classic Music，and Different Schools of Western Painting._10_ really widen my horizon.答案1.As2.certainly3.to choose4.are preferred 5 ot
621、hers6.an7.that8.but9.Although10.TheyPeriod FourGrammar & Writing.阅读理解APeople travel for a lot of reasons.Some tourists go to see battlefields (战场) or other historic remains (历史遗址)Others are looking for culture，or simply want to have their pictures taken in front of famous places.Most European touris
622、ts are looking for a sunny beach to lie on.Northern Europeans are willing to pay a lot of money for the sun because they have so little of itPeople of cities like London，Copenhagen (哥本哈根) and Amsterdam (阿姆斯特丹) spend much of their winter in the dark because the days are so short，and much of the rest
623、of the year in the rain.This is the reason why the Mediterranean (地中海) has always attracted (吸引) them.Every summer many people travel to Mediterranean resorts and beaches for their vacations.They all come for the same reason：sun!The huge crowds mean lots of money for the economics (经济) of Mediterran
624、ean countries.Italys 30，000 hotels are booked without a break every summer.And 13 million people camp out on French beaches，parks，and roadsides.Spains long sandy coastline attracts more people than anywhere else，37 million tourists there yearly，or one_tourist_for_each_person_living_in_SpainBut there
625、 are signs that the area is getting more tourists than it can deal with.The Mediterranean is already one of the most polluted seas on earth.None of these，however，is running anyones fun.Obviously (显然地)，they dont go there for clean water.They allow traffic jams and seem to like crowded beaches.They do
626、nt even mind the pollution.No matter how dirty the water is，the coastline still looks beautiful.And as long as the sun shines，its still better than sitting in the cold rain in Berlin，London，or Oslo (奥斯陆)1The writer seems to imply that Europeans travel mostly for the reason that_Athey want to see his
627、toric remainsBthey wish to escape from cold，dark and rainy daysCthey would like to take pictures in front of famous placesDthey are interested in different cultural and social customs答案Bks5u根据第一段的“Most European tourists are looking for a sunny beach to lie on.”及第二段的最后一句“They all come for the same re
628、ason：sun！”可知答案为B项。2The underlined part in the last sentence in Paragraph 3 “one tourist for each person living in Spain” means _Aall the 37 million people living in Spain are touristsBevery person living in Spain has to take care of a touristCevery year almost as many tourists visit Spain as there a
629、re people living in that countryDevery family in Spain is visited by a tourist every year答案Cks5u每年到西班牙旅游的游客数量与西班牙人口的数量相当。3According to the passage，which of the following might ruin the tourists fun at Mediterranean resorts and beaches?APolluted water. BCrowded buses.CRainy weather. DTraffic jams.答案C
630、ks5u根据短文的最后一句话“And as long as the sun shines，its still better than sitting in the cold rain in.”可知答案为C项。4What does the underlined word “it” mean in the second paragraph?AThe sun. BThe rain.CThe winter. DThe money.答案Aks5u由该句句意判断，it指的是the sun。BGenerally speaking，you need to arrive at the railway stati
631、on an hour before the train leaves.However，if you take a train during the Spring Festival or holidays，you are advised to be two hours early.Here are the basic steps for boarding.Enter the railway station.There are Xray machines at the entrance of each railway station.All the luggage (行李) has to be p
632、assed through to examine for dangerous things.Once you put your luggage on the machine，please go to the other side and fetch it quickly in case that your luggage is taken either by mistake or on purpose.Find the right waiting room.After you enter the railway station，you should find the terminal hall
633、 (候车厅) where your train is going to leave from.There are always electronic boards at the railway station with information shown in Chinese.You can find your waiting room according to the information given on your train ticket，or you can ask a member of staff for help if you are in trouble with Chine
634、se.Get onto the platform (月台)In most cases，checkin starts 30 minutes before the train leaves if it is the starting station.So you are advised to arrive at the station one hour early.If it is not a starting station，checkin starts when the train arrives，then you just need to be 30 minutes early.You wi
635、ll be informed by radio then.Remember to take all your luggage!Board the train.The train number and the carriage (车厢) number are shown outside the train clearly；therefore it is easy to find your carriage.There is a member of staff at the door of each carriage to whom you are required to show your ti
636、cket.If you board on the wrong carriage，he/she will guide you to the right one.【语篇解读】文章介绍了如何乘坐火车，其中包括到火车站、去候车室、到站台、上车等全过程，文章还提到各个环节中应该注意的问题。 5This passage is mainly to tell us_Ahow to take the trainBwhen to get to the railway stationCwhen to get onto the platformDwhy we should take the train答案Aks5u主
637、旨大意题。通读全文可知，本文主要介绍了如何乘坐火车，故选A项。6If you want to take the train during the Spring Festival youd better reach the railway station_Atwo hours ahead of timeBone hour and a half ahead of timeCan hour ahead of timeDthirty minutes ahead of time答案Aks5u细节理解题。根据第一段中的However，if you take a train during the Sprin
638、g Festival or holidays，you are advised to be two hours early可知，选A项。7Xray machines at the entrance are probably used to_Ahelp passengers to take away their heavy luggageBshow passengers the right way to the waiting roomCmake sure passengers luggage is not lostDcheck the luggage passengers take with t
639、hem答案Dks5u细节理解题。根据第一个小标题下的All the luggage has to be passed through to examine for dangerous things可知，Xray machines是用来检查乘客行李的机器。8In this passage people ride the train most probably in_AChina BBritain CRussia DJapan答案Aks5u推理判断题。根据第二个小标题下的There are always electronic boards at the railway station with i
640、nformation shown in Chinese.You can find your waiting room according to the information given on your train ticket，or you can ask a member of staff for help if you are in trouble with Chinese可知，车票和电子公告信息都是用汉语写的，所以这篇文章写的是在中国如何坐火车，故选A项。.根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。Do you know what a big d
641、ream is？_1_ Or，is a big dream something that provides only entertainment? Children dream big dreams，but there are three barriers to realizing dreams.They often kill them before they ever have a chance to grow.The Self Immediately following the birth of a big dream，a negative selftalk takes over and
642、gives all the reasons why it cannot happen.This inside voice is the ego(自我)Its there for protecting and should be listened to._2_ Most people are influenced by the inside voice.Thats why only a handful of people make their dream come true._3_ Family and friends are a lot like the ego.They want to pr
643、otect those they love，so they will often list all the reasons why the big dreams wont come true.Sometimes，family and friends destroy dreams of those they love most，out of their own fear of being left behind.The World If one gets past the first two barriers，one has to face the world._4_ In the past，b
644、ig dreamers were locked up and sometimes even killed when they were shown to the world.Fortunately，in most of the world today，big dreamers just get laughed at.The way to realize a big dream is with confidence and action.When children have confidence and then take action，they will be ready to accept
645、any failure.The truth is that every great dreamer whose dreams have never seen the light of success knows failure well._5_ AFamily and Friends.BHow Big Dreams Die.CDoes a big dream show ones future?DThey simply fail until they succeed.ESometimes it is right，but more often it is wrong.FIt is the last
646、 and the most terrible barrier.GAnd their big dream is to be a rock star or a famous artist.答案1.C2.E3.A4.F5.D.应用文写作请你根据以下提示，结合生活中的一个事例，用英语写一篇短文。Never be afraid of making mistakes.Actually，making progress is making mistakes.Mistakes reveal(揭示、显示) where success lies.注意：1.词数80左右；2可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。参考词汇：av
647、oid vt.避免；encourage vt.鼓励；regardless of 不管；figure out 想出；build up 增强；confidence n自信；fluently adv.流利地Mistakes are unavoidable in life.But attitudes towards them may make a difference.So dont be afraid of making mistakes.Learn from them，and success is just waiting for us.【参考范文】Mistakes are unavoidable
648、 in life.But attitudes towards them may make a difference.I still remember how my spoken English improved.At first，I always kept silent in class.Fortunately my English teacher often encouraged me to speak out.Whenever I made mistakes and felt discouraged，my teacher and classmates would give me patie
649、nt help.Practice makes perfect.With time going by，I built up my confidence，and now I can talk fluently in English.Just as the saying goes，everybody has its black.We just need to learn a lesson from the mistakes.So dont be afraid of making mistakes.Learn from them，and success is just waiting for us.新
650、题型专练(三).根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。Passage 1Learn how to speak confidently in front of othersSpeaking in front of people can be a rewarding and engaging experience，but it can also be terrifying._1_ Keep these tips in your mind as you prepare for your next public presentation.If you fol
651、low the tips below，you will be a successful public speaker.1Be confident and enthusiasticYouve been asked to speak in front of others because you know something about the subject at hand.Those that invited you to speak already have confidence in your ability，so be confident about yourself. You know
652、the subject and have been successful with it._2_Its fun for an audience to listen and engage with someone who is excited about the subject at hand.2Be flexibleOn the day of your speech，there may be external factors that change your presentation.A fire drill or a rude audience member or a change in v
653、enue are just a few of the things that could come up._3_Then both you and the audience will have a great experience no matter what obstacles occur.3_4_Know your speech so well that you could give it from memorybut be sure to still keep your notes on you in case you forget key points._5_You could als
654、o tape record yourself for valuable feedback(反馈)that could make your speech stronger.Be sure to practice your speech by speaking slowly，clearly，and comfortably.APractice oftenBRemember the key wordsCSo be sure to be enthusiastic about your work.DTry practicing your speech in front of a friend or mir
655、ror.EYour approach should vary according to the audience members.FYou should breathe，stay relaxed，and try to remain open to changes.GIf you remember a few simple steps，public speaking doesnt seem so terrifying，however.答案1.G2.C3.F4.A5.DPassage 2Help a Shy Child Become More SociableA shy child has no
656、problem at all._1_However，helping a child to succeed socially will give them confidence and the ability to adapt to situations throughout their life.The following tips will help your shy child to become more sociable.1Take your shy child out more often._2_Thats because sometimes large crowds can mak
657、e a child shy，especially if they are not used to being around lots of people.Going out with your child to places where there are large crowds will help them to come out of their cocoon(茧)2Invite other children over.Having children the same age as your child come over will help your child to gain con
658、fidence around strangers or visitors.When your child is hosting other children，he or she will be forced to interact(互动)with them._3_3Join clubs.Encourage your child to join social clubs at school or in the community in which you live.The various activities and levels of interaction in social clubs w
659、ill help your child to break out of their “shell”_4_4Get to know your childs friends.As a parent you should know what kind of friends your child has.It may be that all her or his friends are shy，too.This could mean that being shy appears normal to your child and his or her friends.Once you get to kn
660、ow your childs friends，perhaps you can have a chat with them._5_ And then you can find a solution.AEncouraging your child in such areas in life will make him or her a better person.BPlus，you should encourage your child to join clubs according to his or her interest.CSometimes children tend to be shy
661、 when they dont feel welcome.DIf you do it like that，your shy child might benefit from it.EThen you may be able to pick up some clues as to why your child is shy.FMore importantly，your child will become more sociable in the interaction.GIt is just another personality trait.答案1.G2.D3.F4.B5.E.阅读下面材料，在
662、空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。Passage 1Tom：Please tell us what it is like _1_ (go) to school in Australia，Sue.Sue：Ill be glad to.I go to Bellview High School in North Sydney.Ive just finished my exams and Ive come to China for a short holiday.Next year Ill go into year 12，_2_ will be my last year of h
663、igh school.My favorite subject is history but I also study English，Chinese，maths and science.Tom：When are your school _3_ (holiday) in Australia?Sue：We have two weeks holiday in March，July and October and _4_ fiveweek holiday during our summer.Tom：Do you want to go to university when you finish scho
664、ol?Sue：Yes，I am quite _5_ (interest) in Asian languages.And I think coming to China _6_ a holiday is a good chance to practice my conversational skills.Tom：What places have you been to in China?Sue：Ive been in Beijing now for four days _7_ yesterday I went to the Great Wall.I also saw the Ming Templ
665、es.And I feel _8_ (luck) enough to see the Forbidden City and the Temple of Heavens tomorrow.Tom：When will you go back to Australia?Sue：Im flying home on Saturday.Ill spend three days in Shanghai and then two _9_ (many) days in Beijing before I leave.Tom：Thank you，Sue，I _10_ (sincere) hope that youl
666、l enjoy the rest of your holiday in China.【语篇解读】该对话围绕Sue的上学情况及假期安排展开。1to goks5u考查非谓语动词。it用作形式主语，不定式to go to school in Australia是真正的主语。2whichks5u考查非限制性定语从句。先行词为year 12，且关系词在从句中作主语，故用which引导非限制性定语从句。3holidaysks5u考查名词的数。根据谓语动词are可知，此处应用holiday的复数形式。4aks5u考查冠词。a fiveweek holiday一个为期五周的假期，a表示“一个”。5intere
667、stedks5u考查固定短语。be interested in sth意为“对感兴趣”。6forks5u考查介词。介词for表示目的。for a holiday意为“度假”。7andks5u考查连词。and连接并列分句，意为“而且”。8luckyks5u考查形容词。feel在此处用作系动词，后面接形容词lucky(幸运的)作表语。9moreks5u考查比较级。two more days意为“另外两天”。10sincerelyks5u考查副词。副词sincerely修饰动词hope。Passage 2Singles Day falls on November 11th every year in
668、 China，_1_ is recognized as a day for people who have no girlfriend or boyfriend.Couples and lovers have Valentines Day in _2_ (celebrate) of their love，but how about the singles？There must be a day they can celebrate even without a partner.Thats _3_ people created Singles Day.On Singles Day many si
669、ngles choose to say goodbye to their single lives，_4_ (attend) blind date parties，and some people even decide to get _5_ (marry) with strangers._6_ this day has recently become more of a time for shopping，because many shops online will give customers great discount to promote their _7_ (good)More an
670、d more people are _8_ (will) to shop online to get what they want，and I am one of them.I just cant help buying things _9_ I need them or not._10_ (honest) speaking，some of the things that I bought have been put aside forever in my closet.【语篇解读】文章主要介绍了一些有关“光棍节”的情况。1whichks5u考查定语从句。空处所填词引导一个非限制性定语从句，先
671、行词是November 11th，且从句中缺少主语，故用which。2celebrationks5u考查固定词组。in celebration of意为“为庆祝”。3whyks5u考查表语从句。why在此引导表语从句，且在从句中作原因状语。4attendingks5u考查非谓语动词。attend与many singles为逻辑上的主谓关系，故此处应用现在分词作状语，表示伴随状况。5marriedks5u考查固定词组。get married with sb表示“与某人结婚”，为固定词组。6Butks5u考查连词。空格前后两个句子之间存在转折关系，且空后无逗号，故用But。7goodsks5u考查
672、名词。goods意为“商品”，常用复数形式。8willingks5u考查固定结构。be willing to do sth表示“乐意做某事”，为固定结构。9whetherks5u考查状语从句。不管我是否需要它们，我就是忍不住买东西。whether.or.表示“不管还是”。10Honestlyks5u考查固定用法。honestly speaking表示“老实说”，为固定用法。注意首字母大写。.写作第一节应用文写作假设你是红星中学的学生会主席李华，最近，你就三个景点进行了 “我最喜欢的春游地点” 的调查。请根据下面图表提供的信息，为校刊 “英语园地” 写一篇短文，介绍调查结果，并提出你自己的春游建
673、议；注意：1.词数80左右；2短文的开头已给出，不计入总词数。参考词汇：植物园botanical gardenRecently，I have conducted a survey on “My Favorite Spring Outing Spot”【参考范文】Recently，I have conducted a survey on“My Favorite Spring Outing Spot”I aimed to find out the best place for the spring outing.Only 16% of the students surveyed prefer bo
674、tanical gardens.The reason they give is that they can get closer to nature，admiring the flowers and appreciating the natural environment.Even more popular than botanical gardens is the Happy Valley.Not only do they say that the transportation is convenient，but also that it will be a breathtaking exp
675、erience.However，the most popular spring outing spot is Miaofeng Mountain，with 51% of the students choosing it as their preferred place.This is because it will give them a chance to do some outdoor camping and challenge themselves.According to the results，my suggestion is that we choose Miaofeng Moun
676、tain as our spring outing spot.第二节概要写作阅读下面短文，根据其内容写一篇60词左右的内容概要。The Drinkable BookMany people around the world have no way to get clean water.However，a new invention could potentially save millions of lives around the world.Postdoctoral researcher Theresa Dankovich invented the drinkable book.Its pa
677、ges are made of treated paper that can purify water that passes through them，killing over 99% of bacteria.For several years，she developed and tested the technology，working at McGill University in Canada and at the University of Virginia.The pages of the book contain nanoparticles(纳米颗粒) of silver or
678、copper(铜)，which are responsible for killing bacteria.“All you need to do is tear out paper，put it in a simple filter holder and pour water into it from rivers，streams，wells，etc.and out comes clean waterand dead bacteria as well，” explained Dr.Dankovich.According to tests conducted in the lab，each pa
679、ge is able to clean up to 100 liters of water.Therefore，a single book can filter one persons water supply for about four years，which makes the drinkable book highly useful and relevant(有重大意义的)，given that 663 million people around the world dont have access to clean drinkable water.Trials were also c
680、onducted at 25 sources of contaminated(受污染的) water in South Africa，Ghana，and Bangladesh，proving that the paper could successfully eliminate(除去) 99% of all waterborne germs.Now that the drinkable book is a success，Dr.Dankovich and her team are stepping up efforts to produce more copies.They currently
681、 make the books by hand，but they hope to get into mass production pretty soon.“We need to get them into peoples hands to see more of what the effects are going to be.There is only so much you can do when youre a scientist on your own，” she said.【参考范文】The invention of the drinkable book can save mill
682、ions of lives around the world.Dr.Dankovich explained its function.It can apply to a lot of countries to help people to get clean drinkable water.Now the drinkable book is successful and Dr.Dankovich and her team are trying their best to produce more copies and they hope to get into mass production
683、pretty soon.单元检测卷(三)本试卷分第卷(选择题)和第卷(非选择题)。第卷第一部分：听力(共两节，满分30分)第一节(共5个小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。1What program will the man watch first?AA movie.BA documentary.CA soccer game.2How much will the woman pay if she and h
684、er husband go to the concert?A$40. B$30. C$32.3What does the man promise to do?AFind out more about the conference.BMake a copy of the schedule for his friend.CGet the conference schedule for the woman.4What is the man going to do first?APick up his son from school.BMeet the woman in her office.CWor
685、k on a report.5What is the time now?A8：00 B8：30 C9：00第二节(共15个小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。6Who put the key in the kitchen?AThe mans mother. BThe woman.CHarry.7Where does the man
686、 need to go?ATo a supermarket.BTo his office.CTo his home.听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。8What makes the woman worried?AHer daughter wouldnt take her advice.BHer daughter cant decide about college.CHer daughter will not go to college.9What does the man suggest to her?ALeaving her daughter alone.BEncouraging her dau
687、ghter to make her own decision.CGiving her daughter some tips.听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。10How long has the man in Brighton?AFor 2 years. BFor 6 years. CFor 7 years.11What will the man serve as in Nigeria?AA nurse. BA doctor. CAn organizer.12What can we learn from the conversation?AThe man got his new job thi
688、s morning.BThe woman is against the mans decision.CThe man wants to marry Rosie.听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。13Whats wrong with the woman?AShe has a stomachache.BShe often feels hungry.CShe is in subhealth.14What causes the womans problem?AExtra work on weekends.BGreat pressure from work.CEarly getting up each
689、day.15According to the doctor，which of the following is the most important?AHaving a light heart.BKeeping a balanced diet.CTaking medicine on time.16When does the conversation take place?AOn Monday.BOn Tuesday.COn Wednesday.听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。17What kind of English lessons does the speaker recommend?
690、AExamination skills.BReading and writing.CListening and speaking.18How can a learner take the lessons when he or she is offline?ABy making conversations with others.BBy using the downloaded sound files.CBy reviewing words，phrases and idioms.19What is the advantage of the speakers online course?AIt h
691、elps learners to make friends.BIt offers learners more chances to chat with native speakers.CIt improves learners English skills quickly.20Whats the speakers opinion about learning English?ABeing confident in learning.BHaving clear learning goals.CLearning English little by little.听力原文Text 1W：Are yo
692、u going to watch the movie on TV tonight?M：No，I think Ill watch the soccer game and then the documentary on volcanoes.Text 2W：Id like to know the price of the ticket for next Wednesdays concert.M：Madam.Its 16 dollars for each，and 30 dollars for a couple.And the price for the family is 40.Text 3W：Do
693、you have the conference schedule with you？Id like to find out the topic for Friday.M：I gave it to a friend，but there should be copies available in the library.I can pick one up for you.Text 4W：Would you please come to my office at 5 oclock this afternoon?M：Can I meet you tomorrow？My son will be home
694、 from school at 5：30.And I must finish this report before then.Text 5M：Excuse me，maam.I want to know why theres no electricity.W：Sorry，sir.Theres been a power cut.M：Well，when will it come on again?W：Its usually off for about half an hour，so we expect it back at 8：30.Text 6W：I dont have any idea wher
695、e the key is！Have you looked upstairs?M：Yes.And downstairs and in the basement.I have even looked in the garage.W：Well，the last time I saw it，it was on the table in the living room.M：My mother said she put it in the kitchen，but it isnt there.At least，if it is，I cant see it.W：Did you ask Harry if hes
696、 seen it?M：He said he didnt even know I had one.W：It seems that it is not in the house.M：Unfortunately，I really need it！I have to drive to work!Text 7M：Is there anything wrong?W：Im worried about my daughter.She hasnt made a decision about college.M：Dont worry.Thats just part of being a teenager.W：I
697、dont actually mind that.But she disagrees with me about everything.M：You should encourage her to make up her mind by herself instead of trying to tell her what to do and what not to do.W：But I just want to give her some tips.M：She can make her own decision.Believe her.W：I guess youre right.M：Take it
698、 easy.Everything will be OK.W：I hope so.Text 8M：Rosie，Ive got something to tell you.W：What is it?M：Well，Ive made a decision.Im going to leave the hospital.W：Leave？What do you mean?M：Im bored with it.I want to do something different.W：I see.How long have you been in hospital？For two years?M：No，Ive be
699、en here for 6 years，and Ive been in Brighton for 7 years.I want a change.W：Youre leaving Brighton! But why？What are you going to do?M：Im going to Africa.Ive got a job as a doctor with a volunteer organization.They want me to go to Nigeria.W：What？Youre joking!M：Look，I didnt tell you before because no
700、thing was certain.But I got a formal offer this morning.Rosie，I will miss you very much，and I dont want to end our relationship.But I want to see the world.You do understand，dont you?W：Oh，yes，I understand!M：Im really sorry，Rosie.Text 9W：Im not feeling very well，doctor.M：Whats the problem?W：I often h
701、ave a headache，and I havent slept well for several weeks.Ive also lost my appetite.M：Mm，you do look rather pale.First，let me take your temperature.Then Ill take your blood pressure.Do you feel weak?W：Yes，I seem to have no enough energy to do anything.M：Mm，do you feel huge pressure from work?W：Yeah.E
702、very morning I rush to work without breakfast and every night I stay up doing extra work.M：Just as I thought，youre suffering from subhealth.W：Gosh！Subhealth？Is that serious？What should I do?M：Take it easy.Youd better take exercise regularly，and keep a balanced diet.And above all，you should have a li
703、ght heart.W：OK，I will.Should I take some medicine?M：Yes.Take this medicine three times a day and come to see me again in two days，that is，Thursday morning.W：Thank you.Text 10W：Hello，my name is Cynthia.I am a teacher，and I have started a website to help you improve English listening and speaking skil
704、ls as quickly as possible.My online English lessons take just 5 to 10 minutes each day to complete.And there are no advertisements to take your attention away.You can also download the sound files to your computer and access them and take your lessons again at any time.Ive designed the online Englis
705、h course to be a very easy，cheap and quick way to improve your English speaking，listening and conversation skills，and also to improve your listening scores in English exams.Every day，you will learn some new English vocabulary，idioms and phrasal verbs.And you will feel more confident in working and m
706、aking friends in English.You also learn correct English pronunciation.I always make sure my online English lessons are short，interesting and easy to remember.My idea of learning English is that it is best for you to learn a little each day and remember it clearly.This idea doesnt mean a new method，b
707、ut instead，it is a concept I hope you can accept，whether you are taking other English classes or not，and no matter what method you use.I can help you to achieve your English learning goals.答案1.C2.B3.C4.C5.A6.A7.B8.B9.B10.C11.B12.A13.C14.B15.A16.B 17C18.B19.C20.C第二部分：阅读理解(共两节，满分35分)第一节(共10个小题；每小题2.5分
708、，满分25分)阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出最佳选项。AI have never traveled by plane but I would like to and I hope to have the opportunity very soon.Anyway，one can find advantages and disadvantages when traveling by plane.The most important advantage is that it is the fastest means of transport when referring t
709、o longdistance travel.One can arrive in Spain in almost two hours and a half by plane.He cant even figure out how time has passed and he has arrived at his destination.He does not have to wait three days in order to arrive in Spain by coach(长途公共汽车)，which makes him feel pain in his legs and feel tire
710、d because he hasnt slept more than three hours in the last three days.Then，think about the conditions which are at_our_beck_and_call：we are attended by a beautiful hostess who will take care of us on the flight.The comfort helps us forget about the possibility of some technical problems and of an un
711、deserved accident.Anyway，many people feel scared when it comes to flying in a plane.They say that the risks of losing your life in plane travel are higher than in car travel.Apart from this disadvantage，there are people who dont choose to travel by plane because they get altitude sickness and they t
712、hink air fares are too high.One piece of advice I would like to give to people who choose to travel by plane is that they should not even think for a second about the plane crashing.Just relax，be comfortable and everything will be all right.Planes are well equipped and advanced technology tries to o
713、ffer total protection to all passengers.【语篇解读】本文作者分别陈述了乘坐飞机旅行的优点与缺点。并表明希望乘坐飞机旅行。21What does the underlined phrase in the third paragraph mean?AReady to serve us at any time.BFar away from us.COut of our control.DNecessary in our life.答案Aks5u猜测词义题。根据短语后一句话“.we are attended by a beautiful hostess who
714、will take care of us on the flight.”可知，我们在飞机上会得到服务。22Whats the authors attitude towards plane travel?AShe is in favour of it.BShe is strongly against it.CShe shows no concern about it.DShe is doubtful about it.答案Aks5u推理判断题。根据“I have never traveled by plane but I would like to and I hope to have the
715、opportunity very soon.”及作者介绍乘坐飞机的优点，并最后给出乘坐飞机的建议，可以推断作者的态度是赞成乘坐飞机的。23Whats the text mainly about?AHow to avoid the disadvantages of traveling by plane.BThe advantages and disadvantages of traveling by plane.CThe special experience of traveling by plane.DGood advice on how to travel comfortably by pl
716、ane.答案Bks5u主旨大意题。文章陈述了乘坐飞机旅行的优点与缺点。BStephen King has been a household name all over the world for more than thirty years.With his bestselling books and movie adaptations，he is easily one of the most wellknown writers today.King was born in Portland，Maine in 1947.His father left his family when King
717、was two，saying that he was going out to buy a pack of cigarettes one night，never to return.Early on in his childhood he took an interest in writing.His inspiration came from comic books and horror movies.At high school，King continued to write as a sports writer for the school newspaper.He submitted
718、many short stories to magazines，only to get rejection(拒绝)letters.During those years，King attended the University of Maine at Orono，where he met his future wife，Tabitha Spruce，also a writer.After graduating from college King got a job as a high school English teacher.He continued to pursue his writin
719、g career，still getting rejections，but making some short story sales to mens magazines.By this time，King had written a handful of novels，though none were published.Inspired by his time as a high school janitor(管理员)，he began to write a story set in a girls locker room.He threw it in the trash after a
720、few pages，saying that it was no good.Tabitha found it and told him to finish it because she thought it was good.He followed her advice and the novel，Carrie，was born，his big breakThe novel was accepted for publication and he received a $400，000 advance(预付款)for it，which was huge for a firsttime writer
721、.【语篇解读】斯蒂芬金是一位作品多产，屡获奖项的美国畅销书作家，编写过剧本、专栏评论，曾担任电影导演、制片人以及演员。斯蒂芬金作品销售超过三亿五千万册，他的作品以恐怖小说著称。24What is the text mainly about?AStephen King and his family.RHow Stephen King became successful.CStephen King and his bestknown novel.DStephen Kings life story.答案Dks5u主旨大意题。通读全文可知，本文主要从斯蒂芬金的出生讲起一直到其最后获得成功，故D项最符合
722、，其他三项都太片面。25What does the underlined word，“break”，mean in the last paragraph?AExperience.BOpportunity.CMistake.DMoney.答案Bks5u猜测词义题。根据最后一段可知，Carrie的诞生为斯蒂芬金带来了无限机遇，书不仅得到出版还为他带来了40万美元的预付款。故B项正确。26We can learn from the text that Carrie _Awas one of Stephen Kings biggest failuresBwas once thrown away by
723、Stephen KingCis a real story based on a janitors experiencesDwas not accepted by publishers at the time答案Bks5u细节理解题。根据最后一段“He threw it in the trash after a few pages，saying that it was no good”可知，斯蒂芬金曾经把Carrie的手稿扔进了垃圾桶。故B项正确。CWhen you are traveling in Thailand，which means of transport is the best ch
724、oice?You can rent a variety of motorbikes or bikes in Thailand.It seems to be very popular in most of the beaches and islands along the places in the north.The most popular bikes are the little 125 cc Honda Dream which you can get for about 150 baht(铢)a day or as little as 3，000 baht per month，makin
725、g it the cheapest way to tour Thailand for the people from other countries.Sometimes you will have to go somewhere by taxi.When you are in cities in Thailand，especially in Bangkok，always remember to get a taxi that is going on the roads.Some drivers outside hotels refuse to use the milometer(计程表)The
726、y will ask a price which is several times the price when they use the meter!The quality of the roads in Thailand is generally pretty good，so renting cars is another way to get around.The big car rental companies may offer you slightly older cars at a very reasonable(合理的)price.It is a little surprisi
727、ng considering that the cost of buying a car in Thailand is more than that in the West.Petrol is also reasonably priced in Thailand，more expensive than American prices，but much cheaper than what is paid in Europe.In the past，Bangkok could be a difficult place to drive insigns were generally in Thai
728、only，making it a hard job to find exactly where you were by looking around.But now，the situation is improved.In a lot of places，even the farthest corners of the country，street signs are in both Thai and English.【语篇解读】在泰国，租车游览是很流行的，你可以租自行车、摩托车以及小汽车。27To a foreigner，the cheapest way to get around Thai
729、land is renting a _AcarBtaxi C bike Dmotorbike答案Cks5u细节理解题。由文章第二段第三句可知，对于在泰国旅游的外国人来说，最便宜的方式就是租自行车。28What is the writers advice about taking a taxi in Thailand?ATo take a taxi driving on the road.BTo take a taxi parked outside hotels.CTo make sure there is a meter in it.DTo bargain with the driver ov
730、er the price.答案Aks5u细节理解题。由第三段中“.always remember to get a taxi that is going on the roads”可知，作者建议如果搭乘出租车的话，一定要乘坐正行驶在路上的出租车，而别乘坐那些停在旅馆外面的出租车。29It was difficult to drive in Bangkok in the past because _Athere were too many traffic jams on the roadsBthere were no signs showing directionsCthe signs were
731、 written only in their own languageDthe quality of the roads was not good答案Cks5u细节理解题。由文章末段中“In the past，Bangkok could be a difficult place to drive insigns were generally in Thai only.”可知，过去在曼谷开车困难的原因是，交通标志一般都是只用泰国语写的。30In which part of a magazine can this passage be found?AEntertainment.BTourism.C
732、Market.DAdvertisement.答案Bks5u推理判断题。本文作者向读者推荐了在泰国旅游的方式以及游客应该注意的问题。属于旅游方面的题材。第二节(共5个小题；每小题2分，满分10分)根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。When it comes to benefits of volunteering，a lot of people think its all about the warm feelings after helping someone._31_ For example，volunteering.1Teaches you n
733、ew skillsFrom helping make websites to teaching kids languages，to arranging events for charity，volunteering can really be almost anything._32_ And through overcoming these you learn and start to master completely new skills.2Can be relevant work experienceSomething that seems to stop many is that ex
734、perience often seems to be a prerequisite (必备条件) for some jobs._33_ Theres many a journalist that gets his or her start through volunteering for a college or university paper，and thats not at all the only profession this applies to.3Can be therapeutic (治疗的)One of my close friends has completely tran
735、sformed since she started working for disabled kids._34_ It allows you to see the world and other people from a whole different point of view，which in turn can make you grateful for what you already have and see your own personal value.4Helps you expand your networkOne of the great things for volunt
736、eering is that you meet a wide variety of people._35_ Sometimes its very convenient to have a broad network.AVolunteering helps you grow as a person.BAs it turns out，thats far from the only benefit.CVolunteering can actually help you get the experience you need.DVolunteering helps you look outside y
737、ourself and your problems.EIts a way to prove that youve not just been sitting and doing nothing.FThat means when you get involved in voluntary work，you will face many challenges.GYoure getting to know people involved in many different walks in life that you wouldnt have had the opportunity to meet
738、otherwise.答案31.B32.F33.C34.D35.G第三部分：语言运用(共两节，满分45分)第一节：完形填空(共20个小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分)阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。When Dave was eighteen，he bought a secondhand car for 200 so that he could travel to and from work more _36_ than by bus.It worked quite well for a few years，but then it got
739、so old，and it was costing him _37_ much in repairs that he decided that he had better _38_ it.He asked among his friends to see if anyone was particularly _39_ to buy a cheap car，but they all knew that it was falling to pieces，so _40_ of them had any desire to buy it.Daves friend Sam saw that he was
740、 _41_ when they met one evening，and said，“Whats _42_，Dave？”Dave told him，and Sam answered，“Well，what about advertising it in the paper? You may _43_ more for it that way than the cost of the advertisement！” Thinking that Sams _44_ was sensible(合理的)，he put an advertisement in an evening paper，which r
741、ead “For sale：small car，_45_ very little petrol，only two owners.Bargain at 50.”For two days after the advertisement first appeared，there was no _46_But then on Saturday evening he had an enquiry(询问)A man rang up and said he would like to _47_ him about the car.“All right，” Dave said，feeling happy.He
742、 asked the man whether ten oclock the next morning would be_48_ or not.“Fine，” the man said，“and Ill _49_ my wife.We intend to go for a ride in it to _50_ it.”The next morning，at a quarter to ten，Dave parked the car in the square outside his front door，_51_ to wait there for the people who had _52_
743、his advertisement.Even Dave had to _53_ that the car really looked like a wreck(残骸)Then，soon after he had got the car as clean _54_ it could be，a police car stopped just behind him and a policeman got out.He looked at Daves car and then said，“Have you reported this _55_ to us yet，sir？”36A.directly B
744、safely Cproperly Deasily答案Dks5ueasily表达更容易，他买车的主要目的是为了上下班方便。37A.so Bsuch Cvery Dtoo答案Aks5uso much.that.，如此多以至于，这是一个固定结构。too much不能和that连用，我们经常使用too.to。38A.keep Brepair Csell Dthrow答案Cks5u根据上文修理花费太多，所以就决定卖掉，而且下文也就是围绕卖车而展开的。39A.anxious Blucky Cashamed Dgenerous答案Aks5ube anxious to do sth急着干，Dave想了解是否有
745、人急着买车，因为他想卖掉自己的车。40A.some Bneither Cnone Dmost答案Cks5u前面已经提到“it was falling to pieces”车很快要成碎片，所以没有人愿意买。neither主要用于两个人中没有一个，所以在这不合适。41A.delighted Bupset Ccalm Dastonished答案Bks5uupset表示“伤心的，难过的”。因为没人愿意买车，所以他很伤心。42A.on Bup Cit Dthat答案Bks5u“Whats up”表示“怎么回事，发生了什么”。43A.learn Bmiss Cget Dfind答案Cks5u“get”表示
746、“得到”，在这儿是表示“你将得到的要比广告花费的多”。44A.message Badvice Crequest Ddescription答案Bks5uadvice表示“建议”，因为前面有一句“what about advertising it in the newspaper？”这本就是一种建议“在报纸上登广告怎么样？”45A.uses Bloses Chas Dspends答案Aks5uuses表示“使用”，在这里表示车很省油。loses表示“丢失”；has表示“有”；spends表示“花费时间、金钱、精力”。46A.doubt Bhelp Ctrouble Danswer答案Dks5uno
747、 answer表示“回应”，表示广告登出去以后无人问津。A.doubt表示“怀疑”；B.help表示“帮助”；C.trouble表示“麻烦”，均不合题意。47A.tell Bsee Cagree Dcall答案Bks5u这里表示来看车。48A.exact Bsuitable Cearly Dlate答案Bks5usuitable表示“合适的”，在这里是问第二天早上十点钟是否合适。49A.follow Bmeet Cbring Dintroduce答案Cks5ubring my wife表示把妻子带来。50A.recognize Bgain Cadmire Dtest答案Dks5u“test”表
748、示“测试”，买车的人将和妻子一道来测试一下车子。A.recognize表示“认出”；B.gain表示“获得，得到”C.admire表示“羡慕”，均不合题意。51A.happening Bmeaning Cturning Dfailing答案Bks5u“mean to”表示“打算做”，在这儿是打算等买车的人。52A.read Binserted Canswered Dplaced答案Cks5u“answer”在这里表示“回应”，就是指那个看了广告以后准备来看车的人。53A.forget Bshow Cdisagree Dadmit答案Dks5u“admit”表示“承认”，在这里表示他自己也不得不
749、承认自己的车看起来太旧了。54A.as Bthat Cso Dsuch答案Aks5u这里是一个固定结构“as.as”。55A.bargain Bsale Caccident Dresult答案Cks5u “accident”表示“事故”。 第卷第三部分：语言运用(共两节，满分45分)第二节(共10个小题；每小题1.5分，满分15分)阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。On a very cold evening，an old man was waiting for a ride across the river.He saw several horsemen
750、 pass by but he didnt ask for any help.The wait seemed _56_ (end)Then came another rider，the old man _57_ (catch) his eye and said，“Sir，would you mind doing me a favor？”Stopping his horse，he replied，“Of course？” Almost _58_ (freeze)，the old man could not get _59_ the ground.The horseman helped him o
751、nto his home.He took the old man not just across the river，_60_ to his home.“Sir，you didnt even ask the other riders for help，why? What _61_ I had said no and left you there? ”the horseman asked.The old man looked at him straight in the eyes and said，“I looked into their eyes，I found they didnt care
752、，_62_ told me it would be useless，but when I looked into _63_，I saw kindness？”These words touched the rider deeply.“Thank you for _64_ youve said，I hope I will never be too busy to help others.” With that，Thomas Jefferson，the _65_ (three) president of the US，turned his horse around and went away.答案5
753、6.endless57.caught58.frozen59.off 60but61.if62.which63.yours64.what 65third第四部分：写作(共两节，满分40分)第一节：应用文写作(满分15分)联合国教科文组织某考察团正在我国某乡村参观考察。假定你是接待人员，请根据下列提示以发言稿的形式简要介绍这个村的情况：1大小：近100户人家，约500口人。2变化：过去很穷，78年后变化很大。人们生活比以前好多了。现已旧貌换新颜。3教育：原来的学校很小，现已经过改建。新建的教学楼有4层，是村里最美的建筑物。村里所有学龄儿童在此免费就读。注意：1.词数80左右；2可适当增加细节，以使
754、行文连贯；3开头和结尾已经给出，不计入总词数。参考词汇：used to 过去常常；however adv.然而；take on 呈现；rebuild vt.重建；storey n层Ladies and gentlemen，Welcome to our school！May you enjoy your stay here! Thank you.【参考范文】Ladies and gentlemen，Welcome to our school! This village is a small one with nearly 100 families and about 500 people.It
755、has changed a lot since 1978.People here live a much better life than before.Now it is taking on a new look.The school here used to be very small and most children couldnt afford to go to school.But now the 4storey newlybuilt teaching building is the most beautiful one here.All the school age childr
756、en can study here for free.May you enjoy your stay here! Thank you.第二节：读后续写(满分25分)阅读下面短文，根据所给情节进行续写，使之构成一个完整的故事。I was walking home from school one day and it happened to be a particularly cold and windy day.It was freezing and I was crazy enough to forget my hat and gloves.You can imagine my cheeks
757、were rosy red and my hands were as numb (麻木的) as they can be.All of a sudden an_old_lady drove up beside me and asked if I would like a ride home.At first I refused but she persisted(坚持) and her warm smile melted away the thought that my parents had drilled through my head，“Never talk to strangers！”
758、 We had an amazing chat and she was just such a sweetheart.She told me her address and she dropped me off.注意：1.所续写短文的词数应为150左右；2应使用5个以上短文中标有下划线的关键词语；3续写部分分为两段，每段的开头语已为你写好；4续写完成后，请用下划线标出你所使用的关键词语。Paragraph 1：I didnt see her or talk to her for about a month and one night，Paragraph 2：When I got home，my
759、 mom informed me that she called and told my mom that she cried because she was so touched.【参考范文】I didnt see her or talk to her for about a month and one night，remembering her kind gesture，I decided to return the favor.So I made a lot of cookies and walked down to her house with my friend.At first，I
760、 was a bit worried she wouldnt remember me or think that I was a psycho(精神病患) who poisoned cookies，but luckily，I was completely wrong.She was so happy，and she hugged me and kissed me and seemed so shocked that someone would do something like that!When I got home，my mom informed me that she called an
761、d told my mom that she cried because she was so touched.She said she would never forget the kindness that was given to her! That filled me with such joy! There really is nothing else like helping others and making someones day brighter! Let us never forget the joy we get by helping others!Period One
762、Warming Up & Readingks5u课 文 预 读.课文理解1How long did the earthquake last?A15 minutes.B42 minutes.C15 seconds.D42 seconds.2Which is NOT true according to the text?APeople in Beijing felt the earthquake.BPeople of Tangshan cared much about the strange events before the earthquake.CIf the earthquake had h
763、appened during the daytime，it wouldnt have caused so many deaths.DMany soldiers helped to rescue the people who were trapped under the ruins.3Which of the following can also be used as a title of the text?ATangshan earthquake.BThe world at an end.CHow to prevent an earthquake.DNew Tangshan.4What doe
764、s the last sentence “Slowly，the city began to breathe again.” mean?APeople who were trapped came to life.BThe trees turned green.CThe animals began to breathe.DThe city returned to normal gradually.5Many strange things happened in the countryside EXCEPT that_Athe well walls had deep cracks in themBs
765、ome animals were too nervous to eatCfish jumped out of bowls and pondsDbirds flew higher than usual6Why didnt people lose hope after the earthquake?ABecause the army came to help them.BBecause they could help themselves.CBecause most of the 10，000 miners were rescued from the local mines.DBecause sh
766、elters were built for the survivors whose homes had been destroyed.答案1.C2.B3.A4.D5.D6.A.课文概要写作读课文，试着用60个单词概括课文大意或翻译下面的短文，再比较参考范文。这篇文章描述了地震前的征兆和地震的过程和唐山地震造成的后果。它显示出地震后的骇人的情景和告诉我们怎样才能把地震的危害降到最低。The article describes，【参考范文】The article describes，before Tangshan earthquake，strange things happened.At 3：00
767、 am.，everything began to shake.In fifteen seconds，a large in ruins，the number of people injured or killed reached over 400，000.Water，food and electricity were cut off and the railway tracks became useless.But all hope was not lost.The rescue team came to help and slowly the city began to breathe aga
768、in.课文语法填空Several days before July 28，1976，many strange things _1_ (happen) in Tangshan.They were signs for _2_ earthquake.But people _3_ lived there didnt think much of that.At 3：42 am. that day，the earth began to shake，_4_ destroyed almost all the city in fifteen terrible seconds.Many people，includ
769、ing workers and doctors，came to rescue _5_ who _6_ (trap) under the ruins.Later that afternoon，another big earthquake hit the city.More people were killed or injured _7_ more buildings fell down.Very soon the army sent a lot of soldiers _8_ (help)，and teams were organized to dig out the _9_ (trap) a
770、nd to bury _10_ dead.By and by things improved and the city began to breathe again.答案1.happened2.an3.who4.which5.those6.were trapped7.and8to help9.trapped10.the【话题语篇导读】An earthquake is a shaking of the ground caused by the sudden breaking and shifting of large sections of Earths rocky outer shell. E
771、arthquakes are among the most powerful events on the earth, and their results can be terrifying. A severe earthquake may release energy 10，000 times as great as that of the first atomic bomb.Rock movements during an earthquake can make rivers change their course. Earthquakes can trigger landslides t
772、hat cause great damage and loss of life. Large earthquakes beneath the ocean can create a series of huge，destructive waves called tsunamis that flood coasts for many miles.Earthquakes almost never kill people directly. Instead, many deaths and injuries in earthquakes result from falling objects and
773、the collapse of buildings, bridges and other structures. Fire resulting from broken gas or power lines is another major danger during a quake.Spills of hazardous chemicals are also a concern during an earthquake.The force of an earthquake depends on how much rock breaks and how far it shifts. Powerf
774、ul earthquakes can shake firm ground violently for great distances.During minor earthquakes, the vibration may be no greater than the vibration caused by a passing truck.On average, a powerful earthquake occurs less than once every two years. At least 40 moderate earthquakes cause damage somewhere i
775、n the world each year.About 40，000 to 50，000 small earthquakeslarge enough to be felt but not damagingoccur annually.ks5u知 识 梳 理.核心单词单句语法填空1In last weeks big fire，almost all the forest _(destroy)2Its _ (use) to reason with her，for she wont listen.3It was really _ (shock) to hear what he said at that
776、 time.4They immediately went to rescue the _ (trap) in the accident.5The boy has a toy car worked by _ (electrical)6_ (million) of women dance after supper in the evening.7Industry and agriculture are the two important sectors of the _ (nation) economy.8Immediately all the buildings were in _ (ruin)
777、 that day.9Being good friends，we should share our _ (suffer) and joys. 10It happened on a _ (extreme) cold winter night. 答案1.were destroyed2.useless3.shocking4.trapped5.electricity6Millions7.national8.ruins9.sufferings10.extremely.重点短语一、补全短语1_ an end 结束；终结2think little _几乎不考虑；对不重视3_ ruins 严重受损；破败不堪4
778、cut _ 横切；穿过5dig _ 掘出；发现6_ the north of.在的北面7a (great) number _ 许多，大量的答案1.at2.of3.in4.across5.out6.to7.of二、用所给短语的适当形式填空to the north；in ruins；at an end；right away；as if；a number of1She described what happened _ she was on the spot.2When the earthquake came，the whole world seemed to be _3When the firem
779、en got there，all was _4_ of our school lies a beautiful lake.5It seemed that _ people had already known it.6Go _ ，or you will be late!答案1.as if2.at an end3.in ruins4.To the north5.a number of6right away .用恰当的介、副词填空1What might happen _the objects in the photos?2A smelly gas came out _the cracks.3But
780、the one million people of the city，who thought little _ these events，were asleep _usual that night.4It seemed as _the world was _an end!5In fifteen terrible seconds a large city lay _ruins.6Then，_that afternoon，another big quake shook Tangshan.7The army organized teams to dig _those who were trapped
781、 and to bury the dead.8Bricks covered the ground like red autumn leaves.No wind，however，could blow them _答案1.to2.of3.of；as4.if；at5.in6.later7.out8.away.句型转换1The end of my holiday came and I had to go back to work.My holiday was _ _ _ and I had to go back to work.2Of the two boys，one is good at paint
782、ing._ _ _ the two boys are good at painting.3He is not old enough to work for his bread.He is _ _ _ _ for his bread.4Everywhere he goes，he will not forget the terrible experience._ _ _ he goes，he will not forget the terrible experience.5It was a city whose hospitals were gone.It was a city _ _ the h
783、ospitals were gone.6All of them are not right._ _ of them are right.7Its eight oclock already and now we must be off at once.Its eight oclock already and now we must be off _ _8It seems that Bob knows everything，but in fact，he is stupid.It seems _ _ Bob knew everything，but in fact，he is stupid.9I bo
784、ught a dictionary yesterday and it cost me 80 yuan.I bought a dictionary yesterday，_ cost me 80 yuan.10I happened to meet an old friend of mine in the street last week._ _ _ I met an old friend of mine in the street last week.答案1.at an end2.Not both of3.too young to work4.No matter where5of which6.N
785、ot all7.right away8.as if9.which10.It happened that.写作句式句式运用(完成句子)1_ (看上去似乎)the world was at an end.2_ (人们无论朝哪里看) nearly everything was destroyed.3_ hope was _ (不是所有的都破灭了)4But the one million people of the city，_ (很少考虑)these events，were asleep as usual that night.5It was a city _ ，75% of its factori
786、es and buildings and 90% of its homes _ (它的医院消失了)答案1.It seemed as if2.Everywhere they looked3.All；not lost4.who thought little of5.whose hospitals；were gone【知识链接】1People were shocked.人们惊呆了。shock vt.& vi.(使)震惊；震动 n休克；打击；震惊shocked adj.感到震惊的shocking adj.令人震惊的be shocked by/at.对感到震惊be shocked to do因做而震惊b
787、e shocked that.对感到震惊The news of his death shocked the whole nation.他去世的消息让全国人民感到震惊。The news of my promotion came as a shock.我获晋升的消息着实让我一惊。I was shocked to hear the news of his sudden death.听到他突然去世的消息我感到很震惊。句型转换The result of the election shocked us.We _ _ _ the result of the election.The result of th
788、e election was _ _ _us.单句语法填空After the _ news spread throughout the whole city，everyone felt _(shock)答案were shocked at/by；a shock toshocking；shocked2All hope was not lost.并不是所有的希望都破灭了。all/all of.not.not all.，意为“并不是所有的；不是全部，而是一些”。(1)表示“并不是所有的”还有everyone/everybody / everything.not.。(2)三者以上的全部否定用none o
789、f.。(3)两者的部分否定为：both of.not.not both.并不是每个/件。两者的全部否定为：neither of.(两者)没有一个。Not all the people have seen this film.并不是所有人都看过这部电影。I know none of them.他们我都不认识。句型转换Not all the students went to the movie._ the students _ go to the movie.Both of the two math problems are not very difficult._ _ _ the two mat
790、h problems are very difficult.答案All；didntNot both ofPeriod Two Learning about Languageks5u知 识 梳 理.核心单词一、根据提示写出单词1_ n条；棒；条状物2_ n& vt.损失；损害3_ vt.使惊吓；吓唬_ adj.受惊的；受恐吓的_ adj.令人恐惧的答案1.bar2.damage3.frighten；frightened；frightening二、单词拼写1The little girl was _ by the _ film.(frighten)2The accident caused some
791、 _ (损失)to my car，but its nothing serious.答案1.frightened；frightening 2.damage.重点短语一、补全短语1_ the top of在顶部2refer _ 指的是；提及3wake _ 叫醒4put _ 搭起答案1.at2.to3.up4.up二、用所给短语的适当形式填空1What excuse can you _ for your actions?2You are not allowed _ advertisements here without special permission.3Remember _ me _ at 6
792、：00.4You can _ your notes if necessary.答案1.put up2.to put up 3.to wake；up4.refer to .单句语法填空1It was a _ (frighten) night.2Workers built shelters for survivors _ homes had been destroyed.3This _ (frighten) boy _ mother was lost in the disaster is looking for her now.4“Is this the young man _ saved sev
793、eral people _ (trap) under buildings？”she asked.5The boy bought a bicycle that _ (steal) from his neighbor.6A number of children _ parents had died in the quake _(send) to live with families in other cities.答案1.frightening2.whose3.frightened；whose4.who；trapped5.was stolen 6.whose；were sent,【知识链接】1pu
794、t up搭建；张贴；举起；住宿put away放好；储存put forward提出(建议)put down放下；记下；镇压put up with忍受；忍耐Ad signs were put up in towns.广告牌在城镇被张贴。The suggestion put forward at yesterdays meeting was considered practical.昨天会议上提出的建议被认为是符合实际的。写出下列黑体词的意思We can easily put you up for the night._Please put up the timetable on the wall
795、._答案安排某人住宿张贴 2refer to查阅；谈到；参考；有关；运用(于)refer.to.把提交给；让参考refer to.as把称为Which companies was she referring to when she spoke of competing firms？她提到竞争公司时指的是哪几家？The teacher referred him to the dictionary.老师叫他去查字典。单句语法填空There are so many new words in this article that I cant get along without _ (refer)to
796、the dictionary.I suggest that the person _ (refer) to be put into prison.答案referringreferredPeriod ThreeUsing Languageks5u课 文 预 读.课文理解1Whats the speaking competition about?AThe earthquake which happened in Tangshan.BThe old Tangshan.CNew Tangshan.DNew China.2Why will the city open a new park?ATo hon
797、our those who died and those who helped the survivors in the disaster.BTo honour the students who have won the speaking competition.CTo show respect to the heroes who died for the new Tangshan.DTo show respect to the people who work for the new Tangshan.3When did the terrible earthquake happen in Ta
798、ngshan?AOn August 26.BOn August 27.COn July 27.DOn July 28.4If you are the student who has won the competition，who can you bring to the park?AYour family.BYour friends.CYour family and teachers.DYour friends and family.5The student is invited to _Atake part in the high school speaking competition ab
799、out new TangshanBgive a speech to the park visitors on July 28Chelp to prepare for the opening of the new parkDvisit the new park just as a guest答案1.C2.A3.D4.D5.B.课文语法填空In the letter，Zhang Sha offers _1_(congratulate) to the winner of the high school _2_ (speak) competition about new Tangshan.And he
800、 tells the winner a group of five _3_ (judge) heard the speech and agreed that his/hers was the _4_ (good) one this year.Then he invites _5_winner to speak to the visitors to a new park which will _6_ (open) to the public to honor those _7_ died in Tangshan earthquake and those who helped the _8_(su
801、rvive)Zhang Sha also hopes that the winner will bring his _9_ her family and friends _10_ July 28 at 11：00 am.答案1.congratulations2.speaking3.judges4.best5.the6.be opened7who8.survivors9.or10.on【奇闻】The Amazing Planet Cakes来自澳大利亚墨尔本的26岁蛋糕师Rhiannon Michell制作了两个美味的行星蛋糕。这些令人称奇的行星蛋糕除了完全能够食用以外，还拥有往往只有在地理课上
802、才能看到的细节完整的地核、地幔和地壳结构。Rhiannon Michell，from Melbourne，Australia，created two planet cakes complete with core，mantle and crust.These models of Earth and Jupiter(木星) were completely eatable.Using butter，flour，eggs and sugar，Ms.Michell spent three days creating the sponge cakes.Each model had three layer
803、s.The inner layer of the Earth cake was an almond (杏仁) butter cake，the middle layer was lemon sponge and the outer layer was orange sponge.For Jupiter，the inner layer was chocolate cake，followed by almond butter cake and then vanilla (香草) sponge.She then used a tiny brush to paint the planets featur
804、es using food colouring.Ms.Michell said，“So far Ive made two planet cakes，starting with Earth.When people see my cakes，the most common response is that they look too nice to cut into.For me，seeing it eaten is the best part.Now I have plans to make more.”ks5u知 识 梳 理.核心单词单词拼写1These reports give an _ (
805、纲要，概要) rather than the details.2There was an accident.The car hit a _ (骑自行车的人) off his bike.3A man should be _(判断)by his deeds，not by his words.4I _(真诚地)hope youll come with us.5The new road plan was in the _(头版)for several days.6Words cant _(表达)how pleased I am.7I got the first prize._ (祝贺你)答案1.out
806、line2.cyclist3.judged4.sincerely5.headlines6.express7.Congratulations.写作句式句式运用(完成句子)1Our office would like to _ (请你演讲)to the park visitors on July 28 at 11：00 am.2_ (众所周知)，this is the day the quake happened thirty years ago.3The man was sleeping downstairs _ (正在这时地震发生了)4_ (从他的神情判断)，he is leading a h
807、appy life.5I had not waited long_ (他就回来了)6_ (看来好像) they knew nothing about that.7Im _ (太忙不能去) with you.8He was honored _ (因他所做的)答案1.have you speak2.As you know3.when the earthquake happened4.Judging from/by his expression5.before he came back6.It seemed as if7.too busy to go8.for what he had done .单
808、句语法填空1Wenchuan Earthquake Museum was built _(honour) those who died in the disaster.2I had just stepped out of the bathroom and was busy drying myself with a towel _ I heard the steps.3The news of the mayors coming to our school for a visit was given_on the radio yesterday.4What shall we use for pow
809、er when all the oil in the world has given_？5The boy showed me his new toy.I can see that he was very proud_it.6I_(sincere)hope that I can have the opportunity to meet the famous scientist on biochemistry again in Shanghai.7I feel highly_(honour) to have a chance to speak at the meeting.8There is no
810、 simple answer，_ is often the case in science.9There was a pleased _(express)on her face.10She got very _(frighten) when a plane flew over her head.11Lets get together to _(congratulation) you on your passing the driving test.12He was run down by a _(cycle) and was injured badly.答案1.to honour2.when3
811、.out4.out5.of6.sincerely7.honoured8as9.expression10.frightened11.congratulate12.cyclist 【知识链接】Your speech was heard by a group of five judges，all of whom agreed that it was the best one this year.评委会的五位评委听了你的演讲，他们一致认为这是今年最好的。judge n裁判员；法官；vt.判定；判断；判决judge sb /sth (to be)n./adj.判断、认为是judge thatclause
812、判断；认为judge.by/from.根据判断judging by/from.从来判断A blind man cant judge colors.盲人不能判断颜色。I cant judge which one I like better.我无法确定我更喜欢哪个。Judging from what he said，he was very disappointed.从他的话判断，他非常失望。单句语法填空We cant judge a person _ his looks._ (judge) from/by his accent，he is from Canada.The teacher judge
813、d him _ (be) honest.答案by/fromJudgingto bePeriod FourGrammar & Writingks5u知 识 梳 理.观察感悟1Here are my neighbors whose home was destroyed by the earthquake.(whose引导定语从句作定语)2The terrible shaking of the building woke up all the people who were asleep.(who引导定语从句作主语)3The next day people put up shelters in th
814、e open air made with anything that they could find.(that引导定语从句在从句中作宾语).用适当的关系代词填空1That evening，_ I will tell you more about later，I ended up working very late.2By 16：30，_ was almost closing time，nearly all the paintings had been sold.3When deeply absorbed in work，_ he often was，he would forget all a
815、bout eating or sleeping.4It is the third time that she has won the race，_ has surprised us all.5The prize will go to the writer _story shows the most imagination.6The old town has narrow streets and small houses _are built close to each other.7Mary was much kinder to Jack than she was to the others，
816、_of course，made all the others upset.8Julie was good at German，French and Russian，all of _she spoke fluently.9Look at that lady _ name is Pochi.10He is a teacher _ I like very much.11Those pictures _ were drawn by Tom are nice.12Those _ will go to the park stay here.13That was all the money _ I had.
817、14The house，_ we bought last month，is very nice.15Look at the boy and his dog _ are coming this way.16I bought a vase yesterday，_ price is reasonable.17The building_wall is white is my uncles house.18I know the boy_you are looking for.19Will you please lend me the very book_you bought yesterday?20Th
818、e student_the teacher praised at the class meeting is our monitor.21The season_comes after spring is summer.22Is this the museum_you visited last Saturday?23I found some photos of interesting places_were not far away from our city.24The boy with_John spoke is my brother.25The girl_leg was broken in
819、the earthquake was taken to hospital.答案1.which2.which3.which4.which5.whose6.that7.which8.which9.whose10.that/who/whom11.that/which12.who13.that14.which15.that16.whose17.whose18.who/that/whom19.that20.who/whom/that21.which/that22.that/which23.which/that24whom25.whose.翻译句子1站在门口的那个人是我的英语老师。_2他改变了主意，这使我
820、很生气。_3使我们烦恼的问题是怎样才能按时完成这项工作。_4昨天我买的那本书值得一读。_5我们在这儿望得见屋顶的那座建筑是一个旅馆。_6这是我所看过的影片中最好的一部。_7昨天我买了一本和你有的词典一样的词典。_8上周他买了一所房子，窗户是由木头做成的。_9我将永远记住史密斯先生上的第一节课。_10那些给我们带来快乐的人应该受到我们的关爱。_答案1.The man who/that is standing at the door is my English teacher.2He changed his mind，which made me very angry.3The problem th
821、at/which troubles us is how to finish the work on time.4The book that/which I bought yesterday is worth reading.5The building whose roof we can see from here is a hotel.6This is the best film that I have ever seen.7I bought the same dictionary as you have yesterday.8He bought a house last week whose
822、 window is made of wood.9I will always remember the first lesson that was given by Mr.Smith.10Those people who bring us happiness should be loved.把下列句子改写成定语从句1I have a friend.He likes listening to classical music._2Yesterday Emily was wearing the new dress.I gave it to her._3The students article was
823、 published.I know the student._4Betty is studying English very well.She has never been abroad._5My grandparents live in a house.It is more than 100 years old._答案1.I have a friend who likes listening to classical music.2Yesterday Emily was wearing the new dress that/which I gave her.3I know the stude
824、nt whose article was published.4Betty，who has never been abroad，is studying English very well.5My grandparents live in a house，which is more than 100 years old.【知识链接】一、关系代词引导的定语从句1who指人，在从句中作主语或宾语，作宾语时可省略。The man who is shaking hands with my father is a policeman.正和我父亲握手的那个人是警察。Those who show respec
825、t always gain respect from others.尊重别人的人能得到别人的尊重。2whom指人，在从句中作宾语，常可省略，不能作主语。The teacher (whom) you are waiting for is coming.你等的那位老师来了。3whose既可指人，也可指物。其后接名词，与先行词构成从属关系，在从句中作定语。I met an old woman yesterday whose sons all had ever studied abroad.昨天我遇到一位老妇人，她的儿子都曾到国外学习过。He bought a house last week whos
826、e window is made of wood.上周他买了一所房子，窗户是由木头做的。4which只指物，不指人，可作主语或宾语，作宾语可省略。Guilin is a city which has a history of 2，000 years.桂林是一座有2 000年历史的城市。5that既可指人，也可指物，在从句中作主语、宾语，作宾语时可以省略。The old man has a son who/that is in the army.那位老人有一个在部队工作的儿子。二、关系代词指物时只用that不用which的情况1当先行词为all，everything，nothing，anythi
827、ng，little，much等不定代词时。The old man tried to write down all that he had gone through in his life.这位老人尽力把他平生经历的事情都写下来。(先行词为all)2当先行词被最高级、序数词以及the very，the only修饰时。I will always remember the first lesson that was given by Miss Dora.我将永远记住多拉女士给我上的第一节课。(先行词被the first修饰)3当先行词既包括人又包括物时。The school hopes that
828、the teachers and the teaching equipment that they need will be sent at once.学校希望他们急需的师资和教学仪器马上被送到。(先行词包括人和物)4当主句是以who/which开头的特殊疑问句时。Who is the person that you talked to just now？刚刚和你说话的那个人是谁？(以who开头的特殊疑问句)有两个定语从句时，其中一个用关系代词which，另一个则用that。They went to a shop which sold womens clothes that suited th
829、em.他们去了一家卖女士服装的商店，那些衣服很适合她们。当先行词在主句中作be的表语，或关系代词本身作从句的表语时，用that引导。Guangzhou is no longer the city that it used to be.先行词是the way且在定语从句中作状语时，引导词可用that，in which或省略。I dont like the way (that/in which) he speaks to his mother.我不喜欢他与他妈妈说话的方式。ks5u写 作 点 拨.满分作文赏析假如你是学校英语报的记者李华，请你就目前由于人口和车辆增加，城市交通拥挤已成公众关心的一大
830、问题，以 How to Solve the Problem of Heavy Traffic为题目写一篇英语报道，分析交通拥挤的原因，并提出两条解决该问题的办法。注意：1.词数80左右；2内容要连贯、完整。参考词汇：be faced with 面临；vehicle n车辆；concern n关心的事；solution n解决的办法；crowded adj.拥挤的；speed up 加速；route n线路；available adj.可获得的；adopt vt.采纳How to Solve the Problem of Heavy Traffic【范文“悦”读】How to Solve the
831、 Problem of Heavy TrafficPresently，almost every big city is faced with traffic problems because of the increasing population and vehicles，therefore how to solve the traffic problem in big cities has become a public concern.Personally，there are two main solutions.One is to build more streets in the c
832、ity，which can help make the traffic less crowded and speed up the flow of traffic.The other is to open up more public bus routes.Both solutions adopted，the traffic problem in big cities can be quickly solved.作文仿写假如你是学校英语报的记者李华，你们学校在六十周年校庆时举办了一次庆祝大会。请你根据以下提示写一篇英语报道：时间：6月6日主题：60周年校庆大会出席人员：全校师生及部分校友活动：
833、校长发表讲话，希望全体师生再接再厉，取得更大的进步；校友代表发言，讲述学习经验及工作上如何取得成就；观看文艺表演。感想：为美好未来努力奋斗请你根据以上内容写一篇英语报道，内容包括：1校庆的时间和主题；2参加校庆的人员和活动内容；3你的感想。参考词汇：make a speech 做演讲；make progress 取得进步；representative n代表；former adj.先前的；achieve vt.取得On the morning of June 6th，all the teachers and students as well as some former schoolmates
834、 were present at our schools 60th anniversary celebration meeting.【参考范文】On the morning of June 6th，all the teachers and students as well as some former schoolmates were present at our schools 60th anniversary celebration meeting.First of all，our headmaster made a speech，in which he hoped everybody i
835、n our school would work hard and make great progress in the future.Then a representative of the former schoolmates gave us a talk about his learning experience and how he achieved success in his work.At the end，we watched the wonderful performances given by some teachers and students.Being deeply im
836、pressed by the meeting，I think we students should work harder for a brighter future.写作方法指导要想在书面表达中获取高分，审题是最重要的一个环节，主要包括以下几个方面：1词数上要符合试题的要求80词左右；2文体要正确(是记叙文还是应用文；若是应用文，是书信还是通知；若是通知，是口头通知还是书面通知等)；3基本时态要正确(文章的基本时态是一般现在时、一般过去时还是一般将来时)；4叙述的人称要正确(是第一人称还是第三人称)等。具体步骤如下：第一步，定体裁目标，审题准审题确定方向，行文紧扣主题；第二步，定人称、内容要
837、点、关键词及动词时态目标，要点准要点全而不漏，时态合理运用；第三步，根据要点提示，写出句式目标，表达准表达准确得体，避免汉式英语。高分策略高级词汇的选用对于提高作文档次至关重要。1这些产品质量很好，在中国各处销售。The products are of high quality and are sold everywhere in China.2我是你们报纸的忠实读者。Im a regular reader of your newspaper.3公司非常需要一名口译人员。The company is in great need of an English interpreter.4从小他对集邮
838、非常感兴趣。He was addicted to collecting stamps when he was young.540%的人支持他的言论，60%的人反对。40% people are in favor of what he said while 60% of them are opposed to it.6如果我们能利用博客，同时避免消极影响，我们一定能受益匪浅。If we can take advantage of blogging and meanwhile avoid its negative effects，we can surely benefit a lot from i
839、t.7上周日我陪父母参观了北京故宫博物馆。 Last Sunday I paid a visit to Beijing Palace Museum accompanying my parents.8首先，我们必须采取措施阻止污染。Above all，we must take measures to stop polluting.Period OneWarming Up & Reading.阅读理解In Singapore，most of us love windowshopping while some others enjoy having a picnic at East Coast Pa
840、rk or Changi Beach on sunny days.Singaporeans are never bothered by the occasional thunderstorm.However，we know that if it rains for long continuous periods，there will be more serious effects.Just recently the main shopping street of Orchard Road was flooded and some part of Bukit Timah was impassab
841、le to traffic.People reacted by writing in to the newspaper to complain about this! We forget that other countries suffer much worse effects.Elsewhere，heavy tropical(热带的)storms often result in floods that ruin crops especially in Thailand and Malaysia.This in turn usually means that the price of ric
842、e and vegetables here in Singapore will rise because we import these products from them.If there is a typhoon or tsunami，thousands of lives are lost too.This happened in Indonesia and Phuket in Thailand in 2004 and it serves to remind us of how Mother Nature can cause great damage.Weather patterns i
843、n general have changed dramatically in recent years.Scientists believe that global warming and the resulting melting of the polar icecap has caused the level of the ocean to rise.This in turn causes flooding of lowlying areas in countries where the land is rather flat and some parts of which is belo
844、w water level.It is believed that human activities have caused Mother Nature to show her extreme anger，so it is now important that we really work together to cut down on harmful activities，for example，illegal logging (伐木) or irresponsible forestburning to clear land for farming.【语篇解读】本文是一篇说明文。说明了人类与
845、自然灾害之间的关系，进而倡导大家减少危害环境的行为。1What will happen in Singapore if there are floods in its neighboring countries?AHeavy tropical storms will follow shortly.BThe price of rice and vegetables will go up.CMany people will write in to the newspaper.DMore rice and vegetables will be imported.答案Bks5u推理判断题。根据第一段倒
846、数三、四句可知。热带风暴导致的洪水会毁掉庄稼，新加坡的蔬菜和大米是从这些国家进口的，所以会导致蔬菜、大米的价格上升。2The underlined word “it” in Paragraph 2 refers to _Athe arrival of heavy tropical stormsBthe import of rice and vegetablesCthe rising price of rice and vegetablesDthe loss of lives in natural disasters答案Dks5u词义猜测题。上句提到台风和海啸会导致成千上万的人死亡。这在2004
847、年在印度尼西亚和泰国的普吉岛发生过。自然灾害导致人死亡这件事用来提醒我们大自然可以带来巨大损害。3Which of the following shows how the lowlying areas are flooded?aglobal warmingbthe rise in ocean levelcharmful human activitiesdthe flooding of lowlying areasethe melting of the polar icecapAc，a，e，b，d Ba，c，e，b，dCc，a，b，e，d Dd，a，c，b，e答案Aks5u细节理解题。根据最后一
848、段可知。4What should we do in order not to make Mother Nature angry?AClear more land for farming.BReduce harmful human activities.CBring down the price of food.DImprove the quality of weather.答案Bks5u推理判断题。根据最后一段中It is believed that human activities have caused Mother Nature to show her extreme anger，so
849、it is now important that we really work together to cut down on harmful activities.“人们认为是人类的活动导致了大自然极端愤怒，因此，现在我们真的应该团结合作减少有害活动”可知。.完形填空The Foreign Ministry on May 19，2008 opened a book of condolences (吊唁簿) for foreign diplomats (外交官) to express their sympathies for the _1_ of the Sichuan earthquake.
850、It _2_ open for three days，until the _3_ of the national mourning (全国哀悼)Ambassadors and diplomats _4_ more than 150 countries and international organizations on May 19，2008 _5_ to sign the book and _6_ their heads at a mourning board.The diplomats also expressed their _7_ for the Chinese government，
851、the PLA and the Chinese people in _8_ the disaster.Coffie Alain NPapatchi，the Ivory Coasts ambassador to China，was the first _9_ the book of condolences, _10_ Jorge Eugenio Guajardo Gonzalez，the Mexican ambassador，led embassy _11_ in paying their respects.Nirupama Rao，the Indian ambassador, _12_ arr
852、ived back in Beijing after _13_ quakehit areas，was also _14_Foreign Minister Yang Jiechi _15_ the visitors and expressed his _16_ for their friendship and support.The foreign ministrys overseas _17_ also on May 19，2008 opened books of condolences and flew the Chinese flag at halfmast.As of May 18，20
853、08，the leaders of 166 countries and heads of more than 30 international organizations had offered _18_ condolences (哀悼) to China.As well as sending _19_ teams to the country，the international community has _20_ $246 million by May 20，2008.【语篇解读】汶川地震发生后，来自世界150多个国家的驻华使节和国际组织代表陆续抵达外交部，在吊唁簿上签名留言，向中国政府和
854、人民表示深切同情和诚挚慰问，对地震中的罹难者表示沉痛哀悼，还表达了他们对中国政府、军队以及中国人民对抗震救灾的支持。我驻外使馆也开展了一系列悼念活动。除了慰问外，国际组织还进行了捐款。1A.victims Bpeople Csoldiers Dwounded答案Aks5u 由上文的“a book of condolences(吊唁簿)”和下文的“the national mourning(全国哀悼)”可以看出，这里要表达的意思是：各国外交使节到外交部对地震中的罹难者表示沉痛哀悼。victim意思是“牺牲者，罹难者”。the wounded(受伤者)有很大的干扰性，但不符合上下文语境。2A.le
855、ft BmaintainedCexpanded Dremained答案Dks5uremain和形容词连用，意思是“保持某个状态”，强调继续停留于一处或保持原状态。而最大的干扰项是maintain “维持；保持；使继续”，但该词是及物动词，后面要加宾语。3A.permission BdecisionCconclusion Dcelebration答案Cks5uconclusion用作名词，意思是“结束”。外交部举行的此次悼念活动将持续三天，直到全国哀悼日结束为止。如果不注意一词多义现象，忽略了conclusion还可以指“结束”，就很容易误选其他选项。4A.off Bin Cfrom Dto答案
856、Cks5u句意：来自150多个国家和国际组织的大使及外交官from意思是“来自”。5A.signed up Blined upCmade up Dstood up答案Bks5u来自150多个国家和国际组织的驻华使节排队在留言簿上签名，表达他们的哀悼之情。所以只有line up “排成行，排成列”符合语境。sign up “签约”；make up “编造”；stand up “起立”。6A.bowed Blifted Cshook Dhit 答案Aks5u这里要表达的意思是，这些外交官员，向我们的遇难同胞低头致哀。bow ones head意思是“向低头”。7A.desire BrespectC
857、understanding Dsupport答案Dks5usupport “支持，支援”。这些外交官还表达了他们对中国政府、军队以及中国人民对抗震救灾的支持。understanding(理解，了解)有很大的干扰性，但不符合他们积极捐款捐物支援我国灾区的事实，所以应该排除。8A.connecting with Bdealing withCarguing with Dbeginning with 答案Bks5udeal with在这里表示“处理，应对”。9A.to design Bto resignCto sign Dto respect答案Cks5uthe first to sign the b
858、ook of condolences表示“第一个在吊唁簿上签名留言，向中国政府和人民表示深切同情和诚挚慰问的人”。design “设计，策划”；resign “辞职”；sign “签名；在签字”；respect “尊敬，尊重”。10A.while Bwhen Cas Dfor答案Aks5uwhile “而，然而”，表示对比。 11A.crew Bteam Cfaculty Dstaff答案Dks5ustaff “全体员工”。墨西哥大使率领所有的大使馆工作人员参加了悼念活动，以表尊重。12A.which Bwho Cthat Dwhom答案Bks5u代替表示人的先行词，在从句中作主语，引导一个非
859、限制性定语从句，所以只能用关系代词who。 13A.visiting BdescribingCrescuing Dscanning答案Aks5u这里指的是该大使刚刚视察完灾区。所以要用visit。describe “描述”；rescue “营救，援救”；scan “浏览，细看”。14A.consistent BabsentCpresent Dcontent答案Cks5u 刚从灾区返回的印度大使也出席了悼念活动。因为前文介绍的都是出席悼念活动的大使们，结合空前的also，所以应选“present(出席的)”作表语。consistent “一致的，始终如一的”；absent “缺席的”；conte
860、nt “甘愿的，满意的”。15A.received BmadeCled Ddirected答案Aks5ureceive在这里表示“接待或欢迎客人或来访者”。句意：外交部长杨洁篪接待了来宾，并表达了对外宾们友谊和支持的感激之情。 16A.attitude BaltitudeClatitude Dgratitude答案Dks5ugratitude “感激之情”。对于来慰问我们遇难同胞的友人的友谊和支持，自然应该是心存感激。 attitude “态度”；latitude “纬度”；altitude “海拔”。17A.organizations BgovernmentCcountry Dmission
861、s 答案Dks5umission “大使馆”。上文介绍的是外交部在国内举办的悼念活动，各国驻华大使前去签名悼念。这里介绍的是我驻外使馆开展的悼念活动。句意：外交部驻外使馆也开展了悼念活动，并降半旗致哀。18A.our Btheir Chis Dher答案Bks5u此处所填的词指代的是“the leaders.and heads.”，且限定中心词condolences，所以要用their。句意：已有166个国家元首和30 多个国际组织的代表向中国表达了他们的哀悼。 19A.chief Bbelief Crelief Dbrief答案Cks5u这里要表达的意思是：除了派救济(relief)队到我们
862、国家外，国际组织到2008年5月20日已经捐款246 000 000美元(支援中国灾区)。relief此处意为“救济”；chief “首领”；belief “信条，信念”；brief “概要”。20A.made Bdonated Cgave Dcollected 答案Bks5udonate意为“捐赠，捐献”，一般要接表示具体物体、金钱的名词。句意见上一题。.阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。“Potentially lifegiving water still flows across the ancient surface of Mars _1_ tim
863、e to time，”NASA scientists announced _2_ September 28，2015.It is a potential breakthrough in the research for life beyond Earth as well as any hopes _3_ (travel) there one day.While the discovery doesnt offer evidence of life on Mars by _4_ (it)，either past or present，it does boost hopes that the ha
864、rsh landscape still offers some places for microbes (微生物) to exist.NASA researchers _5_ (use) an imager (成像仪) aboard the Mars Reconnaissance Orbiter (火星勘测轨道飞行器) confirmed the watery flows by looking at light waves returned from _6_ (season) dark streaks (线纹) on the surface，_7_ were long suspected to
865、 _8_ (associate) with liquid water.It remains _9_ (clear) where the water comes from.Discovering what precisely is causing the phenomenon is a mystery for the next round of _10_ (investigate)，said Michael Meyer，lead scientist of NASAs Mars Exploration Program.答案1.from2.on3.to travel4.itself5.using6.
866、seasonal7.which8.be associated9.unclear 10investigationsPeriod Two Learning about Language.阅读理解AEveryone knows the earth is big，most of which is covered by water.About ninety percent of the worlds water is salty and is found in our oceans and seas.But as we cant drink seawater，how can it be importan
867、t?Every part of our seas and oceans contains an amazing number of animals and fish that live at different ocean depths.Most of the different species of animals and fish depend on simple plants for their food.These simple plants called algae (海藻) drift near the surface of the ocean and use sunlight t
868、o turn carbon dioxide and water into food and oxygen.In fact，algae produce over half of the oxygen people breathe.How important seawater is! Each plant or animal in our seas and oceans is an important link in a food chain.The algae are eaten in large amounts by microscopic animals，which are in turn
869、consumed by larger animals.These food chains are delicately balanced.The bad news about the food chains in the oceans is that they are under threat because of man.People once thought that the oceans were so big that it didnt matter if we dumped rubbish into them or caught huge quantities of fish and
870、 whales for food.But we now know this is not true and fish stocks in the oceans have started to drop.Thankfully，the world is taking steps to protect the future of our oceans by introducing international agreements to protect marine habitats.Most countries have introduced fishing restrictions to prot
871、ect fish stocks in the oceans and new techniques are being pioneered to cope with pollution.Finally，the importance of protecting oceans is being made known to more people.This is just the beginning of a long process to protect the oceans for our future.We depend on the oceans for fish which are an i
872、mportant part of the human diet.How important seawater is!【语篇解读】本文是一篇说明文。说明了海洋资源的重要性、目前海洋资源所面临的危险以及政府所采取的保护措施。1What does the underlined word “delicately” mean?Aeasilydamaged BhardbrokenCsimplymade Dbeautifully 答案Aks5u词义猜测题。根据上下文，我们可以猜出delicately是“脆弱地，容易损坏地”的意思。2In the past，people hold the view that
873、the rubbish _Awould kill the animal in the seaBwould change the balance of the seaCwould pollute the seaDwouldnt have a bad influence on the sea答案Dks5u细节理解题。根据第四段中的“People once thought that the oceans were so big that it didnt matter if we dumped rubbish into them.”可知人们过去以为海洋那么大，扔进一点垃圾不会对海洋造成多大的影响。3
874、Which is the best title of the passage? AThe importance of seawater.BFishing on the oceans.CImportance of food chains.DHow to deal with seawater pollution.答案Aks5u主旨大意题。根据文章的第一段，以及第二段和最后一段的末句可知文章的中心是在说明海水的重要性。B When the earthquake hit Japan on March 11，2011，workers in a supermarket in Japan didnt run
875、 away when they felt the shaking.Instead，they held on the shelves and tried to stop the goods (货物) from falling down.Reporters from NHK，the countrys largest TV station，stayed calm in front of cameras during the earthquake，even though some were facing real danger.The earthquake was the most powerful
876、one to hit Japan in the countrys history.But Japans reaction (反应) to the accident has shown that it is the most earthquakeprepared country in the world.The calm the Japanese showed during and after the quake has impressed the world.This is because Japan has “an earthquake culture”Japanese people are
877、 taught how to prepare for and react to earthquakes from a young age.Schools in Japan organize earthquake practices every month.They make students become familiar with being in an earthquake.Japan also has a good earthquake warning system (警报系统)Warnings were broadcast on television，radio and mobile
878、phones nine seconds after experts (专家) first knew about the quake on March 11.The warning system is unable to predict earthquakes.But it can usually alert people about 15 seconds before they feel the effects.Even 15 or 20 seconds can be enough time to save peoples lives.【语篇解读】本文是记叙文。讲述了在2011年3月11日的日
879、本大地震中，人们面对地震表现地非常镇静；并且讲述了日本的地震文化以及介绍了日本先进的地震报警系统。4After experts first knew about the quake on March 11，warnings were NOT broadcast _Aon radio Bon the movieCon television Don mobile phones答案Bks5u细节理解题。由短文第六段中“Warnings were broadcast on television，radio and mobile phones nine seconds after experts (专家
880、) first knew about the quake on March 11.”可知，没有在电影中播出。故选B。5What does the underlined word “alert” mean in Chinese?A改善 B提高C提醒 D改变答案Cks5u词义猜测题。“报警系统”当然是“提醒”人们了。故选C。6What does the story mainly tell us about?AJapans earthquake culture.BThe bad results caused by the earthquake.CJapanese people were scared
881、 after the earthquake.DJapanese people were homeless after the earthquake.答案Aks5u主旨大意题。本文主要讲述了日本人在地震面前表现地非常镇静，以及讲述了日本的“地震文化”。CIm lying on my back in my grandfathers orchard (果园)，looking up at the branches above me.It is one of the last days of summer.Already the days are shorter and the nights are c
882、ooler.Some kinds of apples are already ripe (成熟的)Others will be ready to pick soon.I think of my grandmothers apple pie，and how I used to make it with her.She died last year，before the apple harvest，and I have not had her pie since.I really miss her.I hear bees busily humming about，visiting the late
883、 summer flowers.The gentle hum of their wings nearly sends me to sleep.The sky is as blue as my grandfathers eyes.Above me，big white clouds race across the sky like pieces of cotton blowing in the wind.School starts in another week，and time seems to have slowed down.“Sophie！” calls my grandfather.“I
884、s that you？” I stand up，take his hand，and tell him all about my day as we walk through the orchard.We talk about apples，and bees，and Grandma.He tells me that he misses her too.He puts his rough，brown farmers hand around my shoulder and pulls me close.“You know，Sophie，” he says，“I spent the morning i
885、n the attic (阁楼)，and youll never guess what I found.Its the recipe (烹饪法) for Grandmas apple pie.I used to help her make it sometimes.I cant do it all alone，but you used to help her too.Maybe between the two of us，we can work it out.Want to try？”“But it wont be the same without Grandma，” I tell him.“
886、Thats true，” he says，“but nothing_is_the_same_without_GrandmaStill，I dont think that she would want us never to have another apple pie.What do you say？” I nod yes，and we walk towards home.towards an afternoon in the farmhouse kitchen，making Grandmas famous apple pie.【语篇解读】Sophie在果园里看到枝头的苹果，想起了她的奶奶，想
887、起了奶奶做的苹果派。她的爷爷找到了她奶奶制作苹果派的方法，他们祖孙俩一起学做苹果派。苹果派寄托了Sophie和爷爷对奶奶的深切怀念。 7We learn from the passage that Sophie_Alikes to watch clouds in the atticBcomes to the orchard after schoolCenjoys Grandmas apple pie very muchDpicks many apples in the orchard答案Cks5u推理判断题。根据第一段的I think of my grandmothers apple pie及
888、and I have not had her pie since和文末的making Grandmas famous apple pie可知，Sophie很喜欢奶奶做的苹果派。8Both Sophie and her grandfather used to_Ahelp Grandma make apple piesBspend summer afternoons in the orchardCenjoy fresh fruit in the farmhouse kitchenDwalk alone among the apple trees答案Aks5u细节判断题。根据第四段爷爷说的话I us
889、ed to help her make it sometimes及I cant do it all alone，but you used to help her too可知，过去Sophie和她的爷爷都常帮助奶奶做苹果派。9The underlined part in the last paragraph shows_Ahow much Sophies grandmother loved SophieBhow much Sophies grandfather likes apple piesChow much Sophie loves her grandfathers orchardDhow
890、much Sophies grandfather misses Grandma答案Dks5u句意理解题。nothing is the same without Grandma的字面意思是：没有奶奶，什么都变得不一样了。这句话表明了Sophie的爷爷对奶奶的怀念。10Which of the following might be the best title for the passage?AMy grandfathers orchard BMy grandmothers apple pieCA morning in the attic DThe last days of summer答案Bks
891、5u标题归纳题。本文的大意是：Sophie在果园里看到枝头的苹果，想起了她的奶奶，想起了奶奶做的苹果派。她的爷爷找到了她奶奶制作苹果派的方法，他们祖孙俩一起学做苹果派。苹果派寄托了Sophie和爷爷对奶奶的深切怀念。故选B。.根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。Are you truly happy? Do you ever know what it means to be happy and what it takes to achieve happiness？_1_ The following are a few tips that I fol
892、low to create happiness in my life.Make a plan for achieving goals that you believe will make you happy.Your moods will very likely increase if you are going after something you value.Surround yourself with happy people.It is easy to begin to think negatively(消极地) when you are surrounded by people w
893、ho think that way._2_When something goes wrong，try to figure out a solution instead of being absorbed in self pity.Truly happy people dont allow setbacks(挫折) to affect their mood because they know that with a little thought they can turn the things back to their favor._3_ These few minutes will give
894、 you the opportunity to focus on the positive things in your life and will lead you to continuous happiness._4_ Whether you treat yourself to lunch，take a long，relaxing bath or simply spend a few extra minutes on your appearance，you will be subconsciously(下意识地) putting yourself in a better mood.Find
895、ing the humor in situations can also lead to happiness.Find a way to make light of a situation that would otherwise make you happy.Keeping healthy is another way to achieve happiness._5_AWhat makes one person happy may be very different from what makes someone else happy.BOn the contrary，if you are
896、around people who are happy，their emotional state will be easily passed to you.CBeing overweight or not eating foods containing nutrition have a negative effect on your mood.DThese are important questions for anyone who is seeking happiness to ask themselves.ESpend a few minutes each day thinking ab
897、out the things that make you happy.FThere are some tips in life that lead to happiness.GIts also important to take some time each day to do something nice for yourself.答案1.D2.B3.E4.G5.CPeriod ThreeUsing Language.阅读理解Tears of happiness and shouts of joy rang out last week at the San Jose mine in nort
898、hern Chile as 33 miners were lifted to freedom，one by one.The men，ranging from 19 to 63 years old，have been buried alive since a cave in the copper and gold mine where they were working fell down on August 5.It is the longest time anyone has ever survived being trapped underground.After the fall，the
899、 men found an emergency shelter off one of the mines tunnels.The temperature in the dark shelter was around 90F.For more than two weeks，the miners water came from the radiator tanks on their work vehicles.They shared a supply of food that was meant to last for only 48 hours.The miners were totally s
900、eparated until rescue teams made contact with the men on August 22.They sent a note to the surface explaining their situation.Rescuers drilled small holes to reach the cavern and sent down supply tubes containing food，water，clothes，medicine，fresh air and other supplies.They also received letters fro
901、m their families，a television set and games.Additional falls slowed down rescue efforts.Finally，a tunnel was built that could fit a 13foot rescue capsule，called the Pheonix.The escape hole measures 28 inches across，a tight fit for the winding 20minute，2，041foot ride.The first miner reached the surfa
902、ce just after midnight on Wednesday.More than half of the men had been brought to safety by Wednesday afternoon.The miners were met by family members who were waiting at Camp Hope，a settlement of tents near the mine.Chiles president，Sebastian Pinera，cheered at the scene and hugged the miners.“We mad
903、e a promise never to surrender，and we kept it，”he said.After an immediate medical exam，the men were airlifted to the nearest hospital for 48 hours of observation.【语篇解读】33名智利矿工，因为矿道塌方，被困在地下的避难所里。智利举国营救被埋矿工。1The first paragraph tells us that trapped miners _Ashouted in joy after getting rescuedBwere b
904、uried while having a restCcame to the ground togetherDwere all different in ages答案Dks5u文章第一段的第二句话告诉我们这些被埋的矿工的年龄在19岁到63岁之间，因此可知他们的年龄是不同的，故选D。2What do we know about the emergency shelter?AIt was very hot inside.BIt had food supply for 48 workers.CIt had water stored for two days.DIt had a hole to get
905、fresh air.答案Aks5u从文章第二段的第二句话可知这个避身处的温度很高，故选A。3What made the rescue more difficult?AMiners got weak without food.BAdditional collapse happened later.CThe escape hole was too narrow to use.DThe rock was too hard to dig a tunnel.答案Bks5u从第四段第一句话可知后来的不断的塌陷造成了救援的困难，故选B。4The underlined word “surrender”in t
906、he last paragraph may mean _Adig out Bcheer upCgive in Dtake a chance答案Cks5u最后一段的第二、三句话表达了智利总统看到矿工们被营救上来的高兴以及他说人们不会放弃这些矿工的诺言终于实现了，由此可知应选C。.完形填空I shall never forget the day when the earthquake happened.It was about 5 in the afternoon and I was _1_ along the road to my daughters school.Our plan was to
907、 go _2_ together.I stopped at a _3_ to get some fresh fruit.We liked to have some fruit to eat after our swim.I was driving along a high _4_ on my way to the school._5_ my road was another road which was built like a _6_I was _7_ so I put the bag of apples _8_ me and started to eat one.Suddenly I sa
908、w the cars in front of me start to _9_ from side to side.I slowed down.Then my car started to shake! I didnt know what was happening.Perhaps something had _10_ wrong with my car.I drove a little more slowly and then I _11_ the car and at the same moment the road _12_ onto the cars in front of me.I f
909、ound myself in the _13_I couldnt move.My legs and feet were hurt badly and I couldnt move them.All around me was _14_But below me I could hear shouts and a lot of noises.Then I realized what had happened.I had been _15_ an earthquake.For about two hours nobody came.Luckily I could reach the bag of _
910、16_，so at least I had plenty to eat.Then I heard people _17_ towards me.A team of people had come to _18_ if anyone was under the _19_ road.I called out，“Im here！” I heard a shout.Soon a stranger climbed to my car.“How are you _20_？” he asked.“Not too bad，” I said.They didnt get me out until the nex
911、t morning.【语篇解读】本文是一篇记叙文。作者描述了发生地震后，像立交桥的路塌了，砸到了作者的车，她被困车中，后来在人们的援救下，于次日上午脱险。1A.driving Bleading Cwalking Drunning答案Aks5u从下文I was driving along a.得知答案。2A.shopping Bdancing Cswimming Dsightseeing答案Cks5u从下文We liked to have some fruit to eat after our swim.得知。3A.farm Bshop Cpark Dschool答案Bks5u买水果当然是去商店
912、。4A.road Bbridge Cschool Dside答案Aks5u下文提示是在路上走。5A.Under BAlong COver DBeside答案Cks5u由下文知发生了地震，像立交桥的路塌了，砸到了我的车。由此可知我开车走的路的上面是另外一条像桥的路。over在上面。6A.bridge Broof Ccover Dtop答案Aks5u参看5题解析。7A.tired Bthirsty Csleepy Dhungry答案Dks5u从后面开始吃苹果知我很饿。8A.over Bahead of Cbeside Dunder答案Cks5u饿了应把水果放在一边，因为作者还要开车。9A.move
913、 Broll Crun Djump答案Aks5u当地震发生时，地面在晃动，地面上的东西应是来回移动。故选move(移动)。roll翻滚，滚动，不合句意。10A.been Bbroken Cgone Ddone答案Cks5ugo wrong发生故障，出毛病。11A.parked Bstarted Cmoved Dstopped答案Dks5upark表示在停车场或某个地方停车。此处指停下车。12A.put Bran Cfell Djumped答案Cks5u路倒塌砸到了我的车。13A.dark Bafternoon Cevening Dcar答案Aks5u路倒塌后，我就被埋在了车里，四周一片黑暗。1
914、4A.noisy Bdusty Cquiet Dblood答案Cks5u我的周围一片寂静。15A.on Bat Cby Din答案Dks5u由上下文可知这时作者才意识到发生了地震。16A.food BsandwichesCapples Dbread答案Cks5u由上文知应是苹果。17A.climbing Bshouting Cmoving Ddriving答案Aks5u由后文a stranger climbed to my car知应选A。18A.know Btell Cunderstand Dsee答案Dks5u一队人来看看在倒塌的路下是否有人。19A.falling Bbroken Cbr
915、eaking Ddirty答案Bks5ubroken表示被破坏的。20A.sleeping Bfeeling Ceating Dgoing答案Bks5uHow are you feeling？感觉如何？.阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。I was always told that the three Ps，patience，positive thinking and perseverance(坚持不懈)，were a sure path _1_ success.But this advice does not always work as planned
916、.My high school maths exam is one example.The exam，_2_was originally to be held in our classroom，_3_(change) to the library at the last minute.This，_4_，didnt bother me because maths had always been my strongest subject.I patiently walked to the library，took my seat and did some deep breathing to hel
917、p relax _5_But my mood changed quickly when I saw the first question.I had no idea how to do it.I tried to stay _6_(positive) and persevered _7_I finally found the solution.With the problem _8_(solve)，I felt proud of my achievement._9_(fortunate)，I then noticed that I had just 10 minutes left _10_ (
918、complete) the rest.答案1.to2.which3.was changed4.however 5myself6.positive7.until8.solved9.Unfortunately10.to completePeriod FourGrammar & Writing.阅读理解AHaving lived in California until 1970，my family has felt a number of earthquakes.We have been fortunate，however，to have suffered no bodily harm or pro
919、perty damage.There is a website that lists all California earthquakes recorded from 1769 to the present.The site lists the dates and times as well as the magnitude (震级) and the exact location of any quake that measured more than 6.0.There are only a few quakes that stand out in my memory and，luckily
920、，none is shown in the website.So，my personal experience with earthquakes might be considered insignificant.There are three earthquakes that are difficult to forget.The first one was in 1955 and our oldest daughter was walking with me in our backyard in Redwood City in California.As the shaking becam
921、e stronger I held her to me with one arm as I held on to one of our fruit trees with the other.All three of us (my daughter，I and the tree)shook for two or three minutes that to us felt like hours.The second one was in 1963.Our entire family was visiting Disneyland in Southern California.The earth s
922、tarted to shake just as we were beginning to walk from our hotel toward the_famous_landmarkMy third experience with an earthquake was a lonely one in California.It was in my sixties and I was alone in an old church.As the building started to shake，I quickly headed for the door to go outside.I rememb
923、er I said a little prayersomething like，“Help me get out of here in time，Dear Heavenly Father”Minutes later，I was safe outside.【语篇解读】作者回忆了自己经历的三次地震。1The author writes the passage mainly to tell us about _Aa new film about an earthquakeBhow to survive an earthquakeChis three earthquake experiencesDho
924、w to save children in an earthquake答案Cks5u写作意图题。作者主要是向读者介绍了自己经历的三次地震。2The earthquakes the author has experienced _Aall caused bodily harmBare all recorded in a websiteCall measured more than 6.0Dall happened in California答案Dks5u细节理解题。根据第三段的The first one was in 1955.in California.和第四段第二句以及第五段的My thir
925、d experience with an earthquake was a lonely one in California.可知答案。3When the first earthquake happened，the author _Awas staying with his daughterBwas planting fruit treesCheld on to a tree for hoursDwas in a hotel答案Aks5u细节理解题。根据第三段的All three of us(my daughter，I and the tree) shook for two or three
926、minutes.可知作者和女儿共同经历了这场地震。4What does the underlined part “the famous landmark” refer to?AA church.BDisneyland.CA building destroyed by an earthquake.DThe place where the author was born.答案Bks5u推理判断题。根据Our entire family was visiting Disneyland.可知答案。BIf the crust (外壳) of the earth were not pretty solid
927、 (坚固的)，it would be shaking about and moving up and down frequently.However，there are places in the rocks of the earths crust where it isnt strongly held togetherwhere faults exist.Along the faults，one rock might push against another with great force.The energy is changed to vibration in the rocks，so
928、 they begin to shake and we have an earthquake!The most famous one in North America was the San Francisco earthquake of 1906.Seven hundred people died and property(财产)damage amounted to about $425，000，000.The greatest destruction came from the fires that followed the quake.One of the most famous ear
929、thquakes in Europe took place in Lisbon，Portugal，in 1755.The city was destroyed and at least thirty thousand people were killed.In 1908，in Calabria and Sicily，a quake killed about seventyfive thousand people.In 1915，in central Italy，hundreds of towns and villages were damaged and thirty thousand peo
930、ple were killed.Two great earthquakes that caused great damage in Asia took place in Tokyo，Japan，and in Gansu Province in China.The Tokyo quake of 1923 killed more than one hundred thousand people and destroyed the city and the city of Yokohama，too.The Chinese quake in 1920 covered more than three h
931、undred square miles and killed about two hundred thousand people.【语篇解读】本文是一篇说明文。说明地震的起因。5The first paragraph mainly tells us _Awhere earthquakes happenBhow earthquakes happenCthe damage caused by earthquakesDfamous earthquakes in the world答案Bks5u通读第一段可知，本段介绍了地震的起因。6The underlined word“vibration” in
932、the first paragraph probably means “_”Ashaking Bforce Cenergy Dlosing答案Aks5u一块岩石有可能用力挤压另一块岩石，地壳的能量发生了改变导致岩石晃动，于是地震发生了。vibration意为“晃动”，故A项正确。7According to the passage，the earthquake that killed the most people happened in _APortugal BItaly CJapan DChina答案Dks5u由地震死亡数字可知，1920年在中国发生的地震死亡人数最多。8We can inf
933、er from the passage that _Athe earths crust in Europe is weaker than that in other placesBthe fires following the San Francisco earthquake caused more damage than the earthquake didCthere were 75，000 people killed in the San Francisco earthquakeDthe city of Yokohama was not greatly influenced by the
934、 Tokyo quake答案Bks5u细节理解题。由第二段中“The greatest destruction came from the fires that followed the quake.”可知B项正确。.根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。Tips for Cooking on a Tight ScheduleFrom my experience，there are three main reasons why people dont cook more often：ability，money and time，_1_Money is
935、 a topic Ill save for another day.So today I want to give you some wisdom about how to make the most of the time you spend in the kitchen.Here are three tips for great cooking on a tight schedule：1Think ahead.The moments when I think cooking is a pain are when Im already hungry and there is nothing
936、ready to eat.So think about of the coming week.When will you have time to cook? Do you have the right materials ready？_2_2Make your time worth it.When you do find time to cook a meal，make the most of it and save yourself time later on.Are you making one loaf of bread? _3_ it takes around the same am
937、ount of time to make more of something.So save yourself the effort for a future meal.3_4_ This may surprise you，but one of the best tools for making cooking worth your time is experimentation.It gives you the chance to hit upon new ideas and recipes that can work well with your appetite and schedule
938、.The more you learn and the more you try，the more ability you have to take control of your food and your schedule.Hopefully that gives you a good start._5_ and dont let a busy schedule discourage you from making some great changes in the way you eat and live!ATry new things.BAbility is easily improv
939、ed.CMake three or four instead.DUnderstand your food better.ECooking is a burden for many people.FLet cooking and living simply be a joy rather than a burden.GA little time planning ahead can save a lot of work later on.答案1.B2.G3.C4.A5.F.应用文写作假设你叫明华，你堂兄建华在国外学习，你们经常用英文通信。他即将完成学业，不久前来信就“是否回国工作”征求你的意见。
940、请根据下列提示回信：1建议他回国；2理由：(1)学有所用，就业容易；(2)照顾父母。注意：1.词数80左右；2行文应连贯，内容应完整；3开头语与落款已为你写好，但不计入总词数。参考词汇：in ones opinion 依某人看来；hire vt.雇用；therefore adv.因此June 8thDear Jianhua，Im very glad to have received the letter you sent me two weeks ago.Best wishes!Yours，Minghua【参考范文】June 8thDear Jianhua，Im very glad to ha
941、ve received the letter you sent me two weeks ago.Ive been thinking about the question you asked me.Personally you should come back after you finish your studies abroad.For one reason，what you are studying is badly needed nowadays in China.It will be quite easy for you to find a good job.For another
942、reason，I think it will be much more convenient for you to look after your parents as they are getting old.Therefore，I think it a good idea for you to return.Best wishes!Yours，Minghua新题型专练(四).根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。Passage 1Listening to a song that has meaning for you can affect the
943、 way in which your brain processes information.What does music really do for your mood？Listening to music has the ability to：Help you to reflectAfter a bad，good，stressful，interesting，or all of the above day，it is always good to enjoy some music.Also，if you need to reflect on the terrible day before，
944、listening to music when you wake up will make starting the day a bit more bearable._1_2_If you are listening to music with your friends or family，certain memories might jump out and help to create a community feeling between.people through music._3_And someone yells out，“Yes，this song is awesome！”Lo
945、se yourself in your emotionsSometimes，after something good or really bad happens，it is necessary to find a song that reflects that.Maybe it has been a wonderful day and all you feel like hearing is Pump It by the Black Eyed Peas and dance around the house._4_Whatever your mood is，there is always a s
946、ong to help you express your emotions.Letting the emotions go is a great way to refresh yourself.Therefore，listen to music when you are in any kind of mood!Change the way you see the world_5_However，people are making music all over the world，all with different purposes：social change，personal fulfill
947、ment，or sharing their love of music with others. Whatever the music is，it has the ability to influence your mood or view on life and the world as a whole.Through listening to music，your emotions are freed，and sometimes these emotions can be a catalyst(催化剂)for change.AShare experiences with othersBIn
948、spire new types of musicCThere are all types of music in the world.DMusic can make you think of old memories or create new ones.EIts always more fun when you say，“Hey，isnt this a good song？”FIn general，a piece of good music can change the way you view a situation，whatever the situation is.GOr maybe
949、the day has been awful and you just feel like listening to some slow pieces.答案1.F2.A3.E4.G5.CPassage 2We usually dont mind when people call us by a positive nickname._1_But when classmates call us by a cruel nickname，it can be difficult to get them to stop.So what should you do?Ask your friends to g
950、ive it a rest.If the kids using the nickname are your friends，let them know how bad it makes you feel.Maybe you tripped over your feet a few times，and your friends have started calling you Klutzo，thinking that you dont really mind._2_Leave a nickname behind.Sometimes，life gives us a chance to start
951、fresh._3_ If youre moving from elementary school to middle school，let your friends know that.A new year has begun；you dont want to go by your old nickname.Dont put up with it.If the kids calling you by a bad nickname arent your friends，you should do your best to ignore them._4_It may be hard to pret
952、end that it doesnt hurt，but if you get angry or obviously upset，it will just encourage them to use the nickname all the time._5_Remember that if you have a bad nickname now，you probably wont always be stuck with it.Just look at Elvis Presley！When he first started singing onstage，he wiggled(摆动)his hi
953、ps so much that cruel critics and audience nicknamed him Elvis The Pelvis.He never stopped wiggling，but people soon found it impossible to ignore his talent and began to call him The King of Rock & Roll.AThe chance can be a good time to drop a nickname that you dont like.BUnderstand that things will
954、 change.CIf it does bother you，tell them.DIf the kids refuse to stop，talk to your teacher.EIf you act like they arent hurting you，theyll eventually get bored and stop.FIt feels good when these nicknames get repeated.GAlthough words can hurt，they cant change who you really are.答案1.F2.C3.A4.E5.B.阅读下面材
955、料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。Passage 1Happiness is like a pebble dropped into a pool to cause circles of ripples.As Stevenson has said，“Being happy is a duty.”There is no exact _1_ (definite) of happiness.Happy people are happy for all sorts of reasons.The key is not wealth or physical wellbeing，_
956、2_ we find beggars，the disabled and socalled failures _3_ are extremely happy.Being happy is a sort of unexpected dividend (红利)But staying happy is an accomplishment，a triumph of soul and character.It is not selfish to struggle for it.It is，indeed，a duty to ourselves and _4_ (other)Being _5_ (happy)
957、 is like an infectious disease.It causes people to shrink away from the sufferer.He soon finds himself alone and miserable.There is，_6_，a cure so simple that it seems，at first glance，ridiculous；if you dont feel happy，pretend _7_ (be)!It works.Before long you _8_ (find) that instead of annoying peopl
958、e，you attract them.You discover how deeply rewarding it is to be the center of a wider and wider circle of goodwill.Then the makebelieve becomes _9_ reality.You possess the secret peace of mind，_10_ you can forget yourself in being of service to others.【语篇解读】快乐是一种责任，而不快乐就像一种传染病。我们一定要快乐起来。1definition
959、ks5u考查名词。由no exact和介词of可知此处应填名词definition。2becauseks5u考查原因状语从句。根据前后两句话的意思可判断出，此处填because，引导原因状语从句。3who/thatks5u考查定语从句。先行词是“beggars，the disabled and socalled failures”，指人，限制性定语从句中缺少主语，故应用who/that来引导从句。4othersks5u考查代词。事实上，快乐对我们自己和他人都是一种责任。根据句意可知，此处应填others(其他人)。5unhappyks5u考查形容词。根据后面的“.like an infecti
960、ous disease.It causes people to shrink away from the sufferer.He soon finds himself alone and miserable.”可判断出此处应填unhappy(不快乐)。6howeverks5u考查副词。此处应填一个表示转折关系的副词，空后有逗号，故用however。7to beks5u考查pretend的用法。pretend后接不定式作宾语。8will findks5u考查时态和语态。结合前面的时间状语“Before long”和句意可判断出，此处应用一般将来时，且you与find为主谓关系，故填will fi
961、nd。9aks5u考查冠词。reality在此处是可数名词，前面应用不定冠词a表示泛指。10andks5u考查连词。结合语境可知，所填词表示承接关系，且连接并列分句，故此处应填and。Passage 2Humans like to live and work in groups.Language is the cement (胶合剂) _1_ solids these groups together.Language is part of culture.Culture，in this sense，means all those customs，skills，and attitudes tha
962、t are part of the behavior of a _2_ (particularly) group.What you think _3_ what you want in life are all affected by the culture of the group in which you _4_ (raise)Groups of people live in different ways.They may have different skills，organizations，and art forms.Their family lives may be complete
963、ly different.Human beings are inventive animals.They can decide to change their cultures in order to meet various _5_ (situation)Of all living things，human beings are the _6_ (clever)They can choose _7_ (live) in many environments and in _8_ wide variety of ways.Only human beings can choose where an
964、d how they want to live and then improve the physical environment to help _9_ (they) realize these choices.Acquiring the wisdom to make wise choices _10_ (be) the lasting challenge of being human.【语篇解读】本文主要介绍了人类与文化。1that/whichks5u考查定语从句。先行词是cement，关系词在限制性定语从句中作主语，故应用that/which来引导从句。2particularks5u考查
965、形容词。修饰名词通常应用形容词，故填particular。3andks5u考查并列连词。由谓语动词are可知，此处须用and(和)连接并列成分，and连接的两个句子作主语。4are raisedks5u考查时态和语态。you和raise之间是动宾关系，故应用被动语态，再结合语境可知，此处应用一般现在时。故填are raised。5situationsks5u考查名词复数。由前面的修饰词various可知，此处用名词复数situations。6cleverestks5u考查形容词的最高级。由the及句意可知，此处要填形容词的最高级，所以用cleverest。7to liveks5u考查非谓语动词
966、。choose to do (sth)表示“选择做某事”，是固定用法。8aks5u考查冠词。a variety of表示“各种各样的”，是固定短语。9themselvesks5u考查反身代词。根据句意可知，此处应填they的反身代词themselves。10isks5u考查谓语动词。动名词短语作主语时，谓语动词通常用第三人称单数形式；由语境可知，此处用一般现在时，故填is。.写作第一节应用文写作假定你是2016年第十届中国郑开国际马拉松赛的一名志愿者李华，请根据下列表格内容用英语写一篇日记。内容要点：举办日期2016年3月29日开始时间8：30 AM大赛地点郑开大道参赛人数49 000具体任务
967、搬运物资搭建帐篷送水清扫街道你作为一名志愿者的感悟注意：1.词数80左右；2可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；3日记开头已给出，不计入总词数。Sunday，March.29 Fine It is March 29，2016 and the tenth Zhengkai International Marathon 2016 has been held today.【参考范文】Sunday，March.29 Fine It is March 29，2016 and the tenth Zhengkai International Marathon 2016 has been held today.
968、I am lucky to witness the event as a volunteer for it.The race began at 8：30 am.and about 49，000 runners took part in it.In the early morning，I and other volunteers gathered at the starting point，ready to work.We carried supplies，set up tents and cleaned the streets.When the runners ran along Zhengk
969、ai Avenue，we volunteers were busy serving the bottle water.In addition，we tried our best to help keep order.What a tiring but rewarding day! I have found happiness in the process of helping others.第二节读后续写阅读下面短文，根据所给情节进行续写，使之构成一个完整的故事。John_Blanchard_stood up from the bench，straightened his army unifo
970、rm and looked for the girl whose heart he knew，but whose face he didnt，the girl with the rose.His interest in her had begun thirteen months before in a Florida library.Taking a book off the shelf he found himself attracted_by the notes penciled in the margin(页边空白)In the front of _the_book，he discove
971、red the previous owners name，Miss_Hollis_MaynellWith time and effort he located her address.He wrote her a letter introducing himself and inviting her to correspond.The next day he was shipped overseas for service in World War .During the next year and one month the two grew to know each other throu
972、gh the mail.When the day finally came for him to return from Europe，they scheduled their first meeting. “Youll recognize me，” she wrote, “by the red rose Ill be wearing on my lapel.” So at 7：00 he was in the station looking for a girl whose heart he loved，but whose face hed never seen.Ill let Mr.Bla
973、nchard tell you what happened：A young woman was coming toward me，her figure long and slim.Her blonde hair lay back in curls from her delicate ears；her eyes were blue as flowers.I stared_at her，entirely forgetting to notice that she was not wearing a rose.As I moved，a small，attractive smile curved he
974、r lips. “Going my way，sailor？” she murmured.Almost uncontrollably I made one step closer to her，and then I saw Hollis Maynell.She was standing almost directly behind the girl and _wearing_a_red_rose_A woman well past 40，she had graying hair.She was more than fat，her thickankled feet thrust(猛推)into l
975、owheeled shoes.The girl _in_the_green_suit was walking quickly away.I felt as though I was split in two.But I did not _hesitateMy fingers gripped (抓住)the small worn blue leather copy of the book that was to identify me to her.注意：1.所续写短文的词数应为150左右；2使用5个以上短文中标有下划线的关键词语；3续写部分分为两段，每段的开头语已为你写好；4续写完成后，请用下
976、划线标出你所使用的关键词语。Paragraph 1：This would not be love，but it would be something precious，something perhaps even better than love，a friendship for which I had been and must ever be grateful.Paragraph 2：The womans face broadened into a tolerant smile.【参考范文】This would not be love，but it would be something p
977、recious，something perhaps even better than love，a friendship for which I had been and must ever be grateful.I squared my shoulders and saluted and held out _the_book to the woman，even though while I spoke I felt choked by the bitterness of my disappointment.“Im John_Blanchard，and you must be _Miss_H
978、ollis_MaynellI am so glad you could meet me; may I take you to dinner？”The womans face broadened into a tolerant smile.“I dont know what this is about，son，” she answered，“but the young lady in_the_green_suit who just went by，she begged me to wear this _rose_on my coat.And she said if you were to ask
979、 me out to dinner，I should go and tell you that she is waiting for you in the big restaurant across the street.She said it was some kind of test！”单元检测卷(四)本试卷分第卷(选择题)和第卷(非选择题)。第卷第一部分：听力(共两节，满分30分)第一节(共5个小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅
980、读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。1Why are bears entering the neighbourhoods?AThey are scared.BThey are hungry.CThey are homeless.2What does the man often put in his pocket?AKeys and pens.BPencils and knives.CBooks and pens.3What are the speakers mainly talking about?AChinese food.BSpeaking skills.CTable manners.4What
981、 is the man worrying about the house?AThe parking. BThe price. CThe noise.5Whats the mans problem?AHe was cheated online.BHe had a car accident.CHe lost his credit card.第二节(共15个小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答
982、时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。6Where did the woman pretend to be a middleaged man?AIn a play. BOn the net. CIn the street.7What does the woman intend to do?ACheat young girls.BHelp young girls.CMake more friends.听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。8Whats wrong with the mans American friend one day?AHe caught a cold.BHe h
983、ad a fever.CHe got a headache.9How did the mans American friend react to his concern?AThankful. BConfused. CUnhappy.听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。10Where would the man go if he had a plane ticket to anywhere in the world?ANew York. BLondon. CHome.11What does the woman think of traveling abroad alone?ARewarding.B
984、Encouraging.CChallenging.12Why does the woman want to take a laptop computer?ATo practise English.BTo check emails.CTo check the route.听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。13What do we know about the book?AIt is a very short novel.BThere is something about the American Civil War.CIt is about a love story that happened
985、nowadays.14What does the woman think of the book?AIt is a book for girls to read.BIt has nothing to do with history.CIt is not worth reading.15What does the woman suggest?AReading another book.BFinishing reading the book.CTaking a walk in the park.16What will the man do first?AFinish his reading.BGo
986、 to relax.CPrepare for his exam.听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。17Which is the simplest kind of advertising?AClassified ads.BDisplay ads.CTV ads.18Whats the main feature of a classified ad?AIt is a notice or announcement that something is available.BIt can attract the most attention and improve the sales.CIt coul
987、d be repeated over and over again.19Which is NOT the characteristic of magazine ads?AThe use of bright colours.BThe use of attractive pictures.CThe use of long messages.20How long do television ads usually last?AOnly 30，50，or 100 seconds.BOnly 15，30，or 60 seconds.COnly 5，15，or 30 seconds.听力原文Text 1W
988、：Bears are attacking our neighbourhoods.M：Of course they are.Theyre starving to death.Text 2M：My pocket has a huge hole in it.W：You shouldnt carry your keys and pens in your pocket.Text 3W：The last thing to be ignored at a Chinese dinner table is to keep modest.M：Does that suggest diners avoid speak
989、ing much？The same is true in the West.Text 4M：The house is on the corner.That means it gets twice as much traffic.W：So what?M：When youre inside，you will always hear cars stopping and starting at the crossing.Text 5M：I had a car problem，so I went online.A site said they would send me the solution.W：S
990、o，whats the problem?M：I sent them $ 20 using my credit card，but they never sent me the solution.Text 6M：Did you try out the chat rooms yet?W：Yeah，but there are so many people just using the net to fool around!M：So did you meet anyone?W：You could say so.I pretended to be a middleaged man and ended up
991、 asking a 16yearold girl out.Can you believe it？She accepted!M：Why？Are you crazy?W：Because I wanted to show her how easy it is to be tricked on the Internet!M：Why?W：Im a teacher.Its my job to help young girls.M：Youre really oneofakind.Text 7M：One day one of my American friends looked pale，so I asked
992、 him whether he was sick or not.But he was not willing to answer my question.W：How strange!M：And whats more，when he told me he had caught a cold for several days，I suggested he go to the hospital as soon as possible.W：You really cared about your friend.M：Sure I am.But he responded by saying “What do
993、 you mean？”W：Im confused.Why did he say that?M：He told me offering voluntary help or advice is like showing sympathy to the weak or the poor.Back in China，helping others is always regarded being kind.W：Absolutely.Now I understand why he responded that way.Text 8M：If I gave you an airplane ticket to
994、anywhere in the world，where would you choose to go?W：Thats such a hard question，maybe New York or London.M：I would go straight back home to see my family.W：Well，you are a good son.I want to do some independent travel.I can see my family anytime.M：I think that you have to be very brave to travel over
995、seas alone!W：But it is very rewarding.You can prove to yourself that you can survive using your own skills.M：True.Why dont we travel together so we can practice our English all day?W：We would need to take a laptop computer though.M：Why would we take a notebook computer?W：So that we could check our e
996、mails from friends of course!Text 9W：What are you reading，Ted？You seem to be enjoying it very much.M：Gone with the Wind.I like it.W：You must be kidding.M：What makes you think so?W：Well，isnt it a book for girls?M：No.Its a book for everyone to read.Its not only a love story.We can also learn something
997、 about the American Civil War from this book.W：I like this book too.But its so long.I havent finished it yet.M：You should finish it.W：I will.So will you keep reading the book for the whole afternoon?M：Why?W：I was thinking perhaps we could go to the park and have a walk there.M：Thats a good idea.But
998、dont you have an important examination tomorrow?W：Yes，and thats why I want to take a walk there.M：You want to relax there，dont you?W：Thats right.M：OK.Ill go with you.But let me finish this page first.Text 10M：Advertising is only part of the total sales effort，but it is the part that attracts the mos
999、t attention.The simplest kind of advertising is the classified ad.Every day the newspapers carry a few pages of these ads.In the large Sunday editions there may be several sections of them.A classified ad is usually only a few lines long.It is really a notice or announcement that something is availa
1000、ble.Newspapers also carry a large amount of display advertising.Most of it is for stores or for various forms of entertainment.Newspapers generally reach an audience only in a limited area.To bring their message to a larger audience，many who want to put out their ads use national magazines.Many of t
1001、he techniques of modern advertising were developed in magazine ads.The use of bright colours，attractive pictures，and short messages are all characteristics of magazine ads.The most important purpose is to catch the eye.The message itself is usually short，often no more than a slogan which the public
1002、identifies with the product.The same techniques have been carried over into television advertising.Television ads are short，usually only 15，30，or 60 seconds，but they are repeated over and over again so that the audience sees and hears them many times.答案1.B2.A3.C4.C5.A6.B7.B8.A9.C10.C11.A12.B13.B14.A
1003、15.C16.A 17A18.A19.C20.B第二部分：阅读理解(共两节，满分35分)第一节(共10个小题；每小题2.5分，满分25分)阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出最佳选项。AIn 1989 an 8.2 earthquake almost flattened America，killing over 30，000 people in less than four minutes.A father rushed to the school where his son was supposed to be，only to discover that the buil
1004、ding was as flat as a pancake.After the shock，he remembered the promise he had made to his son：“No matter what，Ill always be there for you！” And tears began to fill his eyes.As he looked at the pile of ruins that once was the school，it looked hopeless，but he kept remembering his promise to his son.R
1005、emembering his sons classroom would be in the back right corner of the building，he rushed there and started digging through the ruins.Other wellmeaning parents tried to pull him off what was left of the school，saying：“Its too late! Theyre all dead! You cant help! Face the reality，theres nothing you
1006、can do！” He replied，“Are you going to help me now？” The fire chief showed up and tried to pull him off the schools ruins saying，“Fires are breaking out，explosions are happening everywhere.Youre in danger.Well take care of it.Go home.” This loving，caring American father asked，“Are you going to help m
1007、e now？”The police came and said，“Youre anxious and its over.Youre endangering others.Go home.Well handle it！” He replied，“Are you going to help me now？” No one helped.Courageously he went on alone.He dug for eight hours.12 hours.24 hours.36 hours.then，in the 38th hour，he pulled back a large stone an
1008、d heard his sons voice.He screamed his sons name，“ARMAND！” He heard back，“Dad! Its me，Dad! I told the other kids not to worry.I told them that if you were alive，youd save me and when you saved me，theyd be saved.You promised no matter what happened，you would always be there for me! You did it，Dad！”“W
1009、hats going on in there? How is it？” the father asked.“There are 14 of us left out of 33，Dad.”“Come out，boy！”“No，Dad! Let the other kids out first，because I know youll get me! No matter what happens，I know youll always be there for me！”【语篇解读】父爱是一诺千金。父亲曾经对儿子说：不管发生什么，我都会在你身边。地震过后，父子都牢记这句话。后来，父亲来到了儿子身边，
1010、儿子凭靠这句话坚持了下来。21Why did the father keep digging?ABecause he promised his wife he would take care of their son.BBecause others persuaded him to do so.CBecause he promised his son that he would be with him whatever happened.DBecause his son was his only child.答案Cks5u推理判断题。由文章内容可知，就是因为对儿子的承诺，使得这位父亲一直在挖，
1011、故C项正确。22Many people came up and tried to persuade the father to stop digging except _Athe police Bthe fire chiefCsome kind parents Dthe medical officer答案Dks5u细节理解题。由文章第四、五段可知，有些好心的父母、消防大队长以及一些警察都劝他放弃，故D项正确。23Which of the following best describes the son?AFrightened，hopeless and thankful.BCareful，hel
1012、pful and brave.CCalm，hopeful and determined.DSelfish，honest and faithful.答案Cks5u推理判断题。由文章中儿子的表现尤其是他说的话I told the other kids not to worry.I told them that if you were alive，youd save me and when you saved me，theyd be saved.You promised no matter what happened，you would always be there for me! You did
1013、 it，Dad！可以推断出他是一个冷静、有决心、并且充满希望的人，故C项正确。BSome countries have a large number of earthquakes.Japan is one of them.Others do not have many；for example，there are few earthquakes in Britain.There is often a great noise during an earthquake.The ground shakes and houses fall down.Railway lines are broken.Tr
1014、ains run off the lines.Sometimes thousands of people are killed in different ways.About 60，000 were killed in 1783 in South Italy.A terrible earthquake in 1883 killed 35，000 people in Indonesia.Fires often follow earthquakes.The Tokyo earthquake of 1923 happened just before the middle of the day.Peo
1015、ple were cooking meals on their fires at that time.When the ground shook，and the fires shook，too.Hot materials were thrown onto different parts of the houses，which were made of wood.Soon 134 fires were burning in the city.Another terrible earthquake happened in India in 1896.The ground suddenly move
1016、d 0.45m to one side.Then it moved back again.It moved like this 200 times a minute.Nearly all the buildings and trees fell down when that was happening.【语篇解读】本文是一篇说明文。介绍了世界上地震常发地以及地震时的伴随现象。24According to the article，_ has few earthquakes.AIndia BItaly CJapan DEngland答案Dks5u细节理解题。根据第一段中“for example，t
1017、here are few earthquakes in Britain”可知，答案是D。25Which of the following wont happen during an earthquake?AThe ground shakes.BMaterials become hot.CSome people die.DA great noise can be heard.答案Bks5u细节理解题。根据第一段中“There is often a great noise during an earthquake.The ground shakes and houses fall down.”和“
1018、Sometimes thousands of people are killed in different ways.”可知，A、C、D三项内容正确；只有B项没提到。26There were many fires after the Tokyo earthquake because _Apeople were using firesBthe earthquake shook the firesCthe houses were made of woodDAll the above答案Dks5u细节理解题。根据第二段中“People were cooking meals on their fire
1019、s at that time.When the ground shook，and the fires shook，too.Hot materials were thrown onto different parts of the houses，which were made of wood.”可知，D项正确。CAfter an earthquake most survivors can be expected to recover over time，particularly with the support of family and friends.Some families will b
1020、e able to return to their normal life quickly，while others will have to contend_with the destruction of their homes，medical problems，and injury to family members.Children especially will need time to recover from the loss of a loved one or a pet or from the closing down of their school.Children ofte
1021、n turn to adults for information，comfort and help.Parents should try to remain calm，answer childrens questions honestly and remain understanding when they see changes in their childrens behavior.Children react differently to an earthquake depending on their ages，developmental levels and former exper
1022、iences.Some will respond by withdrawing (不与人交往)，while others will have angry outbursts(爆发)Parents should remain sensitive to each childs reactions.Parents should spend time talking to their children，letting them know that its OK to ask questions and to share their worries.Although it may be hard to
1023、find time to have these talks，parents can use regular family mealtimes or bedtimes for them.They should answer questions briefly and honestly and be sure to ask their children for their opinions and ideas.Issues may come up more than once and parents should remain patient when you answer the questio
1024、ns again.For young children，parents，after talking about the earthquake，might read a favorite story or have a relaxing family activity to help them calm down.Parents should also tell children they are safe and spend extra time with them.They could play games outside or read together indoors.Most impo
1025、rtantly，be sure to tell them you love them.【语篇解读】本文就震后如何帮助孩子恢复身心健康向家长提出了有关的建议。27Whats the passage mainly about?AHow to prepare before an earthquake strikes.BWhat to do in an earthquake.CHow to face the loss of a loved one in an earthquake.DHow to help children recover mentally from an earthquake.答案D
1026、ks5u主旨大意题。全文都是关于地震后父母如何安慰孩子的，因此选D。28The underlined phrase “contend with” in Paragraph 1 can be replaced by “_”Adeal with Bmake upCput off Dturn back答案Aks5u词义猜测题。根据上下文可推出此处contend with意思为“处理”。与deal with接近。29Which of the following pieces of advice is NOT mentioned in the passage?AKeep a close watch on
1027、 childrens behavior.BTell the children they are safe.CTell the children you love them.DAsk educational experts for help答案Dks5u细节理解题。从文章最后一段可找到有关A、B、C三个选项的表述，D项文中没有提及。30What can we know from the passage?AAll people will recover from an earthquake quickly.BChildren may need a longer time to recover af
1028、ter an earthquake.CChildren should turn to their classmates for help after an earthquake.DChildren react in the same way as adults do to an earthquake.答案Bks5u细节理解题。根据第一段最后一句Children especially will need time to recover from.可知B项正确。第二节(共5个小题；每小题2分，满分10分)根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。Everyo
1029、ne has feelings of anxiety，nervousness，tension and stress from time to time.Here are a few ways to help us manage them._31_ We all think we know how to relax.But calming down in front of the TV or computer isnt true relaxation.Depending on what youre watching or doing，it could even make you more ner
1030、vous.The same is true for alcohol，drugs or tobacco.They may seem to relieve anxiety or stress，but its a false state of relaxation thats only temporary.What the body really needs is a relaxation techniquelike deep breathing，tai chi or yogathat has a physical effect on the mind.Get enough sleep，nutrit
1031、ion and exercise.Get the right amount of sleep for your neednot too much or too little.Eat wellchoose fruit，vegetables，lowfat proteins and whole grains for longterm energy instead of the short bursts that come from too much sugar or caffeine._32_ In that way，your brain and body can operate at their
1032、best.Connect with others._33_ Doing things with those we feel close to deepens our bonds，which allows us to feel happier and less upset about things.If you feel worried or nervous about something，talking about it with someone who listens and cares can help you feel more understood and better able to
1033、 deal with it.Youll be reminded that everyone has these feelings sometimes.Youre not alone._34_ Heading out for a walk in the park or a hike in the woods can help anyone feel peaceful.Choose somewhere you feel safe so that you can relax and enjoy your surroundings.Walking or hiking can offer additio
1034、nal benefit or exercise.Invite a friend or twoor a family memberalong and enjoy feeling connected to people as well.Think positively.A great way to keep our minds off the worry track is to focus our thoughts on things that are good，beautiful and positive._35_ ASpend time with your friends or family.
1035、BExpress yourself to others.CConnect with nature.DKeep away from stress and anxiety.EAllow yourself to dream and wish for the best.FExercise to send oxygen to every cell in the body.GChoose a correct way to relax.答案31.G32.F33.A34.C35.E第三部分：语言运用(共两节，满分45分)第一节：完形填空(共20个小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分)阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给
1036、的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。After the earthquake hit northeast of Japan on March 11，2011，many touching stories that I saw with my own eyes happened around me.I had to walk home since all the _36_ had stopped after the quake.On my way home I _37_ an old Japanese lady at the bakery shop who was givin
1037、g out free bread，which made my heart _38_A middleaged Japanese man was holding a sign that said，“Please use our _39_” He was _40_ his house for people to go to the restroom.My friend wanted to _41_ others.He stood in the cold with a sign “If you are okay with a motorcycle，I will _42_ you to your hou
1038、se.”And then I saw him take one gentleman home，all the way to a faraway place!Then the next day I drove to _43_ my car with gas.There was a _44_ of gas now and many gasoline stations were either closed or had very _45_ lines.I got _46_ ，since I was behind 15 cars.Finally，when it was my _47_ ，the man
1039、 smiled and said，“ _48_ this situation，we are only giving $30 worth of gas per person.Is that all right？”“Of course.Im just glad that we are all able to _49_ ，”I said.His smile gave me so much _50_I saw a man at the evacuation (疏散) center _51_ when people brought food to him.It was the first time in
1040、 three days that food had been brought to their center.However，after he wiped the tears，his next _52_ surprised me.“I am very _53_ that we are provided with food.But people in the city next to us havent _54_ any food at all.Please go to that center as well.”And when hearing that，I realized there is
1041、a bright future on the other side of this _55_【语篇解读】2011年3月11日日本发生了地震。本文叙述了作者在震后亲眼看到的感人故事，从中他感受到了人们的良好品质。36A.traffic BrescueCcommunication Dbusiness答案Aks5u地震之后，所有车辆都停运了，因此“我”只好走回家。四个选项只有traffic与walk home有关。37A.missed Bcaught Cnoticed Dheard答案Cks5u在步行回家的路上，“我”注意到面包店门口有个日本老太太在向行人免费发放面包。这里用noticed表示“注意
1042、到”。A项意为“错过”；B项意为“抓住”；D项意为“听到”。38A.hungry Bsoft Cbroken Dwarm答案Dks5u与文章开头的“touching stories”呼应，本题选D，表示在三月寒冷的天气里，这幕情景温暖了“我”的心。hungry饥饿的；soft温柔的；broken破碎的。39A.toilet Bhotel Chospital Dhouse答案Aks5u下文说让人们使用他家的厕所(restroom)，因此选A。本题的关键是理解后面的“restroom”的含义。40A.advertising BopeningCrepairing Ddecorating答案Bks5u
1043、他打开自己的家门，允许人们使用他家的厕所。这里用opening表示“打开，开放”。advertise做广告；repair 修理；decorate装饰。41A.encourage BsaveCcharge Dassist答案Dks5u“我”的一个朋友也想帮助别人，于是他站在寒风中，举着个牌子。根据语境判断选D，表示“帮助”。42A.drive Bfollow Clead Dsend答案Aks5u牌子上写着“假如你愿意坐摩托车，那么我愿意驾车送你回家”。这里用drive表示“开车送某人”。follow 跟随；lead领导；send派遣，派送。43A.start Bfill Ccheck Dwash
1044、答案Bks5u根据语境判断选B，表示“(使)充满，注满”。作者要去加油站给自己的车加油。44A.plenty Black Cvariety Ddiversity答案Bks5u由后面的“many gasoline stations were either closed.”判断选B，此时由于地震，汽油短缺。lack“缺乏”符合语境。45A.direct Bstraight Clong Dshort答案Cks5u很多加油站要么关闭，要么站着排队等待加油的队伍很“长”。46A.worried Blucky Cexcited Dannoyed答案Aks5u汽油短缺，而且在“我”前面有15辆车，因此“我”
1045、担心自己加不上油。47A.time Bturn Cduty Ddecision答案Bks5u最后终于轮到“我”了。it was my turn“轮到我了”。48A.Apart from BTogether withCBecause of DInstead of答案Cks5u此处强调原因，因此选C。因为眼下这个局面(等待加油的车太多)，加油站限量供应汽油。49A.share BofferCtolerate Dtransform答案Aks5u加油站的油不多，只能够限量供应，大家来分享这有限的油，这样挺好的。故选A“分享”。50A.comfort BpleasureCtrouble Denterta
1046、inment答案Aks5u加油站工作人员的微笑使“我”很欣慰。51A.waiting Bgrabbing Csleeping Dcrying答案Dks5u下文说“他擦掉泪水”，由此判断选D。在这个疏散中心，当人们给这个人送来食物的时候，他感激得哭了。52A.promises Broles Cactions Dremarks答案Dks5upromise 许诺；role角色；action行动；remark话语。此处指他接下来的一番话使“我”感到诧异，因此选D。53A.upset Bgrateful Csurprised Dproud答案Bks5u人们给他送来食物，这个人此时内心充满感激之情，因此选
1047、B。54A.bought BsuppliedCprepared Dreceived答案Dks5u我们旁边那个城市的人们还没有得到过一点儿食物。因此选D，表示“得到，收到”。55A.city Bcenter Clesson Ddisaster答案Dks5u在这场灾难中，从这些人身上，“我”看到的是光明的未来。这里选D，指这次地震。第卷第三部分：语言运用(共两节，满分45分)第二节(共10个小题；每小题1.5分，满分15分)阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。It was my first trip to India alone.One day，as I _56
1048、_ (walk) through a local market，a tenyearold boy came over and begged me to buy a book，_57_ had the words Interesting India on its cover.I bought it，thinking that when I returned home it would remind me _58_ my wonderful Indian adventure.The book claimed that Indias people were very welcoming of tou
1049、rists，and never tried _59_ (cheat) them.As I read I felt deeply touched by these warm words.Suddenly，a monkey came down from a nearby tree，snatched the book from my hand and took _60_ away，along with my bag which contained all my belongings.I couldnt do anything _61_ stand and stare.Then a man appro
1050、ached me and asked _62_ I wanted my belongings back.He said it would cost me five US dollars.I had no other choice _63_ (leave)，so I agreed to pay，but only after my bag was returned.He blew a whistle and the monkey immediately threw the bag down.I picked it up and gave him the money.I later learned
1051、that _64_ man made his living this waytricking tourists.This was the _65_ (bad) thing I ever experienced in “Interesting India”答案56.was walking57.which58.of59.to cheat 60it61.but62.if/whether63.left64.the/that65.worst第四部分：写作(共两节，满分40分)第一节：应用文写作(满分15分)最近，学校学生会要组织一次以“低碳生活、健康人生”为主题的英语演讲比赛，请根据下面的提示，写一篇英
1052、语演讲稿。1联系自然环境的现状，说明低碳生活的必要性。2结合生活实际，探讨如何才能低碳生活。3只有低碳生活，才能和大自然和谐相处。参考词汇：living environment 生活环境；lead a.life 过着的生活；stair n楼梯；lift n电梯；balanced adj.均衡的注意：1.词数80左右；2可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；3开头和结尾已经给出，不计入总词数。Dear judges and friends，As we all know，the global warming is getting more and more serious.In order to impr
1053、ove our living environment，it is necessary for every one of us to lead a lowcarbon life.Only in this way can we build a balanced relationship with the environment and live a healthy life.【参考范文】Dear judges and friends，As we all know，the global warming is getting more and more serious.In order to impr
1054、ove our living environment，it is necessary for every one of us to lead a lowcarbon life.Clearly all of us can take actions to live such an environmentalfriendly life.First of all，if it is possible we can go to school on foot or by bike instead of depending on cars every day.Like this we can reduce g
1055、reenhouse gases a lot.Secondly，we should try our best to save energy in our daily life.For example，we can climb the stairs rather than taking the lift.Personally，wed better form a lowcarbon lifestyle.Only in this way can we build a balanced relationship with the environment and live a healthy life.第
1056、二节：概要写作(满分25分)阅读下面短文，根据其内容写一篇60词左右的内容概要。Getting up early has been regarded as a good habit since ancient times.Many years ago，people thought that if we went to bed early and got up early，we would be energetic the whole day.So，getting up early is of great importance to us all.In fact，morning is the b
1057、est time of a day.In the morning，the air is the freshest and people are usually in the best conditions.Many of us may have the experiences that we memorize some things more quickly and accurately in the morning than at any other time of the day.If we do some morning exercise or only take a short wal
1058、k in the morning，we can build our bodies and become much healthier.Also we will have enough time to make a plan and get ready for our work or study of the day if we get up early.However，if we get up late，well probably have to do everything in a great hurry.Let us remember getting up early is a good
1059、habit and try our best to keep it.If we stick to getting up early every day，we will certainly benefit a lot from it.【参考范文】Getting up early in the morning，which is a good habit that will benefit us a lot，can make us healthier and energetic.Also we will have enough time to make a plan and get ready fo
1060、r our work or study of the day，otherwise we will be in a great hurry.Remember getting up early is a good habit and try our best to keep it.Period OneWarming Up & Readingks5u课 文 预 读.课文理解1Elias had to leave school because _Ahe was too youngBhe didnt like to studyChis school was far away from his homeD
1061、his family could not continue to afford the school fees and the bus fare2When Elias first met Nelson Mandela，_Alife was difficult for EliasBMandela was in troubleCElias was at schoolDElias was a very good worker3In 1952，Mandela was a _Aworker BpresidentCteacher Dlawyer4In Elias eyes，Mandela was _Asi
1062、lent and helpful Brich but selfishCkind and helpful Dpoor but kind5Whats the purpose of Mandelas work?ATo help the poor become rich.BTo build a new government.CTo make black and white people equal.DTo help the black beat the white.6As a leader of South Africa，Nelson Mandela helped prisoners of Robbe
1063、n Island by _Agiving them an educationBgiving them moneyCputting the guards in prisonDgiving them a job7This text is mainly about _Aa black man named Elias and his hard life in South AfricaBMr Mandelas lifelong struggle(斗争)for the black peoples rightsCElias description of his contact with Mr Mandela
1064、Ddeep friendship between Elias and Mr Mandela8Elias had to leave school when he was quite young because _Ahe couldnt catch up with other students in his studyBhis home was too far away from schoolChis family was too poor to pay the money needed for his studyDhe wanted to work with Mr Mandela eagerly
1065、9People without a passbook may _Anot be allowed to live in JohannesburgBbe out of workCbe those who were not born thereDall the above10Was Elias happy to help blow up the buildings?ANo，because he disliked violence.BYes，because he wanted to thank Mr Mandela.CNo，because he thought he might be caught a
1066、nd put in prison.DYes，because making black and white people equal was their dream.答案1.D2.A3.D4.C5.C6.A7.C8.C9.D10.D.正误判断(根据课文内容判断正“T”误“F”)1Elias left school in the end because his school was too far for him to go.()2Elias worried that he would lose his job because he had little education.()3Elias tr
1067、usted Nelson Mandela and he joined the ANC Youth League.()4The black in the early 1960s had no right to vote or choose who would rule them.()答案1.F2.F3.T4.T.课文语法填空Elias is a poor black worker in South Africa._1_ he first met Mandela he was in a difficult period of his life.He began school _2_ six.But
1068、 he had to leave because his family could not continue to _3_ the school fees and the bus fare.When he got a job，he was _4_ (worry) about being out of work because he didnt have a passbook.Then Mandela，_5_ offered guidance to poor black people on their legal problems，told him what to do and helped h
1069、im.When Mandela organized the ANC Youth League，Elias joined _6_At that time，black people couldnt vote _7_ choose their leaders，get the job they wanted and _8_ (have) to live in the parts of town which were decided by white people.With _9_ help of Mandela they chose to attack the laws，fought against
1070、the white people with violence.In 1963 he helped blow up some government buildings，though it was dangerous for him，because he knew it would help them realize their dream of making black and white people _10_ (equality)答案1.When2.at3.pay/afford4.worried5.who6.it7.or8.had9the10.equal【话题语篇导读】Nelson Mand
1071、ela was born in Transkei，South Africa on July 18，1918.He was educated at University College of Fort Hare and the University of Witwatersrand and qualified in law in 1942.He joined the African National Congress in 1944.In June 1961，the ANC considered his proposal on the use of violent actions and agr
1072、eed that those members who wished to involve themselves in Mandelas campaign would not be stopped from doing so by the ANC.Mandela was arrested in 1962 and sentenced to five years imprisonment with hard labour.In 1963，Mandela was brought to stand trial for plotting to overthrow the government by vio
1073、lence.On June 12，1964，Mandela was sentenced to life imprisonment.From 1964 to 1982，he was incarcerated at Robben Island Prison，off Cape Town.During his years in prison，Nelson Mandelas reputation grew steadily.He was widely accepted as the most significant black leader in South Africa.Nelson Mandela
1074、was released on February 11，1990.After his release，he plunged himself into his lifes work，trying to achieve the goals he and others had set out almost four decades earlier.In 1991，at the first national conference of the ANC Mandela was elected President of the ANC.ks5u知 识 梳 理.核心单词单词拼写1We must follow
1075、 the _(原则)that education should be fair to everyone.2It does serious harm to childrens character that too much _(暴力)is shown on television.3The product is of very good _(质量)，so it sells well.4Tom is rich，but he is very _(吝啬的)He never lends his money to others.5In the past，the black people in the USA
1076、 had no right to _(选举)6As a student，John is very a_ in class.For example，he often answers teachers questions.7He studied hard at law and became a good l_ after graduation.8He is popular with his friends because he is w_ to help them when they are in trouble.9Bill is a g_ person，who has given million
1077、s of dollars to help those people in disasterhit area.10He said that he would d_ all his life to his career.答案1.principle2.violence3.quality4.mean5.vote6.active7.lawyer8.willing9.generous10.devote.重点短语补全短语1_ of work 失业2_ a matter of fact 事实上3blow _ 使充气；爆炸4_ trouble 在危险、受罚、痛苦、忧虑等的处境中5fight _ 与交战6be f
1078、ree _ 无的；摆脱的7believe _ 信任8be willing _ 自愿做某事9be active _ sth 积极从事10devote oneself _ 献身于11_ a peaceful way 用一种和平方式12vote _ 投票赞成(反对)13answer violence _ violence 以暴还暴14turn _ 求助于；致力于答案1.out2.as3.up4.in5.against6.from7.in8.to do9.in10.to11.in12.for/against13.with14.to.用课文中的词语替换划线部分1I needed his help bec
1079、ause I had very little schooling_2The school in_which I studied for only two years was three kilometers away._3However，this was a time during_which one had got to have a passbook to live in Johannesburg._4It_was_sad_that I did not have one because I was not born there._5In_fact，I dont like violence.
1080、_6But I was happy to help because I knew it would help us realize our dream of making black and white people equal._答案1.education2.where3.when4.Sadly5.As a matter of fact6achieve.写作句式句式运用(完成句子)1The last thirty years have seen the greatest number of laws stopping our rights and progress，until today w
1081、e have reached a stage_ (几乎什么权利都没有)2We first broke the law in a way which was peaceful；when this was not allowed._ (只有到这个时候，我们才决定) to answer violence with violence.3The time _ (我第一次遇见) Nelson Mandela was a very difficult period of my life.4Mandela was the black lawyer _ (我去向他寻求建议)5We were put into a
1082、 position _ (在这种情况下我们要么不得不接受) we were less important，or fight the government.答案1.where we have almost no rights at all2.only then did we decide3when I first met4.to whom I went for advice5.in which we had either to accept.单句语法填空1My mother is a _(self) woman，who often helps those faced with difficult
1083、ies.2It is hoped that the problem will be solved in a _(peace) way.3Mandela was once a _(law)，whom the poor often asked for advice.4Under his fathers _(guide)，Peter had made great progress in his study.5According to the law，women shall enjoy the _(equal) in rights to vote in our country.6The _(illeg
1084、al) age of being allowed to enter a bar in the country is 18.7The professor was _(devote) to his research work，caring little about any other things.8The school _ (found) by a famous person in 1980.9I am not very _(hope) about my chances of success.10Its so _(fair)she gets more money for less work!答案
1085、1.selfless2.peaceful3.lawyer4.guidance5.equality6.legal7devoted8.was founded9.hopeful10.unfair.用恰当的介、副词填空1A great person is someone who devotes his/her life_helping others.2He fought_the German Nazis and Japanese invaders.3He gave_a rich life for his ideas and fought_his country to be free_the UK_a
1086、peaceful way.4He was generous_his time，_which I was grateful.5_a matter of fact，I do not like violence，but in 1963 I helped him blow_some government buildings.答案1.to2.against3.up；for；from；in4.with；for5.As；up.句型转换1In fact，I dont like his design at all._ _ _ _ _ ，I dont like his design at all.2We shou
1087、ld work hard to make our dream come true.We should work hard to _ _ _3The volunteers are always glad to help others.The volunteers _ always _ _ help others.4As she was worried about her pet，she couldnt sleep well._ _ her pet，she couldnt sleep well.5My father lost his job two years ago.My father _ _
1088、_ _ _ for two years.6You can leave the room only then.Only then _ _ _ the room.7Eight times eight equals sixtyfour.Eight times eight _ _ _ sixtyfour.8I thought he was right，but in fact he was wrong.I thought he was right，but _ _ _ _ _ he was wrong.9His brother lost his job several months ago.His bro
1089、ther _ _ _ _ _ for several months.10He is a goodhearted lawyer and those in difficulties often ask him for help.He is a goodhearted lawyer and those in difficulties often _ _ _ for help.答案1.As a matter of fact2.achieve/realize our dream3.are；willing to4.Worried about5.has been out of work6.can you l
1090、eave7.is equal to8as a matter of fact9.has been out of work10.turn to him【知识链接】1mean adj.吝啬的；自私的；卑鄙的；刻薄的；v.意思是；意欲，打算；意味着be mean to sb 对某人刻薄mean to do sth 打算做某事mean doing意味着be meant for本定为；注定要成为mean no harm没有恶意 Actually，she meant no harm.事实上，她没有恶意。Shes always been mean with money.她在花钱方面总是非常吝啬。单句语法填空M
1091、issing the first bus means _ (wait) for another hour.Im sorry.I didnt mean _ (hurt) your feelings.He means _harmhes only joking.答案waitingto hurtno2A great person is someone who devotes his/her life to helping others.伟人是把自己的一生致力于帮助别人的人。devote vt.献身于；专心于devoted adj.深爱的；忠实的devotion n奉献；忠诚；专心devote ones
1092、 life/energy/time.to (doing) sth 把某人的生命/精力/时间用在/献给(做)某事上devote oneself to献身于；致力于be devoted to献身于；专心于The man devoted most of his time to studying literature.这个人把他的绝大多数时间都致力于文学研究。I could only devote two hours a day to the work.我一天只能在这个工作上花两个小时。完成句子Ive decided _(报效祖国) after finishing my study.Some of t
1093、hem _(专心于) the study of natural science.答案to devote myself to the nationwere devoted to3.Why did Nelson Mandela turn to violence to make black and white people equal？为什么纳尔逊曼德拉会用暴力来使黑人和白人平等？turn to求助于；致力于；转向；翻至(某一页)turn around/round转过去，转身turn down拒绝；把调低turn in上交turn off关闭turn on打开turn over翻过来；移交turn
1094、out生产，制造；结果是turn up调高；出现If you are in trouble，please turn to the police for help.如果你有困难，请向警察求助。The boy is not really reading，just turning over the book.这个男孩没在真正读书，只是在翻书。用turn短语填空You can _ your teacher for help if you are in trouble.Those who want to go are to _ their applications before Friday.Dont
1095、worry.All will _ right.答案turn toturn inturn out4.only then did we decide to answer violence with violence.直到那时我们才决定以暴力反抗暴力。当“only状语/状语从句”位于句首时，句子要部分倒装(即把原句中的情态动词、be动词或助动词提到主语前面)。Only after the lesson did she discover that she had lost her handbag.下课后她才发现自己丢了手提包。句型转换She can help us to solve the probl
1096、em only in this way._ _ _ _ _ she help us solve the problem.答案Only in this way canPeriod Two Learning about Languageks5u知 识 梳 理.核心单词单词拼写1The boy looked at his father _(满怀希望地) because he thought his father had brought him a present.2He has devoted his whole life to world _ (和平)3Christophe Pires was b
1097、orn and brought up in France，but he speaks English _ (流利地)4They failed to reach a settlement，because they _ (不同意) too much with each other.5Men and women must be treated _ (平等地) in education and employment.6We can eat out if you like，but I would _ (更喜欢) to stay in.答案1.hopefully2.peace3.fluently4.dis
1098、agreed5.equally6.prefer.重点短语根据提示写出短语1_ 为了特殊的目的 2_热爱3_人类4_ 把送进监狱5_更糟6_ 生病7_ 丧失勇气或信心答案1.for a special purpose2.show love for3.the human race4.put.in prison5.get worse6.fall ill7.lose heart.单句语法填空1Are you familiar with the music?Yes.There was a time _ this kind of music was quite popular.2Maria has wri
1099、tten two novels，both of _have been made into television series.3They will fly to Washington，_ they plan to stay for two or three weeks.4Wind power is an ancient source of energy _ which we may return in the near future.5Stephen Hawking believes that the earth is unlikely to be the only planet _ life
1100、 has developed gradually.6Is it in this room _ the great writer Mo Yan once lived _ he finished his famous novel?7We are now living in a wonderful period _ many things can be done on the Internet.8In 1978 we moved to Bozhou，_ my grandparents lived.答案1.when2.which3.where4.to5.where6.where；that7.when8
1101、where ,【知识链接】lose ones heart to爱上、倾心于learn sth by heart背诵，牢记put ones heart into专心于break sbs heart使某人很伤心heart and soul全心全意，完全地Dont lose heart when in face of difficulty，for a way out will come up.遇到困难时不要丧气，总会有出路的。She lost her heart to the soldier.她爱上了那位战士。He learned the poem by heart.他背下了那首诗。单句语法填空En
1102、couraged by his friends，Jack didnt lose_ and kept on trying it.He lost _ heart to her at the first sight.We must serve the people heart _ soul in the future.Nothing is too difficult if you put _ heart into it.答案hearthisandyourPeriod ThreeUsing Languageks5u课 文 预 读课文理解1Why did the name of Robben Islan
1103、d make them afraid?ABecause Robben Island was an island that was not beautiful.BBecause they spent the hardest time of their lives there.CBecause Robben Island was a bad mans name.DBecause Robben Island was not their home.2Mr.Mandela began a school to _Amake some moneyBspend his spare timeCteach som
1104、e prisonersDmake friends with the prisoners3Why did Mr.Mandela allow the prison guards to study too?ABecause he needed the guards help.BBecause he thought the guards had their rights to study.CBecause the guards were black people too.DBecause the guards could pass their exams.4How long was Elias in
1105、prison named Robben Island?AFour years. BFour months.CFour weeks. DFour days.5Elias lost his job because _Ahe wasnt well educated when he was in prisonBthe boss knew he had been in prisonChe was not fit for his workDhe didnt get on well with the other workers答案1.B2.C3.B4.A5.B【美丽学习】What Comic Book He
1106、roes Teach Us About Life漫画英雄教我们的生活之道Always have a sidekickBatman without Robin is grumpy，brooding，reluctant to leave his mancave (in his case，an actual cave)Stick a cheesy protege by his side and he lightens up immeasurably，as demonstrated by the beyondkitsch 1960s Batman series.What this tells us i
1107、s that its immensely beneficial to cultivate a loyal follower，though it is perhaps best they dont wear a cape，Lone Ranger mask and green shortshorts to the office.Unless you work at a tech startup，at least one of those is probably against company dress code.ks5u知 识 梳 理.核心单词单词拼写1Since she was better
1108、_ (教育)，she got a job working in an office.2He was _ (判刑)to ten years in prison.3He gave the children some candies to _ (奖励)them for behaving well.4It is time to stop his _ (残忍)to the animals.5He couldnt decide any important things.He asked his wifes o_ on every important decision.答案1.educated2.sente
1109、nced3.reward4.cruelty5.opinion.重点短语补全短语1come _ power当权；上台2set _设立；建立3be sentenced _被判处(徒刑)4_ ones opinion依之见5stop._ doing阻止做6the _ time第一次答案1.to2.up3.to4.in5.from6.first.写作句式句式运用(完成句子)1It was a prison _ no one escaped.那是一座任何人都逃不出去的监狱。2He taught us during the lunch breaks and the evenings when we _.他
1110、在午餐后的休息时间以及晚上本来该睡觉的时间教我们学习。3They were not cleverer than me，but they _ their exams.他们不比我聪明，但是确实通过了考试。4I felt bad _ I talked to a group.第一次给旅行团作讲解时，我的心情很不好。答案1.from which2.should have been asleep3.did pass4.the first time .单句语法填空1You can try_second time if you fail_first time.2A new school was set_in
1111、the village last year.3Only_(educate) people can have a good understanding of the lecture given by the scientist.4Advertisements are not allowed to be put_on the pole without special permission.5The criminal(罪犯)，who _(sentence) to 4 years in prison by the judge last week，was 21 years old.6There is a
1112、 notice saying：Anyone returning the ring will _(reward)7Tom_(come) to his friends birthday party，but he was too busy yesterday.8Whoever breaks the law wont escape_(punish)9He thought of a very good way to stop the car_(steal)10This is the very reason_all of you want to know.答案1.a；the2.up3.educated4.
1113、up5.was sentenced6.be rewarded7.should have come8.punishment/being punished9.(from)being stolen10.that ,【知识链接】1They were not cleverer than me，but they did pass their exams.他们并不比我聪明，但他们却通过了考试。在此句中，did是助动词，用来加强语气。当句子的时态是一般现在时或一般过去时，谓语动词又是实义动词时，常用助动词do，does，did来加强语气，表示强调。I did go to the concert last ni
1114、ght.昨晚我确实去听音乐会了。Please do come to my birthday party.请一定要来参加我的生日聚会。He does look tired.他的确显得很疲倦。完成句子_ (务必小心)when crossing the street.She _ (确实告诉过)me about her address，but I forgot all about it.In my opinion，what they _ (他们所做的确实有好处) to our countrys international position.答案Do be carefuldid tellwhat the
1115、y did does do good2sentenced to five years hard labour for encouraging violence against antiblack laws.因为鼓励反对反黑人法的暴力行为而被判了五年的苦役。sentence vt.判决；宣判be sentenced to被判处(徒刑)sentence sb to do判决接受的刑罚sentence sb to death判处某人死刑The thief was sentenced to three years in prison.这个小偷被判三年徒刑。The murderer was senten
1116、ced to death.杀人犯被判死刑。He has been sentenced to pay a fine of $200 for drunk driving.他因酒驾被判罚款二百美元。单句语法填空The judge sentenced the governor _ 14 years in prison.No one can avoid being sentenced to _(die) if he kills someone.She _ (sentence) to life imprisonment for turning against her country.答案todeathwa
1117、s sentencedPeriod FourGrammar & Writingks5u知 识 梳 理.观察感悟1The time when I arrived was late at night.(when引导定语从句并在从句中作时间状语)2The date when I joined the ANC was the 5th of August.(when引导定语从句并在从句中作时间状语)3The reason why I got a job was because of my hard work.(why引导定语从句并在从句中作原因状语)4The government building wh
1118、ere we voted was very tall.(where引导定语从句并在从句中作地点状语).把下列每对句子连接成一个含有定语从句的句子1October 1st，1949 was the day.He went abroad for further study on that day._2It happened on a day in November.The weather was very wet and cold that day._3The shop isnt far away.I bought the book there._4The place has been turne
1119、d into a theatre.The villagers fought the enemy there many years ago._5We dont know the reason.They didnt study hard for the reason._答案1.October 1st，1949 was the day when he went abroad for further study.2It happened on a day in November when the weather was very wet and cold.3The shop where I bough
1120、t the book isnt far away.4The place where the villagers fought the enemy many years ago has been turned into a theatre.5We dont know the reason why they didnt study hard.用适当的关系词填空1Do you remember the scene _ Cao Cao and Liu Bei were drinking?2He didnt know _ to go on or stop.3The house _ we once liv
1121、ed in is being repaired by some workers.4I will never forget the days _ I was taken good care of in that village.5None of us know the reason _ Tom was absent from the meeting.6The reason _ he explained at the meeting for his absence didnt make sense.7I still remember the night _ she left the house.8
1122、The scientist about _ we are talking has been abroad some times.答案1.where2.whether3.that/which4.when5.why6.that/which7.when8.whom.用“介词which/whom”填空1The pen _ he wrote was broken.2The age _ children go to school is seven.3This is his work _ he devoted all the energy.4He had a son _ he took pride.5She
1123、 has three children，all _ are at school.6He bought a book yesterday，the author _ is a teacher.7Wu Dong _ I went to the concert enjoyed it very much.8Her bag _ she put all her books has not been found.答案1.with which2.at which3.to which4.in whom5.of whom6.of which7.with whom8.in which【知识链接】定语从句1关系副词wh
1124、en，where，why 引导的定语从句。(1)when 指时间，在从句中作时间状语。例如：We will never forget the year when SARS broke out in China.我们永远不会忘记中国爆发SARS的那一年。(2)where指地点，在从句在作地点状语。例如：Shanghai is the place where she was born.上海是她的出生地。(3)why 指原因，在从句中作原因状语。例如：This is the reason why I did it.这就是我做这件事的原因。2“介词关系代词”引导的定语从句在“介词关系代词”引导的定语从
1125、句中，关系代词只能用which或whom。先行词指物时，用which；先行词指人时，用whom。在这个结构中，介词的使用原则是：(1)根据从句中谓语动词的搭配习惯。如：This is the book on which I spent 10 yuan./for which I paid 10 yuan.这就是我花10元钱买的那本书。(2)根据先行词的搭配习惯。如：I still remember the day on which I first came to this school.我仍然记得我第一次来这所学校的那一天。(3)表“所有”关系或“整体中的一部分”时，用of。The old wo
1126、man has two sons，both of whom are doctors.这个老太太有两个儿子，两个儿子都是医生。3关系副词和“介词which”的关系关系副词when，where，why的含义相当于“介词which”，因此常常和“介词which”转换。This is the room where(in which)I lived last year.这就是去年我住的房间。4关系副词和关系代词的判断方法关系副词和关系代词的选择是根据先行词在定语从句中作的成分。若是作状语，则用关系副词或“介词which”；若是作主语或宾语，则用关系代词。如：Well remember those day
1127、s (when we played by the sea)(状语) (that/which/不填)we spent together.(宾语)ks5u写 作 点 拨.满分作文赏析根据以下提示，写一篇介绍艾丽丝门罗的文章。艾丽丝门罗，作家，1931年7月10日出生于加拿大，诺贝尔文学奖获得者。2013年诺贝尔文学奖授予加拿大女作家艾丽丝 门罗(Alice Munro)“当代短篇小说大师”，诺贝尔文学奖史上第13位女性获奖者。她曾获得2009年布克国际奖(Man Booker International Prize)，三次获得加拿大总督文学奖(Governor Generals Literary
1128、Awards)。至2013年她共创作了11部短篇小说集和1部类似故事集的长篇小说，如快乐影子舞(Dance of the Happy Shades)和你认为你是谁啊？(Who Do You Think You Are？)。门罗写的大部分都是女人的平凡生活。参考词汇：contemporary adj.当代的；literature n文学；grant vt.授予；similar adj.类似的；compare vt.比较注意：1.词数80词左右；2可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。Alice MunroCanadas writer Alice Munro，was called “master of
1129、the contemporary short story”，who was born on July 10th，1931，won the 2013 Nobel Prize in Literature.Munro is the 13th woman to receive the prize.【范文“悦”读】Alice MunroCanadas writer Alice Munro，was called “master of the contemporary short story”，who was born on July 10th，1931，won the 2013 Nobel Prize i
1130、n Literature.Munro is the 13th woman to receive the prize.She has won Canadas Governor Generals Literary Awards three times.Whats more，she was granted the Man Booker International Prize in 2009.In all，she wrote eleven collections of short stories，and one novel similar to a collection of stories，such
1131、 as Dance of the Happy Shades and Who Do You Think You Are? Most of the works that she wrote are about the usual life of women.Shes the first Canadianbased writer to win the literature award，who was compared to Russian Anton Chekhov.作文仿写假如某校校刊要介绍一位外籍教师，请就下面的简历写一篇英文短文。Alice Green，女，1986年1月出生于美国。现就职于希
1132、望中学，英语教师。基本情况如下：12006年大学毕业，2008年来中国工作，热爱教育事业，工作认真负责，乐意帮助学生。2教法灵活多样，课堂教学生动有趣，深受学生好评。3经常向学生介绍学习英语的方法。在她的帮助下，学生英语水平提高很快注意：1.词数80词左右；2可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。参考词汇：graduate vi.毕业；as well as 也；而且；lively adj.生动的；be popular with 受的欢迎A Foreign TeacherAlice Green，a girl born in January，1986 comes from America.After g
1133、raduating from a university in 2006，she came to China to work in 2008 and【参考范文】A Foreign TeacherAlice Green，a girl born in January，1986 comes from America.After graduating from a university in 2006，she came to China to work in 2008 and has been working as a teacher of English at Xiwang Middle School
1134、 since then.She is fond of teaching as well as strict in her work and when the students have difficulties，she is always ready to help them.Though young，she tries to make her classes lively and interesting，and whats more，she often gives students advice on how to learn English well，as a result of whic
1135、h she is very popular with her students.Thanks to her help，her students have made great progress in English.写作方法指导写作常见错误与方法点拨1中式英语要减少中式英语必须做到：养成用英语思维去写作的习惯，注意中西文化差异所带来的不同表达；平时多归纳总结，纠正汉式英语；多读原汁原味英文报刊或文章。2. 关系不一致关系不一致主要是指主谓一致、时态一致，主谓、动宾搭配、介词搭配等。3词性混用谓语动词分为动作或状态。形容词修饰名词；副词修饰动词、形容词、副词或者整个句子。4重复累赘有些英语单词本
1136、身自带某个意思，或由于语法需要不能再出现某一单词，如果学生基本功不够扎实，就常常出现造句累赘现象。5. 选词或搭配不当 平时记忆单词时，注重词语搭配。6关联词用法错误 英语句子特点之一重“形合”，句子的各个部分由各种关联词联在一起。而汉语句子重“意合”，句子前后连接主要是通过上下文的逻辑意义来实现，很多学生在写作时往往忽略这一点而造成句子的错误。7非完整句子一个句子至少包括主语和谓语两部分(除祈使句外)，如果把句子的某一部分当成一个句子，就会导致非完整句子。高分策略 高级语法助文章润色1使用特定句式特定句式的使用让句式灵活，避免刻板单一，使行文活泼流畅、富于变化。(1)倒装句 Although
1137、 we are tired，we are happy.Tired as we are，we are happy.(2)强调句It is/was被强调部分that.It is what Yang Liwei has done that encourages us a lot.(3)with复合结构A terrible accident happened yesterday，with nine people killed and almost eighty injured.(4)省略句They read while walking or riding on a bus.(5)用同位语代替非限制性定
1138、语从句Meimei，who is seven years old，has been learning to ride a bicycle for several days.Meimei，a girl of seven，has been learning to ride a bicycle for several days.2使用非谓语动词使用非谓语动词，既能使用较复杂的语法为行文增色，又能合并简单句，一举两得。使用非谓语动词作状语时，注意前后逻辑主语要保持一致。Hearing this，a few people began to run after him.3主动变被动4双重否定He will
1139、 not do it for nothing.Nobody does not believe him.I cant afford not to believe it.Period OneWarming Up & Reading.阅读理解Known as “Mahatma”(great soul)，Gandhi was the leader of the Indian nationalist movement against British rule，and was widely considered the father of his country.His belief of nonviol
1140、ent(非暴力的)protest to achieve political and social progress has been very influential.He was born on October 2，1869 in India.After university，he went to London to train as a lawyer.He returned to India in 1891 and in 1893 accepted a job at an Indian law firm in Durban，South Africa.Gandhi was appalled
1141、at the treatment of Indian immigrants there，and joined the struggle to get basic rights for them.During his 20 years in South Africa he was sent to prison many times.Influenced mainly by Hinduism，but also by writers including Tolstoy and Thoreau，Gandhi developed the satyagraha (devotion to truth)，a
1142、new nonviolent way to correct wrongs.In 1914，the South African government accepted many of Gandhis demands.Gandhi returned to India shortly afterwards.By 1920，Gandhi was an important figure in Indian politics.He changed the Indian National Congress Agenda，and his program of peaceful noncooperation w
1143、ith the British which included boycotts(抵制)of British goods，led to the arrests of thousands of people.In 1922，Gandhi himself was sentenced to six years imprisonment.He was set free after two years and withdrew from politics and devoted himself to trying to improve HindMuslim relations，which had wors
1144、ened.In 1931，Gandhi attended the Round Table Conference in London，as the only representative of the Indian National Congress，but he resigned from the party in 1934 to protest its use of violence as a political tool.He was replaced as leader by Jawaharlal Nehru.On January 30，1948，he was murdered.1Wha
1145、ts the first paragraph mainly about?AGandhis political beliefs.BGandhis childhood.CGandhis college education.DGandhis great influence.答案Dks5u主旨大意题。第一段主要介绍了甘地对印度的深远影响，因此选D项。2Gandhi did all of the following things EXCEPT _Atraining as a lawyerBstruggling to get basic rights in South AfricaChelping to
1146、make India independentDChanging the Indian National Congress Agenda答案Cks5u细节理解题。A、B两项可以在第二段找到相应的句子，D项可以在第三段找到依据，C项文中没有提及。3The “satyagraha” in Paragraph 2 may be _Aa violence toolBa political leaderCa Muslim beliefDa way to deal with wrong things答案Dks5u推理判断题。根据第二段的“.Gandhi developed the satyagraha(de
1147、votion to truth)，a new nonviolent way to correct wrongs.”可知D项正确。4What is the RIGHT order of the following events?aGandhi attended the Round Table Conference in London.bGandhi called for people not to buy British goods.cGandhi was sent to prison in South Africa.dGandhi worked at an Indian law firm.eG
1148、andhi left the party.Adacbe Bdcbae Cdceba Ddeabc答案Bks5u细节理解题。根据各个事件发生的时间顺序可知答案。.完形填空My mother asked me to go to several garage sales (宅前旧货出售) with her one cool morning.We finally _1_ at a pleasant house in the woods.The elderly _2_ told me that he and his wife were retired (退休的) teachers.As we were
1149、searching，I heard the gentlemans wife say her _3_ to someone，and I immediately _4_ who she was.She looked at me and said，“Youre Lisa Miller.”I looked at her _5_ ，for it had been nearly thirty _6_ since I had been in her class.My mother immediately said sorry to her for any _7_ that I might have made
1150、.She did that again after learning that I wasnt the sweet little child.She thought that if this woman _8_ me after so many years，I must have done something _9_My teacher looked at my mother and _10_ said，“Oh，no，she was very good.”My teacher _11_ that during the last week of school，I _12_ her a plant
1151、 from my mothers garden.It was a lambs ear.She took us to her garden where she planted the lambs ear.Over the years it _13_As I looked down her driveway (车道)with lambs ears on both sides，she said，“Every day when I leave my house and drive up the driveway，I think of you.And when I come home they _14_
1152、 me，I think of you.”Tears _15_ my eyes.There at her home was a piece of my life that she had raised.At that moment，she taught me more about _16_ than I could imagine.We give pieces of ourselves every day _17_ thought.We seldom imagine the effects (影响) that we have on others lives.That piece may grow
1153、 and spread，becoming a(n) _18_ part of a life.In the end it isnt the big things that matter，_19_ the small things that make all the _20_ in the world.【语篇解读】作者与母亲一同去旧货市场买东西，没想到遇到自己差不多三十年未见的老师。令作者更为惊奇的是当年送给老师的一株植物，在老师的精心培育下，不断繁衍，布满了车道的两旁。这深深地教育了作者，让她从中悟出了人生的真谛。1A.started BsearchedCstopped Dleft答案Cks5u
1154、文章首段说作者和母亲到宅前旧货出售市场逛一逛。本句中的finally说明她们最终到达了一处地方，停了下来。2A.worker Bowner Cbuyer Dplayer答案Bks5u根据garage sales“宅前旧货出售”可知这里指a pleasant house的所有者，故选owner。3A.price Baddress Cname Dage答案Cks5u从下文可知，此处选name“名字”符合语境。4A.realized Bforgot Clearned Dguessed答案Aks5u从下文I had been in her class可知卖旧货人的太太是作者的老师，因此，当听到这个人说
1155、出她自己的名字时，作者很快就“意识到(realized)”她是谁。5A.surprisingly BworriedlyCboredly Dtiredly答案Aks5u从后半句来看，她们俩差不多三十年没有见面，因此，与老师相遇，作者倍感惊奇。6A.months Byears Cdays Dweeks答案Bks5u下文的after so many years和Over the years是提示。7A.future Bfight Cexcuse Dtrouble答案Dks5u母亲说抱歉，是因为母亲为孩子可能在上学期间给老师带来的麻烦而道歉，故选trouble。8A.considered BsawCr
1156、emembered Dfound答案Cks5u根据上下文可知，此处应选remembered。9A.terrible Blucky Cfriendly Dspecial答案Aks5u在作者母亲的眼里，差不多三十年了，这个老师还能够记起自己孩子的名字，那说明孩子当时是做了很糟糕的事情，否则她不会这么长时间还记得。故选terrible。10A.loudly Bsilently Cangrily Dsoftly答案Dks5u根据下文老师对作者所送植物的培育可知，老师是温和地说作者表现很好，故选softly。11A.explained Breported Cwarned Dignored答案Aks5u本
1157、段是老师解释为什么她说作者是个好孩子。12A.stole Bbought Cchose Dbrought答案Dks5u根据“a plant from my mothers garden”可知是作者从母亲的花园里带来一株植物给老师。13A.disappeared BdiedCfell Dspread答案Dks5u作者当时是带来一株植物，而现在车道的两旁全是这种植物，这说明这株植物在老师的培育下繁衍开来。14A.accept Bsend Cgreet Dhelp答案Cks5u当老师回家的时候，这些植物向她打招呼，greet在这里是拟人化的描述。15A.gave up Bcame intoCturn
1158、ed to Dtook away答案Bks5u作者深受感动而热泪盈眶。come into“涌入”。16A.life Bgarden Cplants Dlessons答案Aks5u通过这件事，作者感到老师又教给了自己更多的生活真谛。从下文the effects(影响) that we have on others lives可以看出。17A.with Bby Cwithout Dthrough答案Cks5u根据下文的We seldom imagine.可判断此处应选without。18A.necessary BunimportantClarge Dwhole答案Aks5u根据下文 it isnt
1159、 the big things that matter，but the small things.可知，往往起重要作用的不是大事情，而是那些微小的事情，说明小事情变成了生命中必需的部分。19A.though Bbut Cbecause Dso答案Bks5ubut与前面的not构成not.but.“不是而是”。20A.effort BwayCdecision Ddifference答案Dks5u短语make all the difference的意思是：关系重大，大不相同。所以此处表示：事虽小，但意义重大。.阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。A young
1160、man，while traveling through a desert，came across a spring of clear water._1_water was sweet.He filled his leather container so that he could bring some back to an elder_2_had been his teacher.After a fourday journey，the young man_3_ (present) the water to the old man.His teacher took a deep drink，sm
1161、iled _4_ (warm)，and thanked his student very much for the sweet water.The young man went home_5_a happy heart.After the student left，the teacher let_6_student taste the water.He spit it out，_7_ (say) it was awful.Apparently，it was no longer fresh because of the old leather container.He asked his tea
1162、cher，“Sir，the water was awful.Why did you pretend to like_8_？” The teacher replied，“ You tasted the water.I tasted the gift.The water was simply the container for an act of kindness and love.Nothing could be_9_ (sweet)”We understand this lesson best_10_we receive gifts of love from children.Whether
1163、it is a cheap pipe or a diamond necklace，the proper response is appreciation.We love the idea within the gift rather than the thing.答案1.The2.who3.presented4.warmly 5with6.another7.saying8.it9.sweeter 10whenPeriod TwoLearning about Language.阅读理解AEvery child should have a solid science education wheth
1164、er they want to be the next Albert Einstein or Michael Jordan.Science is all around us；it is everywhere，reaching everything that we do.The “we” in that last statement includes children.Children that understand how science plays a role in our everyday lives have a wonderful foundation (基础) for succes
1165、s in life.Children can learn science at any age.The earlier they start the better.The best way for kids to learn is through play and repetition.These are wonderful science toys for preschool science activities.With play being the best way kids learn，it only makes sense then introducing toys to them
1166、that encourage understanding science.Children love to use their imagination to have fun and to help them understand the world around them.So play is a wonderful time to introduce science to them.Think of the games that we used to play.Dont Spill the Beans, Dont Break the Ice，the Telephone Game，Linco
1167、ln Logs，each of these games has science behind it.Children are by nature curious(好奇的)as they feel out the world，trying to make sense of what is around them.Science feeds that curiosity hunger that they have.It is a hunger that needs to be encouraged and satisfied.Finding these toys is not as hard as
1168、 one would think.To make sure that you get good quality toys，visit science toy shops online.These are the best places to find unique(独特的)science toys such as 3D space projectors，or Hydro Greenhouses.Help your children appreciate the world around them with understanding the world around them.This way
1169、，they understand how we are all connected together.Children will not only question the world，but be able to come up with answers to those questions on their own.Science is life.【语篇解读】不管将来是否从事科学研究，每一个孩子都需要接受科学教育，不仅因为科学和我们的日常生活密切相关，而且学习科学会为他们未来的成功奠定基础。1Dont Spill the Beans，Dont Break the Ice，the Telep
1170、hone Game and Lincoln Logs are the games _Athat are the most widely playedBthat can introduce science to childrenCthat most students like to play at schoolDthat keep children strong and healthy答案Bks5u细节理解题。根据第二段最后的“Think of the games that we used to play.Dont Spill the Beans，Dont Break the Ice，the T
1171、elephone Game，Lincoln Logs，each of these games has science behind it.”可知，这些游戏都有科学的成分，能教给孩子们科学知识。2The third paragraph is mainly to tell us that _Achildren are born curious about the worldBit is necessary to feed children in timeCscience toys can satisfy childrens curiosityDmost of the toys online are
1172、 very cheap答案Cks5u主旨大意题。通读本段可知，本段主要讲孩子天生对这个世界好奇，而科学可以满足他们的好奇心，而教给他们科学知识的最好方法是让他们玩科学玩具，故选C项。3The text is most probably written for _Aparents Bscientists Cchildren Dteachers答案Aks5u推理判断题。该文讲述了孩子接受科学教育的重要性以及最佳方式，由最后一段“Help your children appreciate the world around them.”可知，本文的写作对象最有可能是家长。B Wong Fukwing，
1173、a Hong Kong volunteer (志愿者) at an orphanage (孤儿院) in Yushu，was killed in the earthquake when he was trying to save others on April 14，2010.Wong managed to run safely out of the building with some children when the first quake happened at 7：50 am on April 14，but he went back inside to rescue three ot
1174、her children and three teachers inside，although he knew the danger of aftershocks (余震)At 10 am，all the children and one of the teachers were saved.However，Wong was buried under the fallen building and died.The other two teachers were still waiting to be rescued.46yearold Wong was a truck driver，who
1175、often said he could only give his efforts to charity(慈善) instead of money，as he did not earn a lot.His tragic(悲剧的) end touched the hearts of many people both in Hong Kong and on the mainland.Wong began volunteering in 2002.In 2003，Wong was told by the doctor he got serious illness，which gave him a g
1176、reat blow.However，the illness did not deter the warmhearted man.When the earthquake struck Wenchuan in Sichuan Province in 2008，Wong rushed to the disaster area of Shifang to offer his help though his family did not want him to go.In fact，Qinghai is a place Wong had often visited since 2006.As a vol
1177、unteer，he gave out medicine and clothing to the orphanage there.No one could expect that Wong would die helping others.Hong Kong Chief Secretary Henry Tang Yingyen said he had “the highest respect” for the hero who gave his life for others.“What he did has shown the Hong Kong spirit.” The citizens o
1178、f Hong Kong called him “the pride of Hong Kongs people” and people on the mainland have also praised him as “a true hero”【语篇解读】本文介绍了香港义工黄福荣阿福的故事。4Wong died in the earthquake _Aafter he sent medicine and clothing to the orphanageBwhen he returned to save the teachers and studentsCbecause he suffered
1179、from his serious illness againDas the first earthquake happened答案Bks5u细节理解题。本文第二、三段介绍了阿福地震中救人牺牲的事迹，故选B项。5The underlined word “deter” in Para.5 refers to “_”Aprevent BrefuseCbeat Dencourage答案Aks5u词义猜测题。由第五段中的“When the earthquake struck Wenchuan in Sichuan Province in 2008，Wong rushed to the disaster
1180、area of Shifang to offer his help.”可以看出严重的疾病也未能阻止他去汶川地震灾区当一名志愿者。6Which of the following words can be used to describe Wong according to the passage?AHonest and selfsatisfactoryBWarmhearted and selfless.CProud and selfcentered.DCapable and hardworking.答案Bks5u推理判断题。阿福从2002年开始做义工，不顾自身疾病参与汶川地震和玉树地震的援救工作
1181、，并在玉树地震中献出生命。从他的事迹不难看出，阿福是一个热心而无私的人。CA 13yearold American boy on Saturday became the youngest climber to conquer Mount Qomolangma，the worlds highest mountain.Jordan Romero from Big Bear，California，climbed up the 8，850 meter summit (峰顶) from the Tibetan side.On the same day，a Nepali (尼泊尔的) man，Apa Sh
1182、erpa，broke his own world record of climbing Qomolangma when he reached the summit for the twentieth time.Apa Sherpas team set off from Nepals capital，Kathmandu，last month，heading for the base camp(大本营)on the Chinese side of the mountain.“The team has just called in and believe that they are standing
1183、 on top of Mt.Qomolangma，”Romeros blog said.“Their dreams have now come true.Everyone is happy.”The climbing has put Romero one step closer to reaching his goal of climbing the highest mountains on all seven continents (大洲)“It is just a goal，”Romero said.He had already climbed five peaks (高峰)，and ne
1184、eds to climb only Vinson Massif，the highest peak in Antarctica，to hit his goal.The youngest person before to climb Qomolangma was 16yearold Temba Tsheri Sherpa of Nepal.Romero climbed together with a team including his father Paul and three local guides.He wanted to pick a small piece of rock from t
1185、he top of the world and wear it in a necklace.While Nepal insists that anyone planning to climb Mount Qomolangma must be 16，China does not have any age restrictions(限制)Some mountain climbers havent agreed with the Romero family for letting him try it but his father said the climbing from the Chinese
1186、 side is less dangerous.【语篇解读】本文是一篇新闻。一名13岁的美国男孩成功登上了珠穆朗玛峰的峰顶，轰动了世界。7Jordan Romero climbed up Mount Qomolangma mainly to _Ameet Apa SherpaBbuild his bodyCbreak the world recordDrealize part of his goal答案Dks5u细节理解题。根据第四段的“The climbing.reaching his goal of climbing the highest mountains on all seven c
1187、ontinents(大洲)”可知，乔丹攀登珠穆朗玛峰的主要目的是要实现他的梦想登上世界七大洲的高峰。8Why did Jordan Romero choose to climb from the Chinese side of Mount Qomolangma?AChina allows climbers of any age to climb Mt.Qomolangma.BIt wasnt far from Jordans base camp on the Chinese side.CThere were more challenges on the Chinese side.DThere
1188、were more local guides on the Chinese side.答案Aks5u细节理解题。根据最后一段可知，从珠峰的中国境内攀爬有两个原因，一是没有最小年龄限制，二是危险较小(他的父亲这样认为)。故选A项。9Which of the following is TRUE?AApa Sherpa climbed up Mount Qomolangma from the Tibetan side to the base camp on the Nepali side.BJordan Romeros father and three American guides climbed
1189、 up Mount Qomolangma with Romero.CThe youngest person who has climbed up the worlds highest mountain is 16 years old.DApa Sherpa has reached the summit of Mount Qomolangma twenty times.答案Dks5u细节理解题。由第二段最后一句可知A项错误；由第五段第二句可知B项错误；由第一段第一句话可知C项错误；由第二段第二句可知D项正确。10What would be the best title for the passa
1190、ge?AThe great dream of picking rocks from top of QomolangmaBCalifornia teen becomes the youngest to climb QomolangmaCThe most number of successful Qomolangma climbsDMount Qomolangma climbing becomes more popular答案Bks5u主旨大意题。本文是一篇新闻，报道了一名13岁的美国男孩登上了珠穆朗玛峰顶，成为世界上最年轻的成功登顶珠峰的人。故B项最能概括本文大意。.根据短文内容，从短文后的选项
1191、中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。_1_Safety in the highway is not totally out of our hands.Here are four ways we can protect ourselves when we travel._2_ People in small cars are injured more often and more severely than people traveling in large cars.Factories of small cars are strengthening their product
1192、s safety，which helps.But the mix of large cars and small cars on the road is the main reason of the problem.Being thrown into glass and metal car parts，or being thrown from the car can really hurt or even kill you._3_ The safety belts main purpose is to pull you back if your car has a sudden crash w
1193、ith another vehicle or object，or if it rolls over.A belt can reduce the chance of deadly injury by 45% and the chance of serious injury by 50%.Air bags are important.More than half of all new cars sold have air bags.Air bags provide protection in frontal crashesthe type of crash that kills the most
1194、driverswhen they are also wearing safety belts.Most people are demanding air bags in the cars they buy._4_ Effective as they are，they cant take the place of safety belts.Drunk driving crashes are less likely to happen if you dont drink._5_ Many people have realized that drunk driving can lead to dea
1195、th and injury，prison time and other results.There are movements to strengthen penalties (处罚)for drinking and driving.AHow to drive safe.BYou are safe in a large car.CHow to protect ourselves in the highway?DAir bags are not installed in all cars.EThats why safety belts should be worn.FDrunk driving
1196、is the most serious problem.GBut the protection provided by air bags is limited in side or rear crashes.答案1.C2.B3.E4.G5.FPeriod ThreeUsing Language.阅读理解My mother loves flowers.As soon as warm weather comes around，you will find her planting，watering and weeding over everything.For many years we lived
1197、 next door to each other，and she spent as much time in my garden as she did her own.After the flowers became plentiful each summer，she would cut colorful bouquets(花束)to enjoy inside the houseboth hers and mine.I would often come home from work and find a beautiful arrangement(布置)of fresh flowers on
1198、my coffee table.Shortly before Christmas one year，a local flower shop offered a bouquetamonth special.It seemed to be a great way to thank her for all of the flowers she had given me through the years.After the holidays，in early January，I drove her to the flower shop to pick up her first months bouq
1199、uet.The small fresh colorful bouquet would hardly fill a small vase (花瓶)I was so embarrassed (尴尬的)However，after we returned home，she began to arrange the flowers she had received.“Mom，Im sorry，”I told her.“I cant believe how skimpy that bouquet is.”She looked at me and smiled.“Its okay，”she said.“It
1200、 allows me to better enjoy the beauty of each one.”Moms words helped me to realize something bigger and more importantwhen we have too many good things，we often fail to enjoy the beauty of each one.Thanks，Mom，for helping me understand that less is sometimes more.【语篇解读】作者给妈妈买了一束鲜花，可是数量太少，连一个小花瓶都装不满，但
1201、妈妈却很喜欢。1The author bought her mother flowers to _Acelebrate the coming ChristmasBexpress thanks for all her mothers doneCbring more flowers to her mothers gardenDarrange her mothers new house答案Bks5u细节理解题。由第二段的“a great way to thank her for all of the flowers she had given me through the years”可知。2Wha
1202、t can we infer from the passage?AThe author couldnt afford a big bouquet.BThe mother was not happy when receiving the bouquet.CThe author would pick up another bouquet the next month.DThe mother would send back the bouquet to the flower shop.答案Cks5u推理判断题。由第三段的“.to pick up her first months bouquet.”可
1203、知，这是第一个月的鲜花，以后作者还会送妈妈鲜花。3The underlined word “skimpy” in Para.4 means _Abeautiful Bcolorful Ccheap Dsmall答案Dks5u词义猜测题。由第三段的“The small fresh colorful bouquet would hardly fill a small vase(花瓶)”可知，那束花连一个小花瓶都装不满，可见花束很小。4What did the author learn from her mother?AHow to grow flowers.BHow to arrange flow
1204、ers.CEnjoying life if possible.DConsidering things in other ways.答案Dks5u推理判断题。尽管花的数量很少，妈妈却说这样她可以更好地欣赏每一朵花。文章最后一段升华了主题。由此推断作者从她母亲那里学会从另一个角度去看事情。.完形填空Our third grade class was listening to our teacher，Miss Pratt.She told us she was not _1_ that we were not making the progress she had expected with mul
1205、tiplication tables(乘法表)I _2_ that I had spent too much time playing with my friends instead of _3_I had let down (让失望)my _4_，who was the kindest one I had ever known.Every day near the close of school，she would _5_ to us，or tell us stories about her childhood.Most _6_，she made us feel that she _7_ u
1206、s and that we were important.I had a scar (伤疤) below my nose _8_ a serious car accident.Having been called“Running Nose” by many other children，I didnt _9_ myself.Although my parents said I was _10_ ，I did not see myself that way.At the end of one school day，I _11_ in my classroom，waiting for my mot
1207、her to take me home.Miss Pratt sat at her desk with another teacher and talked.I heard they were saying，“_12_ is she? She is lovely.”My teachers answer was，“I _13_，Bernice is pretty.”Pretty! The word drew my _14_Teachers would be _15_Maybe it was true.At that moment I made the _16_ to be the first c
1208、hild in my class to learn the tables.No one was going to _17_ me.This time I believed in myself.About one week later，Miss Pratt told the class that I was the first one to _18_ the tables and she was very _19_ of me.The class _20_ and clapped.For the first time，I felt truly good about myself.1A.sad B
1209、surprised Cangry Dhappy答案Dks5u老师对“我们”在记乘法表方面没有取得进步而不高兴。2A.forgot BregrettedCbelieved Drequested答案Bks5u由I had spent too much time playing with my friends和I had let down(让失望) my.可知，“我”因为浪费了时间而“后悔”。3A.changing BdrawingCstudying Dwriting答案Cks5u和playing with my friends形成对比的应该是“学习”。4A.friend Bteacher Ccla
1210、ssmate Dparent答案Bks5u由My teachers answer was和上下文的内容可知，Miss Pratt是“我”的“老师”。5A.listen Bturn Cread Dreply答案Cks5u由who was the kindest one I had ever known和or tell us stories about her childhood可知C为最佳选项。6A.probably Bexactly Cfrequently Dimportantly答案Dks5u与给学生讲故事相比，关心他们的成长更为重要。所以选D。7A.cared about Blooked
1211、after Cworried about Dbrought up答案Aks5u由who was the kindest one I had ever known和that we were important可以推出老师平时很“关心”学生。8A.as Bsince Cafter Duntil答案Cks5u“我”是在一次车祸“后”脸上留下了一条疤痕，所以选C。9A.like Blose Cask Dhide答案Aks5u因为其他孩子的嘲笑，“我”感到自卑，并不“喜欢”自己。10A.smart Bhumorous Cpretty Dspecial答案Cks5u由下文中的Maybe it was tr
1212、ue.可以推知之前父母说“我”漂亮，但“我”并不相信。11A.joined Blived Cenjoyed Dremained答案Dks5u由waiting for my mother to take me home可知，“我”放学后“留在”教室里。12A.How BWho CWhat DWhere答案Bks5u另一位老师并不认识“我”，所以向Miss Pratt询问“我”是“谁”。13A.agree Bmean Csee Dhope答案Aks5u由Bernice is pretty可知，Miss Pratt“同意”另一位老师说的话(She is lovely.)14A.action Batt
1213、itude Canswer Dattention答案Dks5u由后面“我”的反应可知，pretty这个词引起了“我”的“注意”。15A.reliable Bpatient Csimple Dstrict答案Aks5u由下文中的Maybe it was true.可知，“我”认为老师是“可信赖的”人。16A.choice Bdecision Ceffort Ddifference答案Bks5u受到老师的称赞后，“我”下“决心”更加努力地学习。17A.control Bhurt Cstop Dinvite答案Cks5u由下文中的This time I believed in myself.可知，没
1214、有人能阻挡“我”的决心。18A.learn Bshow Cmake Dfind答案Aks5u由上文中的the first child in my class to learn the tables可知，“我”记住了乘法表，所以选A。19A.fond Bproud Cafraid Dtired答案Bks5u因为“我”是第一个学会乘法表的，所以老师为“我”感到“骄傲”。20A.left Bsettled Cstood Dsmiled答案Dks5u由空格后的clapped可知，同学们为我感到高兴，所以选D。.阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。At 3：42 am
1215、.everything began to shake.It seemed _1_ the world was _2_ an end! Eleven kilometers _3_ (direct) below the city the greatest earthquakes of the 20th century began.It was heard in Beijing，_4_ is one hundred kilometers away.Onethird of the nation felt it.A huge crack that was eight kilometers long an
1216、d thirty meters wide cut _5_ houses，roads and canals.Steam burst from _6_ (hole) in the ground.Hard hills of rock became rivers of dirt.In fifteen terrible seconds a large city lay in ruins.Twothirds of the people died or _7_ (injure) during the earthquake.Thousands of families _8_ ( kill) and many
1217、children were left _9_ parents.The number of people _10_ were killed or injured reached more than 400，000.答案1.that2.at3.directly4.which5.across6.holes7.were injured8.were killed9.without10.who/thatPeriod FourGrammar & Writing.阅读理解AWhen Ann Kahn was growing up，her family took the same summer vacation
1218、 every yeara trip to Yosemite (约塞米蒂国家公园)But things are different for her daughter，Ashley.At 19，Ashley had already set foot on every continent including Antarctica，and all but one of her journeys abroad were taken without her parents，on trips with other teenagers.She started when she was just 13，visi
1219、ting Europe with a youth travel organization called People to People Students Ambassadors(大使)“It has really changed my plan for graduation，” said Ashley，who is now a freshman of a state university.“When I was younger，I thought Id like to be a nurse someday.But now，Im learning French，and Id like to b
1220、e an ambassador after I graduate.Living and working abroad is something I would like to do.”At younger ages than the older generation of Americans，thousands of teenagers like Ashley are seeing more faraway corners of the world.High schools now regularly organize student trips that require passports.
1221、Middleschool students hike the rainforest instead of joining lakeside summer camps，and older teenagers use the community service they did in Africa as writing material for college essays.The sense of community and family are lifetime memories.More than half of the students believed middle school lif
1222、e as the biggest stage for growth.You really see kids mature.Ashleys mother Ann Kahn agrees，“I did not travel like this growing up，but I think its great that we are able to provide that for her.”1From the text，we can learn that Ashley _Avisited Europe when she was 13Bset up a youth travel organizati
1223、onCnever had a chance to visit AntarcticaDtook the same summer vacation as her mother答案Aks5u细节理解题。根据第一段末句She started when she was just 13，visiting Europe with.推知，Ashley从13岁开始，就跟随一个叫“People to People Students Ambassadors”的旅行组织前往欧洲旅行。故A正确。2After taking several international journeys，Ashley _Awanted to
1224、 be a nurse after graduationBaccepted the advice from her parentsCchanged her plan for the futureDdecided to have a trip to Yosemite答案Cks5u细节理解题。根据第二段的When I was younger，I thought.But now.推知，Ashley原打算当一名护士，但现在她正学习法语，并准备毕业后当一名驻外大使。可以说，Ashley从旅行经历中增长了见识，也改变了她的人生计划。故C正确。3From the text，we can infer that
1225、 during holidays teenagers in America will do the following EXCEPT _Ajoining the school tripsBhiking the rainforestCtravelling abroadDdoing community service答案Dks5u推理判断题。根据第三段最后一句话可知选D。4What does the underlined word “mature” in the last paragraph probably mean?ABecome quite busy.BBe cheerful.CBe exp
1226、erienced.DBecome grownup.答案Dks5u词义猜测题。根据最后一段中More than half of the students believed middle school life as the biggest stage for growth.推知，mature意为“成熟”，故D正确。BThomas Alva Edison was awarded more patents on inventions than any other American.When he died in 1931，Americans wondered how they could best
1227、show their respect for him.One suggestion was that the nation observe a minute or two of total blackout.All electric power would be shut off in homes，streets，and factories.Perhaps this suggested plan made Americans realize fully what Edison and his inventions mean to them.Electric power was too impo
1228、rtant to the country.Shutting it off for even a short time would have led to complete confusion.A blackout was out of the question.On the day of Edisons funeral，many people silently dimmed their lights.In this way they honored the man who had done more than anyone else to put the great force of elec
1229、tricity at his countrymens fingertips.5This selection says that Thomas Edison _Awas the only important American inventorBreceived the first American patentCreceived more patents than any other AmericanDwas the first American inventor答案Cks5u根据文章第一句可知答案为C。6People decided to honor Edison when _Ahe made
1230、 the first electric lightBelectric power was 100 yearsCthe country realized electricitys importanceDhe died in 1931答案Dks5u根据文章第一段第二句话可知答案为D。7The suggested plan was to _Aturn off the lights in factories and schoolsBobserve a few minutes of total silenceCdim all electric lightsDshut off all electricit
1231、y for a short time答案Dks5u根据文章第一段第三、四句可知答案为D。8Americans fully realized what Edisons inventions meant when they _Aheard of his deathBheard of the plan to honor himCfirst used electric powerDtried to carry out the plan答案Bks5u根据第一段第五句话可知答案为B。.根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。“No man is an island
1232、” is a wellknown line from John Donnes Devotion，written more than three hundred years ago.Even now people still agree with him.Without other people，life became empty and sad._1_For some of us，though making friends is not difficult，we may not want to make the first move.It is also difficult at times
1233、to keep the friends we already have.There are many books about friendship，but Dale Carnegies How to Win Friends and Influence(影响) People，written in 1936，is the most famous._2_ It was later put into 28 languages.Here is the list of advice from his book：_3_Always greet with a smile.Begin with “excuse
1234、me” or “would you please”， when you want to ask somebody.Remember to say “thank you” and try to be as helpful as you can.Go out of your way to be nice._4_ Making some soup for a sick neighbour may seem like a little thing to you，but it will make your neighbour feel a lot better.Remember names.They s
1235、ay that the sweetest music to a persons ears is the sound of his or her own name._5_Try to understand other peoples ways and ideas and learn something from them.Listen patiently.When someone is talking to you，look at him or her，listen carefully and say something when necessary.AThis “How to” book ab
1236、out getting along with other people became a bestseller.BIts also important to keep close friends in our daily life.CSo we all need to have friends.DBe openminded.EBe friendly and polite.FTry to help your friends get out of trouble.GFind some time to do some things for other people.答案1.C2.A3.E4.G5.D
1237、.应用文写作假定你是李华，正在美国参加科技夏令营活动，暂住在友人的家里。今天早晨你要外出，碰巧主人Mr.Robinson不在家，请给他写一张留言条，其内容包括：1外出看望一位朋友。2到超级商场购买一些生活必需品。3Betty来电留言(1)下午1点公司将在报告厅举行一个重要会议。(2)请把此事转告Cherry。(3) 请尽快回电了解详情。参考词汇：necessity n生活必需品；more importantly 更重要的是；call back 回电话注意：1.词数80左右；2可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；3开头和结尾已经给出，不计入总词数。Mr.Robinson，I am going out
1238、to see an old friend of mine.【参考范文】Mr.Robinson，I am going out to see an old friend of mine.On the way back Ill go to the supermarket to buy some necessities of life.I wont be back until 5：30 pm.More importantly，Betty called you at 8：30 this morning.She said that there was going to be an important me
1239、eting at 1：00 pm.，which will be held in the lecture hall in the company.She also asked you to tell the news to Cherry.She wanted you to call her back immediately you are home for more information.新题型专练(五).根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。Passage 1Children art education is something that is m
1240、uch encouraged for the childs creative growth.This is necessary because a child can have a sense of appreciation of the arts and along with all the other things that they learn in school._1_Children art education should be designed from a very early age so that they are allowed to express themselves
1241、 freely in whatever way that they wish to._2_However，the task of children art education is not a very easy one，because you have to find the right way in which you can help them get interested in what you are trying to teach them._3_The physical space where the art education is to be carried out shou
1242、ld also be carefully decorated to make it attractive to the children.Use of colors should be made in abundance(丰富)as that is what attracts a child first to it.Displaying examples of artwork that you think would be important enough to influence the children is also a good idea.Of course，a photograph
1243、of a painting of the Madonna(圣母马利亚)is something that children might not appreciate._4_This will be a source of inspiration for the children to try them out as well.The creative process is something that you must not interfere with(干涉)during a children art education class._5_But after that，you must w
1244、ait for the children themselves to come up with something meaningful to their ability.As long as the end result is connected with the topic，every childs art work is worth praising.AYou can just give them a topic for drawing.BA trip to an art museum can be an inspiration to many students.CThey also h
1245、ave a place where they can express all their feelings.DThe reason for this could be the lack of interest in the teacher.EThis is the only way that art can be appreciated as children grow up.FSo creating the right environment for children art education is very important.GInstead，put up paintings that
1246、 children will be fond of.答案1.C2.E3.F4.G5.APassage 2Balance SelfCare and Caring for OthersHow do I balance selfcare and caring for others？If you are asking this question，you are one of those people who tend to be selfless._1_So，how do you strike a balance?1Avoid killing the goose_2_In other words，yo
1247、u are going to kill the goose.If you work at a homeless shelter 50 hours a week for two weeks and then quit because you are overwhelmed(累垮)，it wont do nearly as much good as if you work five hours a week all year.Kind people usually fall into a trapthey try to do so much good but they dont realise t
1248、hat more is not always better.2_3_You dont always have to sacrifice (牺牲)a lot to do someone good.This doesnt mean that personal sacrifice is bad，but giving a friend money that you and your family need to spend on food or rent isnt a great plan._4_You can still support and encourage friends，but you d
1249、ont have to make deep sacrifices to care for someone.3Know the importance of selfcareThis is something that every new parent eventually has to figure out：having that first date away from the child can be a guilty experience，but it is better for the child to be sent to his or her grandparents once in
1250、 a while so that the parents can relax themselves and have a good time._5_Taking care of yourself，if you are encouraging or supporting someone，is taking care of them.It makes you strong，and then you can pass that strength on to them.ALearn to care for othersBMake reasonable sacrificesCLet me praise
1251、the sweet side of your personality.DSometimes you just need to take care of yourself and your family.EThen the parents will come back better equipped to care for the child.FBut you dont know when to stop caring for others and start caring for yourself.GIf you aggressively give and never care for you
1252、rself，you are going to burn out.答案1.F2.G3.B4.D5.E.阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。Passage 1I was at an Indian grocery store with my cart totally full to check out.There was an African American man in _1_ (he) sixties behind me.I told him he could go before me as he had just two items in his hand
1253、，and he was all smiles and added，as if teasing me，“Thanks！_2_ dont you pay for my stuff too？”and _3_ (laugh)I told the lady at the checkout not to charge him，right away._4_ (surprise)，he said，“No，no，no，I was just joking.”And I replied _5_ a smile，“Yes，yes，your wish is heard.Please let me do it！”As w
1254、e walked outside he told me that the Indian herbs that he _6_ (buy) were for his friends medical condition and so I should take _7_ money.I said to him，“Its good that its not for you.Now you can pay it forward to somebody else.”There was another African American lady behind us.She _8_ (gentle) patte
1255、d him on the back and said，“Just take it！This is random act of kindness.”I was blown away！I was almost in tears _9_ (look) at kindness in her eyes and words.We all smiled，and connected with a simple act of kindness.I went home with my car _10_ (fill) with groceries and my heart full of kindness!【语篇解
1256、读】本文是一篇记叙文，讲述了杂货店发生的一件传递友善的事。1hisks5u考查形容词性物主代词。“在某人多少岁时”用“in ones基数词的复数”表示，再由an African American man可知用his。2Whyks5u考查固定句式。“Why dont you.？”表示建议，为固定句型。3laughedks5u考查动词的时态和语态。laughed与“was”和“added”并列，表示主动关系和动作发生在过去。4Surprisedks5u考查词性转换。所填词在此描述人的心理状态，ed形容词符合要求。surprised意为“感到惊讶的”。5withks5u考查介词。with a smi
1257、le表示“面带微笑”，作状语。6had boughtks5u考查动词的时态和语态。因为买药发生在“told”所表示动作之前，且he与buy为主谓关系，故用过去完成时。7theks5u考查冠词。此处特指作者付的钱。故用the。8gentlyks5u考查词性转换。副词gently修饰动词patted。9lookingks5u考查非谓语动词。主语I与look at之间为主谓关系，非谓语动作与谓语状态同时存在，故用现在分词looking。10filledks5u考查非谓语动词。过去分词短语作宾补，表示被动及状态。Passage 2As I board the plane，I say my final
1258、goodbye to the whitesand beaches of _1_ (sun) Miami.“Dont you wish we could live in Miami？”my mother asks.Her _2_ (word) are filled with hope and envy.Poor mother，I think，you would not understand.There is only one place where I could ever dream of living，and I already live there.I live in Chicago，th
1259、e Windy City.The image of the vast waters of Lake Michigan now _3_ (flow) inside my head.Sure，Miami has the ocean，_4_ it doesnt give me the feeling of being in my own hometown.Just the _5_ (think) of being home again makes my body feel warm and _6_ (peace)My mind is overcome with fine memories of th
1260、e high buildings and the enjoyable lakefront.I long for seeing _7_ (they) all once more.How could I live in Miami？I cannot even imagine _8_ (cheer) for any basketball team but the Bulls or eating any hot dog thats not Chicagostyle，_9_ Chicago is my home.The pleasant beaches of Miami will always be _
1261、10_ my heart，but my heart is always going to be in Chicago.【语篇解读】作者与母亲乘飞机离开迈阿密返回家乡，母亲的一个问题引出了作者对自己家乡的真挚热爱。1sunnyks5u考查词性转换。所填词修饰Miami，表示“阳光明媚的”。故用形容词sunny。2wordsks5u考查名词。此处用words表示“话语，言语”。3flowsks5u考查动词的时态和语态。根据时间状语“now”可知，此处应用一般现在时，且句子的主语“The image”与flow为主谓关系，故填flows。4butks5u考查连词。分析前后句可知，两句之间为转折关系，
1262、且空后无逗号，故用并列连词but。5thoughtks5u考查词性转换。根据定冠词the，of及句子中缺少主语可知，此处用名词形式thought(想法)。6peacefulks5u考查词性转换。根据上文的“warm and.”可知，此处用形容词peaceful。7themks5u考查代词。空处所填词指代上文中的“the high buildings and the enjoyable lakefront”，故此处用them。8cheeringks5u考查非谓语动词。动词imagine后接动名词作宾语。9becauseks5u考查连词。根据语境可知，此处表示原因，故用because引导原因状语从
1263、句。10inks5u考查介词。in my heart表示“在我的心中”。.写作第一节应用文写作学生会将举办一次以 “校园生活创意无限”(Innovation on Campus)为主题的创意作品展评活动。请根据以下内容，用英语写一份书面通知。参考词汇：创意innovation注意：1.词数80左右；2结束语已为你写好。NoticeCome on，everybody! Its your show time.Students Union【参考范文】 NoticeIn order to enrich your life after school and provide you with a chan
1264、ce to show your talents，we have decided to hold an exciting event “Innovations on Campus”Note that your works must be school things and created by yourselves.Along with your wonderful works，you need to hand in a report，explaining how the idea occurs to you and what materials you use.All the collecti
1265、ons will be on show from May 3 to 9 in the gym，the top 10 of which will be awarded.So dont miss the chance and for any questions，call Li Hua at 88235791.Come on，everybody! Its your show time.Students Union第二节概要写作阅读下面短文，根据其内容写一篇60词左右的内容概要。When was the last time you read a book or a substantial magazi
1266、ne article？Do your daily reading habits center around tweets，Facebook updates，or the directions on your instant oatmeal packet？If youre one of countless people who dont make a habit of reading regularly，you might be missing out：reading has a significant number of benefits，and just a few benefits of
1267、reading are listed below.First，studies have shown that staying mentally stimulated can slow the progress of Alzheimers(老年痴呆症) and dementia，since keeping your brain active and engaged prevents it from losing power.Just like any other muscle in the body，the brain requires exercise to keep it strong an
1268、d healthy，so the phrase “use it or lose it” is particularly reasonable when it comes to your mind.Doing puzzles and playing games such as chess have also been found to be helpful with cognitive stimulation.No matter how much stress you have at work，in your personal relationships，or countless other i
1269、ssues faced in daily life，it all just slips away when you lose yourself in a great story.A wellwritten novel can transport you to other realms，while an engaging article will distract you and keep you in the present moment，letting tensions drain away and allowing you to relax.Everything you read fill
1270、s your head with new bits of information，and you never know when it might come in handy.The more knowledge you have，the betterequipped you are to tackle any challenge youll ever face.【参考范文】The passage lists some benefits of reading.Facing distractions from electronic products，countless people lose t
1271、he habit of reading.However，reading regularly can benefit us a lot in many ways，such as making our mind active，reducing our stress，filling our head with new bits of information and updating our knowledge.单元检测卷(五)本试卷分第卷(选择题)和第卷(非选择题)。第卷第一部分：听力(共两节，满分30分)第一节(共5个小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中
1272、所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。1What does the woman want to do?APay the mans bill.BHelp with the computer.CAsk for a favour.2Why can the man NOT go exercising?AHe is busy. BHe is tired. CHe is sick.3What does the man ask the woman to do?ACome back to work.BT
1273、ake some medicine.CHave a rest.4What does the woman think of Steves communication skill?ALearned. BBorn. CCopied.5Where does the conversation probably take place?AIn a mall.BOn the street.CIn a bank.第二节(共15个小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间
1274、阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。6Why does the woman want to buy a new skirt?AFor a wedding.BFor a party.CFor a ceremony.7What colour does the woman choose at last?AWhite. BBlue. CYellow.听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。8Where are the speakers going to have the picnic?AIn the mountain.BOn th
1275、e beach.CBy the lake.9What will they do after the picnic?AGo swimming.BGo fishing.CGo walking.听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。10When is the conversation most probably taking place?AMonday. BFriday. CSunday.11What does the man advise the woman to do?AFinish her report.BEntertain her friend.CEnjoy her life.12Who cal
1276、led this afternoon?AThe mans girlfriend.BThe womans boyfriend.CThe womans colleague.听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。13What are the two speakers doing?AHaving a discussion.BHaving an interview.CHaving a meeting.14Why does the man quit school?AHe doesnt like studying.BHe has to support the family.CHis parents ask hi
1277、m to do so.15Whats the mans favorite subject in high school?AMath. BChemistry. CPhysics.16What can be inferred from the womans last word?AThe man shouldnt continue to study.BThe man is advised to go to college.CThe man is refused to work in the college.听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。17What is the speaker probabl
1278、y?AA researcher. BA host.CA teacher.18Why is it important to record births and deaths?AFor financial aid.BFor economic growth.CFor accurate policy making.19How many births are not recorded every year according to the news?AAbout 50 million.BAbout 57 million.CAbout 128 million.20What did the organiza
1279、tion supported by WHO start a campaign for?ASupplying financial aid to developing countries.BEstablishing registration system of births and deaths.CRegistering all the births and deaths around the world.听力原文Text 1W：You helped me with my computer last week.I want to repay the favour.M：No，its my turn
1280、to treat you.You paid last time!Text 2M：I work so hard that I do not have the energy to exercise.W：That is just an excuse.You can always find some time to exercise.Text 3M：Whats the matter with you?W：Oh，Im having a bad day.I am recovering from a cold.M：Maybe you should take a day off and come back t
1281、o work when you feel well.Text 4W：Steve has a real skill when it comes to communication.M：Do you know what makes him so skilled?W：Its a natural gift.He just knows how to communicate with peopleText 5M：Would you cash these travellers checks，please?W：How would you like them?M：In ten dollar bills，pleas
1282、e.Text 6M：Can I show you anything，Miss?W：Id like to see a new skirt for the party.M：Here are some latest styles.How do you like this one?W：I like this style，but the colour doesnt fit me.M：What about this one？Its design is fashionable and attractive.W：It looks well.But I dont like the material，I like
1283、 pure cotton.Oh，I have an eye on that long white skirt.M：You have a good taste.This kind of stylish dress sells well.W：Can I try it on?M：Of course.This way，please.W：Wonderful！Ill take this one.Text 7M：What are you up to next weekend?W：Nothing special.M：Why dont you have a picnic with us？This season
1284、is great for a picnic.W：Great，Id love to.Where do you plan to go?M：We are going to the lake in the suburbs.W：Good idea.I love the grass，the sun and the fresh air there.Oh，we can have the picnic by the lake and enjoy the scenery.M：Yeah.After that，we can go fishing by the lake.W：We can also chat while
1285、 lying on the grass in the sun.What do I need to take?M：Ill bring vegetables，sandwiches，meat and some drinks.W：Okay.I think we can have a dance by the lake.M：Great!Text 8M：Youre not going to work overtime this evening，are you?W：Well，Ill have to finish this report for next Mondays meeting.Is Ted comi
1286、ng to pick you up?M：No.Well meet at my house.He invited my family to spend the weekend with his family at their apartment.W：Thats nice.Where is his apartment?M：Its not his apartment，but his fathers.I think its somewhere in Florida.Im not sure.And I think that you work too much.You should learn how t
1287、o entertain yourself and enjoy your life.W：I know，but I am a workaholic.M：Well！Ive got to go now.W：Have a nice weekend!M：You too.Oh，I forgot to tell you one thing.A guy called this afternoon.He said he was your boyfriend.He wanted you to call him back.W：Did he mention anything else?M：No，nothing else
1288、.See you Monday.W：See you.Text 9W：Good morning！Have a seat.M：Good morning！Thank you.W：I have your letter here.Your name is Robert Martin，right?M：Thats right.W：And you hope to work here next month?M：Yes，madam，if I can.W：Fine.You finished high school a year ago.Why didnt you go to college that year?M：
1289、Well，I have a sister in college now，and there will be another one next year.So，I have to make a little money for us.W：Good！It seems that you are a good young man.By the way，whats your best lesson in high school?M：Physics.I really enjoyed it.W：Thats fine.Have you discussed this with your parents?M：Oh
1290、，sure.My parents said I should decide it myself.W：OK，you can work here，but youd better go to college if you have a chance.Good luck，young man!M：Thank you，madam！Goodbye.Text 10M：Good evening.This is the 8 oclock news.Governments may be accused of keeping too many records on their people.But no one se
1291、ems to argue with recording births，deaths and marriages.This is called civil registration.Birth and death records help governments count the population and know how long people live and what they die from.This information is important for planning schools，hospitals and other services.Yet the World H
1292、ealth Organization believes that almost 40 percent of all births are not recorded.It estimates that 128 million babies are born each year.So one way to look at this is to say that every year close to 50 million people are not recorded.Researchers say most developing countries have limited civil regi
1293、stration systems or none at all.Last week an organization supported by WHO started a campaign to register all of the worlds births and deaths.The director general of WHO，Margaret Chan，said，“Without these numbers，who knows if 120 billion dollars in official development aid each year is being spent wi
1294、sely？”答案1.A2.B3.C4.B5.C6.B7.A8.C9.B10.B11.C12.B13.B14.B15.C16.B17.B18.C19.A20.C第二部分：阅读理解(共两节，满分35分)第一节(共10个小题；每小题2.5分，满分25分)阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出最佳选项。AKids will often ignore your requests for them to shut off the TV，start their chores(杂事)，or do their homework as a way to avoid following your
1295、directions.Before you know it，youve started to sound like a broken record as you repeatedly ask them to do their assignments，clean their rooms，or take out the trash.Rather than saying，“Do your chores now.”Youll be more effective if you set a target time for when the chores have to be completed.So in
1296、stead of arguing about starting chores，just say，“If chores arent done by 4 pm.，here are the consequences.” Then its up to your child to complete the chores.Put the ball back in their court.Dont argue or fight with them，just say，“Thats the way its going to be.” It shouldnt be punitive(惩罚性的)as much as
1297、 it should be persuasive.“If your chores arent done by 4 pm.，then no video game time until chores are done.And if finishing those chores runs into homework time，thats going to be your loss.”On the other hand，when dealing with homework，keep it very simple.Have a time when homework starts，and at that
1298、time，all electronics go off and do not go back on until you see that their homework is done.If your kids say they have no homework，then they should use that time to study or read.Either way，there should be a time set aside when the electronics are off.When a kid wears his iPod or headphones when you
1299、re trying to talk to him，make no bones about it；he is not ignoring you，he is disrespecting you.At that point，everything else should stop until he takes the earplugs out of his ears.Dont try to communicate with him when hes wearing headphoneseven if he tells you he can hear you.Wearing them while you
1300、re talking to him is a sign of disrespect.Parents should be very tough about this kind of thing.Remember，mutual respect becomes more important as children mature.21When the kid is doing his homework，parents _Ashould provide him with a good learning environmentBcan do whatever they likeCcan stay asid
1301、e watching TVDmust switch off the power答案Aks5u细节理解题。从第一段可知“在孩子做作业时，家长要关掉所有的电器给孩子创造一个良好的学习环境”。D项“关掉电源”与文章不符。22It can be inferred from the passage that _Aparents should take off his headphones when trying to have a talk with their childBit will make no difference that a kid is wearing his earplugs whi
1302、le talking to his parentsCparents shouldnt give in to their kid when he shows no sign of respectDkids purposely talking to their parents with iPod gives them a sense of power and control答案Cks5u推理判断题。从第二段前两句可判断选项C正确。23The main idea of the passage is _Athat respecting each other is more important than
1303、 anything elseBhow kids behave to ignore and disrespect their parentsCthat children should make choices and decisions on their ownDhow parents can deal with their kids behavior effectively答案Dks5u主旨大意题。本文旨在帮助父母有效应对孩子不听话的问题。BQiao is a sixth grader at Yuhui Primary School.He is only 12 years old but ha
1304、s been smoking for three years.Liu，15，is a Junior 2 student at Chicheng No.2 Middle School.He began smoking four years ago.“Smoking is part of my life，” Liu said.Qiao and Liu are not those boys real names.But their problem，smoking，is a very real problem.In many countries，smoking is becoming a bigger
1305、 problem for young people.Most smokers start in their teens (years of a persons age from 13 to 19) or earlier.A study of 8，000 Beijing students last May told us that smoking is a problem for many Chinese kids.More than 21% of middle school students and 6% of primary school pupils said they smoked.“I
1306、f young people start smoking early，they will probably get addicted to nicotine.And it will be very hard to give up later on，” said a professor.Every year，about four million people die because of smoking.And if people keep smoking，that number will go up to about 10 million a year by 2030，the World He
1307、alth Organization (WHO) says.So we have to learn and tell others about the dangers of smoking.24The study in the passage shows that _Asmoking is a serious problem among Chinese studentsBthere are more and more smokers in ChinaCsome student smokers have already been seriously addictedDmost of smokers
1308、 are young students答案Aks5u细节理解题。根据第二段第一句话可知答案为A。25The main idea of this passage is that _Asmoking is becoming a bigger problem for young peopleBmany people die because of smoking every yearCWHO asks young people to give up smokingDnicotine makes people addicted 答案Aks5u主旨大意题。根据文章第一段可找到本文的主题句是“In many
1309、 countries，smoking is becoming a bigger problem for young people.”。 26As middle school students，what should we do from now on? AWe should start smoking after middle school.BWe should ask others to smoke outside.CWe should laugh at smokers.DWe should say no to smoking.答案Dks5u推理判断题。读完全文，我们清楚地了解到了吸烟的危害
1310、性，因此我们应该拒绝吸烟。CI will always remember my mothers last few days in this world.On February 14th，2000，my class went on a field trip to the beach.I had so much fun.When we returned to school，my teacher told me to go to the headmasters office.When I got into the office，I saw a police officer.Suddenly I re
1311、alized something was wrong.The police officer told me what had happened and we went to pick my sister up.After that，we went to the hospital and waited.Time went slowly.Finally，we got to see our mother.It was terrible.The next day，the headmaster came and told my two teachers what had happened.I was t
1312、aking a test that day.I knew it had something to do with my mother.I kept thinking that she either died or had gotten better.How I wished that she had gotten better.When my teacher took me outside，my sister ran up to me.she started crying，“Shes gone，Teresa，mommys gone.Shes dead.” I couldnt believe i
1313、t.We jumped into the car and drove straight to the hospital.Most of my family were there.The silence was terrible.I knew I had to say goodbye.Today when I look back，I still miss my mother very much，but I know that I will live.My mother was a strong mother，who had the biggest heart.My mother was an a
1314、ngel walking on the earth.I will always remember her as living.When someone is asked who their hero(英雄)is，they usually say someone famous，like Michael Jordan or Britney Spears.When someone asks me who my hero is，I tell them，my mother.My mother lives every day.That is what makes her a true hero.27Whe
1315、re was the writer when she learned her mother was very ill?AOn the beach. BAt the hospital.CAt school. DAt home.答案Cks5u由第二段第二句可知。28Who brought the writer the bad news that her mother was ill?AHer sister. BThe headmaster.CHer teacher. DThe police officer.答案Dks5u由第二段的第四句可知。29From the last paragraph of
1316、 the passage，we know that _Athe writer is afraid of her motherBthe writer is proud of her motherCthe writer feels sad about her motherDthe writer feels sorry for her mother答案Bks5u在最后一段，作者反复提到这样的字眼：a strong mother，had the biggest heart，an angel，字里行间都充满着自豪之情。30The writer must think her mother is a _ w
1317、oman.Afamous Bfree Clazy Dgreat答案Dks5u最后一段说母亲有世界上最宽容的心，她是一位坚强的(strong)母亲，她是一位真正的英雄，这些都说明了作者心中母亲很great(伟大)。第二节(共5个小题；每小题2分，满分10分)根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。Doctors Say Most Heart Disease PreventableHeart disease is the number one killer，worldwide，of men and women over the age of 60.But
1318、people of all ages die of heart attacks each year.And while death rates have declined in the US.and many western European countries，they are on the rise in the developing world._31_No one would have guessed that Barbara Teng would have a heart attack.She was not overweight.She did not smoke or exerc
1319、ise.“In 2004，the week after I turned 49，when I was on a business trip in Chicago，I had a major heart attack”，she said._32_She now exercises daily，and monitors her heart health.Dr.Patrice Nickens，who is with the National Heart，Lung and Blood Institute，thinks that heart disease is 82 percent preventab
1320、le.“_33_，” she said，“Men are also facing the same problem，and the key to staying healthy is knowing your numbers”“Your weight，your blood cholesterol，blood sugar and your blood pressure are important numbers that can help you take action and reduce your risk，” she said._34_“And the steps to take are
1321、simple：dont smoke，maintain a healthy weight，exercise，know your numbers and talk to your physician and control these risks，” she said.AfricanAmericans are at higherthanaverage risk for heart disease and stroke；people dont even know they have it，which increases the risk.Medstar Washington Hospital Cen
1322、ter is trying to reach this population._35_For example，helping the people monitor their blood pressure.If people realize they are at risk for heart disease，theyll make lifestyle changes：lose weight，exercise，eat the right foods and keep in touch with a doctor.AA healthy lifestyle can prevent heart di
1323、seaseBSo we must cure heart diseaseCIt is the leading cause of death for women DWith the right training，they can play an important role in community healthEAnd that changed her lifeFLack of exercise causes heart attacksGYet most heart disease is preventable答案31.G32.E33.C34.A35.D第三部分：语言运用(共两节，满分45分)第
1324、一节：完形填空(共20个小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分)阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。My mother used to ask me what is the most important part of the body.Through the years I would _36_ the correct answer.When I was younger，I thought _37_ was very important to us as humans，so I said，“My ears，Mummy.”She said，“No.
1325、Many people are _38_Keep thinking about it and I will ask you again soon.”Several years passed before she asked me again.Since making my first _39_，I had often thought over the question.So this time I told her，“Mummy，it must be our eyes.” She looked at me and said，“You are _40_ fast but the answer i
1326、s not correct because there are many people who are blind.”_41_ the years，Mother asked me a couple more _42_ and always her response to my answers was，“No，but you are getting _43_ every year，my child.”Then last year，my Grandpa _44_Everybody was crying.My mum looked at me when it was our _45_ to say
1327、our final goodbye to Grandpa.She asked me，“Do you know the most important body part yet，my dear？”I was _46_ when she asked me this now.I always thought this was a _47_ between her and me.She saw the _48_ on my face and told me，“This question is very important.It shows that you have really _49_ your
1328、life.” I saw her eyes well up with tears.She said，“My dear，the most important body part is your _50_”I asked，“Is it because they hold up your head？” She replied，“No，it is _51_ on them a crying friend or loved one can rest their heads.I only hope that you have enough _52_ and friends that you will ha
1329、ve a shoulder to cry _53_ when you need it.”Then and there I understood the most important body part is not a _54_ one.“It is sympathetic (同情的) to the pain of _55_”36A.notice Bbelieve Cdoubt Dguess答案Dks5u由下文可知，作者这些年一直在猜测正确答案。37A.love Bhealth Csound Dsight答案Cks5u由下文的ears可知是声音。38A.blind BdeafCinvisibl
1330、e Dthoughtful答案Bks5u由No.可知此处表示转折，有许多人是听不见声音的，是聋的。39A.discovery BdecisionCattempt Dsuggestion答案Cks5u自从第一次试着回答那个问题后，我就经常在思考这个问题。40A.learning Bthinking Cgrowing Dchanging答案Aks5u妈妈夸我学东西有进步。41A.Before BTill CBeyond DOver答案Dks5uOver the years相当于During the years，意为“这些年来”。42A.ways Bthings Cquestions Dtimes答
1331、案Dks5u妈妈又问了我几次这个问题。43A.stronger Btaller Csmarter Dnicer答案Cks5u由上下文可知，每次回答时，我都认真思考了，妈妈夸我变得更聪明了。44A.left Bgot illCdied Dgot wounded答案Cks5u由下文可知，爷爷去世了。45A.duty Bturn Cpity Dchance答案Bks5u轮到我们和爷爷的遗体告别。It is/was ones turn to do sth 轮到某人做某事。46A.shocked Bsatisfied Cinterested Dexcited答案Aks5u在这种场合下，妈妈再次问这个问题
1332、让我很吃惊。47A game Btest Cmatch Dsecret答案Aks5u我原以为这只是我和妈妈之间的一场游戏。game在此处指母子之间问问题和答问题的举动。48A.worry BpuzzlementCregret Dpain答案Bks5u母亲看出我脸上的困惑，然后向我解释。49A.enjoyed Bfound Cdisliked Dlived答案Dks5ulive ones life意为“活过，生活”，是固定搭配。50A.shoulders BfeetChands Dhair答案Aks5u由下文的they hold up your head可知应是shoulders。51A.how
1333、 Bbecause Cwhy Dwhether答案Bks5ubecause表示原因，与上句Is it because they hold up your head？相照应。52A respect Bfavour Clove Dfun答案Cks5u妈妈希望我拥有足够的爱和在需要的时候可以依靠肩膀哭泣的朋友。53A.by Bon Cabove Dfor答案Bks5uto cry on是不定式作定语，修饰前面的a shoulder。54A.valuable Buseful Cselfish Dprecious答案Cks5uselfish自私的。55A.others Bthe deafCgrandpa
1334、 Dthe blind答案Aks5u它是对别人的痛苦的同情。第卷第三部分：语言运用(共两节，满分45分)第二节(共10个小题；每小题1.5分，满分15分)阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。The Internet has become part of young peoples life.A report _56_(show) that 38% of students often use the Internet.Most of them get useful _57_ (inform) on the Internet or use the Interne
1335、t to help in their studies._58_ many students dont use it in _59_good way.Some play games too much，some visit websites that _60_ shouldnt look at.So bad things may happen _61_ students spend too much time on the Internet.It is important for students_62_ (use) the Internet properly.Now we have a text
1336、book，_63_ uses many examples to teach students some good ways to use the Internet.It gives useful _64_(advise)Some students also make friends on the Internet.But if you want to have a facetoface _65_ (meet) with your online friends，let your parents know and meet in a proper place.答案56.shows57.inform
1337、ation58.But59.a 60they61.if/when62.to use63.which64.advice 65meeting第四部分：写作(共两节，满分40分)第一节：应用文写作(满分15分)假设一批外国友人要在中国过春节，他们想了解我国过春节的情况。请你根据下面要点写一篇英语短文。1春节是中国的重大节日。2节前人们要大扫除。3全家人在一起吃年夜饭。4孩子们会得到压岁钱。5年初一穿新衣服，走亲访友，互道吉利。注意：1.词数80左右；2可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。【参考范文】As you know，the Spring Festival is the most colorful a
1338、nd important festival in China.Before the New Years Eve people have a thorough cleaning everywhere.In the evening the whole family are sitting together，having supper and watching TV until midnight.The money，which is called “Yasuiqian”，is given to children by elders as a gift.On the New Years day，peo
1339、ple，old and young，wear new clothes，pay a visit to their relatives and friends and wish each other good luck.第二节：读后续写(满分25分)阅读下面短文，根据所给情节进行续写，使之构成一个完整的故事。Both my_parents worked fulltime when I was a little girl，so my grandmother would stay at our house during_the_dayWe would watch game shows in the l
1340、iving room.Our favorite show was “The Price Is Right”We would call_out our answers along with the contestants.When I got older and started going to school，we couldnt watch our game shows regularly.That was okay with me，though，because the one thing I liked better than watching game shows with my gran
1341、dmother was helping her bake.Watching her in the kitchen was amazing：She never seemed_to need recipes but everything she made tasted delicious.At first I would just sit in the kitchen and watch，even though I didnt understand what she was doing.As I got older，she let me help with the easy parts，such
1342、as measuring the sugar.One day she let me separate the eggs.I_felt_like I had_found complete pleasure.注意：1.所续写短文的词数应为150左右；2应使用5个以上短文中标有下划线的关键词语；3续写部分分为两段，每段的开头语已为你写好；4续写完成后，请用下划线标出你所使用的关键词语。Paragraph 1：At last，my parents decided that I could take care of myself，and my grandmother stopped coming ove
1343、r every day.Paragraph 2：My grandmother passed away ten years ago，but I still think of her every day.【参考范文】At last，my_parents decided that I could take care of myself，and my grandmother stopped coming over every day.The love of baking，however，stayed with me.I started baking by myself，and even if the
1344、cookies ended up burnt sometimes，more often they turned out pretty well.I tried out new recipes，and whenever I got to a thorny part，I would call my grandmother for advice.Sometimes I would call her just to talk，too.I felt_like I could talk to her about anything.My grandmother passed away ten years a
1345、go，but I still think of her every day.Last week，I found a recipe book she made for me.It included her recipes for brownies，cookies，and my favorite，lemon pies.As I looked through the pages，I thought I could hear her voice.She was the one who taught me not just about baking，but about life.版权所有：高考资源网()- 362 - 版权所有高考资源网
